<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Cloud Production Archives - TVU Networks</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip-tag/cloud-production/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link></link>
	<description>The lowest prices for your full LLC publishing compliance!</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 14:01:12 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.7.2</generator>
	<item>
		<title>TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 13:15:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide-copy/</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TVU Producer is a ground-breaking live cloud production platform combined with video conferencing and social production. </p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0c40dbe3-f9cd-4c9e-a6d1-8c9468cd2fa7"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="1024" height="580" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2.png" alt="" class="wp-image-114501" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2-300x170.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-1024x580-2-768x435.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p id="block-f0f4c92d-26d1-43a5-8f11-def79b209bcb">TVU Producer is a groundbreaking live cloud production platform that combines video conferencing and social production. All you need is a PC and Chrome browser to operate TVU Producer.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and use</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-bc50f0a3-d4ed-4852-b1d5-400865dff8bb"><strong>Introduction, setup, and use</strong></h1>



<p id="block-a11bef72-e563-48f4-a463-ee4782c56c7d">TVU Producer requires a subscription to be activated by registering online or through TVU Support (refer to <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-46"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Purchasing TVU Producer</mark></a> for more information). TVU Networks recommends logging in to your TVU Producer account using your credentials and familiarizing yourself with the user interface, features, and functions.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a7b1e759-0a86-47a1-b263-d4a3bc042b65"><strong>TVU Producer overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-78fab2bb-7106-4dd0-b1fc-5dfa7f299879">TVU Producer allows multiple, live, and synchronized IP video streams from professional cameras, mobile devices, or cloud storage. Video streams are seamlessly switched and combined with graphic overlays. As a result, the operator can simultaneously output video clips to multiple destinations, including TVU Grid for traditional workflows and CDN or social media destinations.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-617e6e42-cae4-4a0c-a080-ac235ab76f78"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Producer-instruction-How-it-works.png" alt="TVU Producer - How it works"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e1cef9e9-dec7-4dac-bb9f-0db283652705"><strong>TVU Producer &#8211; How it works</strong></h2>



<p id="block-66e9b163-52c2-4b03-9c31-1b91ed8ea7f2">The TVU Producer workflow is defined as follows:</p>



<ul id="block-f8ff4b86-4f1f-471f-a360-e799ebf44cc3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Create and manage live productions or programs with the Producer Workbench</li>



<li>Obtain a live video ingest</li>



<li>Upload local video and Assets</li>



<li>Add graphic overlays and audience data</li>



<li>Perform real-time switching, replays, or publishing to a CDN/social media</li>



<li>Monitor your production</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	System requirements</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ef7cba57-9e01-4f9d-9125-f708dd6ec232"><strong>System requirements</strong></h2>



<ul id="block-510ba19d-e787-4ca4-a130-ef2177c079a6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A laptop with an i7 processor or above with 16 GB memory, and a minimum screen resolution of 1920 x 1080</li>



<li>Internet bandwidth &#8211; 32 Mbps (download), 10 Mbps (upload)</li>



<li>Windows 10 or later, Mac OS 12.0 or later</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	User Guide contents</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93dd0342-2f09-4028-97c4-a6b91b0ebbc8"><strong>User Guide contents</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9402ea4b-c10b-43f4-abf6-9c59c3a178ac">This TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide provides a general overview of each feature and instructions for setting up and using TVU Producer.</p>



<p id="block-18fbc4de-cc5d-4dbc-8bbf-89177e02ae02">This user guide provides details for the following topics:</p>



<ul id="block-8b31174a-1199-4d42-a10a-3e97ab5a250f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Setting up a TVU Producer account</li>



<li>Logging in to TVU Producer</li>



<li>TVU Producer Workbench Web interface overview</li>



<li>TVU Producer Web interface overview</li>



<li>TVU Producer base operations &#8211; How to use TVU Producer</li>



<li>Purchasing a TVU Producer</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Features overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-20e871f8-9651-47fe-b246-63731f1ef63a"><strong>Features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-03ae5f3a-50ba-49fa-890c-580681f9a12d">TVU Producer’s robust cloud-based service comes with the following features:</p>



<ul id="block-1d242beb-bee1-40cc-9016-579e9e469d30" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>New light or dark theme selector</strong> &#8211; This allows users to switch from dark to light mode. The dark mode is the default.</li>



<li><strong>Output Buffer</strong> &#8211; The Output Buffer feature allows users to upload and configure a secondary video for Censorship purposes.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Failover </strong>&#8211; Use the Auto Failover feature to configure a primary and secondary slot so that if the primary video slot stops playing, the secondary slot resumes playback.</li>



<li><strong>Live IP video switcher</strong> &#8211; Up to 8 live video streams can be switched seamlessly in the cloud with precise frame accuracy from the TVU Producer interface. TVU Producer supports four or eight live video sources, 1 EXT IP, one local video clip player, and a custom source.</li>



<li><strong>Transitions</strong> &#8211; A Transition is a special effect in a live streaming show that occurs when you connect to or switch from one live feed or scene to another during a live production. TVU Producer supports three transitions: Dissolve, Iris in, and Iris out.</li>



<li><strong>Clip player feature</strong> &#8211; The new Clip Player feature in TVU Producer is enhanced to support all basic and advanced operations for local clips, including playlist and audio file support.</li>



<li><strong>Works with any standard IP source</strong> &#8211; TVU Producer is designed to work with virtually any IP video source and integrates with TVU Anywhere, TVU One, TVU Grid, TVU Partyline, TVU Replay, and TVU RPS, as well as support for any standard IP video stream, including SRT, RTP, RTMP, HLS, HTTP, UDP, MISS etc.</li>



<li><strong>Workbench</strong> &#8211; Delivers more functionality to allow users to quickly create and manage live production shows or programs. A user can define or choose configuration options for a live production and assist in creating a live streaming workflow.</li>



<li><strong>Partyline / Video conferencing</strong> &#8211; Partyline is the next-generation IFB/video conferencing solution that enables controllable multi-way communication between the event director, camera or graphics operators, audio engineers, and viewers behind the scenes. Producer allows you to add a Partyline participant as a source. Producer can also send its PGM as a video return to Partyline.</li>



<li><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer</strong>&nbsp;&#8211; Advanced Audio Mixer is a dedicated, separate interface built for audio operators to mix audio for the program, separate from video and graphics operations.</li>



<li><strong>Multi-audio channels</strong> &#8211; Support for 2, 4, 6, or 8 embedded output audio channels can be configured in the Workbench Settings window for your Producer project. The Audio mix option in Producer allows up to 4 pairs of audio channels to be configured by selecting the Audio Output Pair Control feature in the Audio mix panel. This feature is useful for multi-language outputs. A user can independently adjust the volume of the audio output channels assigned to each pair. The volume for each pair of output channels can be adjusted or muted using the Master output level control slider in the Audio mix panel.</li>



<li><strong>Video publishing</strong> &#8211; Publishing in landscape and vertical modes, TVU Producer helps push live and recorded content to social media or virtually any CDN and video cloud service workflow (9:16 aspect ratio). Customers can now easily and directly broadcast their live content to Facebook, YouTube, Twitch, Periscope (Twitter), and Yizhibo. Customers can also push their program stream to their CDN or to Grid, where they can distribute the content with their partners.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with TVU Anywhere</strong> &#8211; TVU Producer integrates with TVU Anywhere. Any iOS, Android, or macOS device user can quickly download the TVU Anywhere application and be added as a live video source.</li>



<li><strong>Multi-channel graphic overlays via Singular.live and Viz Flowics integration</strong> &#8211; In the TVU Producer interface a user can upload any PNG graphic, including an alpha channel and transparency, and an NDI alpha channel as an overlay for the video output. TVU Producer supports dynamic overlays using the Singular.live app on multiple channels.</li>



<li><strong>Instant Replay</strong> &#8211; The Replay feature lets users rewind and replay a critical moment from a few minutes ago. With a simple button click, the TVU Producer allows you to replay the selected frames and allows users to see a double-take of the best plays or moments. This increases the value of your live shows.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Replay integration</strong> &#8211; Create playlists within TVU Replay and bring them into the dedicated thumbnail preview within TVU Producer as clips instantly and ready to be produced.</li>



<li><strong>ISO recording</strong> &#8211; With the ISO Recording feature enabled, you can record each camera source or input source independently of other feeds and final program output. ISO feature can assist in many ways, including fixing live production mistakes and creating new content with customized graphics for your mobile and social media audiences. This feature helps enhance your revenue opportunities across all digital assets.</li>



<li><strong>Input Source Recording</strong> &#8211; The Input Source Recording checkbox can be checked in the Workbench Settings menu. When enabled, you can select what input sources will be recorded.</li>



<li><strong>PGM Recording</strong> &#8211; This checkbox in the Workbench Settings menu replaces the previous VM recording service. When adding a new source in Producer, the &#8220;Recording Service&#8221; is now an option. The live recordings completed by your VM are sent to an external recording service. Your recordings display in the Cloud Record tab&#8217;s Remote Record File list. You can add markers to your recording, upload them to the Remote File list, or download them to your local drive.</li>



<li><strong>Customizable Multiviewer</strong> &#8211; The Customizable Multiviewer feature enhances the current Multiview feature within Producer. This feature can create any multi-view sources, including quad-view and dual-view.</li>



<li><strong>SCTE 35-based dynamic ad insertion</strong> &#8211; With TVU Producer, customers can perform a dynamic ad insertion for a Live broadcast by collaborating with third-party ad services. A new feature is available to manually insert SCTE slice points or triggers in Producer to signal an ad-insertion in the transport stream, pre-roll replacement in SCTE pass-through is also supported.</li>



<li><strong>Captioning</strong> &#8211; The Captioning feature enables live and closed captions to be delivered to the program output in TVU Producer. This enables our customers to automatically add captions to the outgoing live feed from TVU Producer.</li>



<li><strong>Intercom</strong> &#8211; The Intercom feature is still available for legacy devices. The Intercom feature allows a producer to communicate with a cameraman using TVU Anywhere or a TVU One transmitter. The intercom feature has been replaced with Partyline, the new collaboration tool that works with TVU Producer.</li>



<li><strong>Basic Collaboration</strong> &#8211; The Basic Collaboration feature allows the TVU Producer user to create a live show and share it with production team members. This feature enables a collaborative effort among production team members to produce and publish a live show.</li>



<li><strong>Monitoring and diagnostics</strong> &#8211; The Monitoring and diagnostics feature provides a dashboard that displays key parameters indicating the health of your IP feed from all input sources and the health of the outgoing live stream to each destination. In addition, the user can view Producer timeline messages and diagnostic errors.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>RTMP push/pull</strong>&nbsp;&#8211; </span>The RTMP push/pull features allow users to add RTMP sources from external encoders, webcams, or GoPro devices using Producer.</li>



<li><strong>Custom view and border</strong> &#8211; The custom view and border feature allows users to add multiple custom source views, with or without borders, to Producer.</li>



<li><strong>Clear and remove overlay feature</strong>s &#8211; The clear and remove overlay features allow a user to clear all overlays from the Preview window and remove all overlays from the Program window by clicking a button at the bottom of each window.</li>



<li><strong>Vertical mode </strong>&#8211; The vertical production feature allows users to set up a Producer instance in 9:16 production mode. In addition, cropped 9:16 is supported for 720p and 1080p productions. This feature is enabled in the Workbench Settings menu.</li>



<li><strong>PTZ Control</strong> &#8211; The PTZ camera control feature is integrated into the TVU Producer user interface to provide a single interface for controlling PTZ cameras.</li>



<li><strong>Offline setup</strong> &#8211; Producer allows users to set up a production without starting the Producer program.</li>



<li><strong>Macro service</strong> &#8211; The Macro feature in TVU Producer is a powerful automation tool that lets you record a sequence of actions and trigger it with a single click or keyboard shortcut. It is essential for complex transitions, such as switching a scene while simultaneously changing an overlay and adjusting audio levels.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Quick Start Guide</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-66bdd8fa-510e-494a-b149-ccd96a7371d9"><strong>Quick Start Guide</strong></h1>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ec02cda1-8995-4535-a169-5f3e253047ec"><strong>Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-d55f6daf-b381-4a57-bf5f-08d866a98c63">To sign up or register for TVU Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase TVU Producer, go to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-46">Purchasing TVU Producer</a>&#8221; for more information.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>



<ol id="block-5a450859-11d3-4318-a5cf-5dd634010ca6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a web browser window and enter: <a href="/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/</a></li>



<li>Click the green <strong>Sign up/Login</strong> at the page’s top right corner and select TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8d53cee8-2795-427d-b87f-6dc8b08c14fe"><img decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png" alt="TVU Producer sign in" class="wp-image-143645" style="width:716px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1-300x183.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-5f429f19-5880-4e07-9df5-02d8ba81637c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Producer Sign-in pop-up window displays.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<ol start="4" id="block-95413d30-382c-408b-b106-f8c83360f202" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click&nbsp;Sign Up, and the “Get started for free today” window displays.</li>
</ol>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-d12c1c9a-00af-41f1-b09e-a07f9da7f485"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-producer.png" alt="VU Producer Sign up" style="width:232px;height:377px"/></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-3d44ed2e-be62-4498-b744-bed73c0f26a7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>Name</strong>, <strong>email</strong>, and <strong>Password</strong>, then click <strong>Get Started now</strong>.</li>



<li>Check your email, enter the six-digit code, and then click <strong>Verify</strong>.</li>



<li>The TVU Producer Workbench opens. Continue to &#8220;Creating a program.&#8221;</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211; Signing in to your Producer account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-874ec1d3-e9fa-4205-84c4-66d50e1a8e34"><strong>Step 2 &#8211; Signing in to your Producer account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-7369c878-40a8-4ccb-9bc1-4a080d5e8eed">To Sign in to your TVU Producer account, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-4b0b1454-3f9b-48af-a8e9-6cbc81186253" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a web browser window and enter: <a href="http://om/producer-cloud-production/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://producer.tvunetworks.com/producer-cloud-production/</a></li>



<li>Click the green <strong>Sign up/Login</strong> button at the page&#8217;s top right corner and select <strong>TVU Producer</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3e381c1f-da8c-497d-8cf4-eec8116c1cf4"><img decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png" alt="TVU Producer sign in" class="wp-image-143645" style="aspect-ratio:2.05;width:682px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-log-in-1-300x183.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p id="block-f6a94c6b-b571-4f22-bff2-3929729302fa">The Producer Sign-in pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="3" id="block-3ea7db64-ce73-4188-8d8b-6a597d9dce4f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the following information:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>User ID: <strong>email address</strong></li>



<li>Password: Enter your <strong>Password</strong></li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-b1d717dd-73ce-4737-8cea-fbfa74c6bad5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="366" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-login-screen.jpg" alt="Producer login screen" class="wp-image-169998" style="width:674px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-login-screen.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-login-screen-300x191.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-3672d21d-f365-4dfe-ae04-8b95ed7af15e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Sign In</strong>. The Producer Workbench user interface displays. Continue with &#8220;<strong>Creating a Program</strong>.&#8221;</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Creating a program</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-af32800d-3b8c-4e61-86c6-abf04c410d44"><strong>Creating a program</strong></h2>



<p id="block-e2d3596e-1fb9-4e83-90d9-4de398fdb342">To create a program, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-7b048c6a-3953-48e1-9763-819e123ad573" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Workbench tab displays by default. Click the <strong>+ Create a Program</strong> box.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a3c9114a-ab9f-4a05-b7dc-44ea1966d9c2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="380" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-user-interface.jpg" alt="Workbench user interface" class="wp-image-170006" style="aspect-ratio:1.8316582914572865;width:685px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-user-interface.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-user-interface-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-7a928260-8825-4bdf-8596-528a0f845a69" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Create a program pop-up window, enter a Program name for your production and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-01a0e0c4-c426-43b5-8a28-22e0c35288eb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="192" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-Create-program.png" alt="Producer create a program" class="wp-image-122836" style="aspect-ratio:2.6861702127659575;object-fit:cover;width:430px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-Create-program.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-Create-program-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-08a51367-a061-4cf6-9a6f-76e9553aac47" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Settings</strong> pop-up window opens.</li>



<li>Choose the video format you want to use from the <strong>Format</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you choose a specific Video Format for the Live Show, all your input feeds need to match with this program format for your live switching to be accurate. Please ensure all your input video formats are one and the same. You can separately choose your Output format when you want to go live.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable the multi-channel audio feature, click the <strong>Audio Channel </strong>drop-down menu and select 2, 4, 6, or 8 output channels for your Producer project.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3900233e-3054-43ce-825d-3f71de57ee22"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="347" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-Audio-channel-selection.png" alt="Settings Audio Channel selections" class="wp-image-122845" style="object-fit:contain;width:608px;height:350px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-Audio-channel-selection.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Settings-Audio-channel-selection-300x217.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-f3602b9d-05a8-472b-ae64-30cf719aa7f6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired feature checkboxes for your live production, select a <strong>Region</strong>, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>RPS:</strong> Whenever the RPS feature is enabled, the first 6x slots of your production will be reserved as RPS sources only.</li>



<li><strong>Partyline:</strong> Enabling this option automatically forces all TVU Anywhere participants to join a party. The Producer PGM will be in Video Return by default, and UI previews will use an RTIL stream coming directly from the device.</li>



<li><strong>Vertical:</strong> Enable this feature to allow Producer to output your source in vertical (portrait) mode.</li>



<li><strong>Output buffer: </strong>Enabling the Output Buffer allows a time buffer (up to 300 seconds) to be set between what is viewed in the Live Output Program and the actual video being encoded for output. (ISSP/RTMP/Social media output is supported).<br>This feature allows the operator to censor the live source for any issues in the program (such as profanity). If an issue occurs, you have time to react and can switch to a replacement video/image.</li>



<li><strong>Follower mode:</strong> Enable this feature to define programs following the main program. Use the Configure link to define which sources follow the main program. Choosing this feature means this production is the main production. It can not be added as a follower production for any other main program.</li>



<li><strong>Source delay control:</strong> Enable this feature to set a delay in ms for a producer source.</li>



<li><strong>Input Source Recording:</strong> Enable this feature to select the source you want recorded. You can find the recordings in &#8220;Cloud Record&#8221;-&gt;&#8221;Remote Recording.&#8221;</li>



<li><strong>PGM Recording:</strong> Enable this feature to allow recording functionality.</li>



<li><strong>Replay</strong> <strong>App:</strong> Enable this feature to allow replay functionality. It is suggested that it be used with productions running in progressive-scan mode. Enabling the Replay App feature will force the recording of live sources at both high and low resolutions.</li>



<li><strong>Review</strong> <strong>App:</strong> The Review App is not a standard feature and must be enabled by TVU Support before use. Contact support@tvunetworks.com for more information about the Review App and how to test this feature.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The region is related to your IP address and is preset.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-bb445766-e0d5-466e-9cc1-759bd835d720"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg" alt="Workbench Settings screen" class="wp-image-170014" style="width:365px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen-205x300.jpg 205w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" id="block-538216b9-cc2a-4e5c-b085-35a9d183928d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover the mouse over the preview<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">, then click&nbsp;<strong>Start</strong>&nbsp;to run</span> your program in TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3938045a-2fb4-4c6c-b93c-78ec3e861884"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="211" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Starting-a-program.png" alt="Starting a program" class="wp-image-143665" style="object-fit:contain;width:404px;height:206px"/></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-db8c145a-4f6b-42d2-9f60-137064b05b85" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change a program setting, click the three dots “…” at the top right of the program window and click <strong>Settings</strong>. Make your changes and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="301" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-window-settings-menu.png" alt="Program settings selections" class="wp-image-122872" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-window-settings-menu.png 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-window-settings-menu-300x213.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the three dots “…” at the top right of the program window to view and select various program functions:</li>
</ol>



<ul id="block-7d0eceb1-6334-4995-bde5-cb3bf7f382b0" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Rename</strong> to change your program name.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Add Collaborators</strong> to enable the Basic Collaboration feature. This feature allows the user to produce a live show by collaborating with production team members.</li>



<li>Select<strong> Setting</strong> to reopen the window and change your program settings.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Monitor</strong> to open the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature dashboard.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Delete</strong> to remove your program from Workbench.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Duplicate</strong> to duplicate a program.</li>



<li>Select<strong> Offline setup</strong> to set up your programming in offline mode.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-977de7ad-b2fa-49df-8e55-1109cbf005a8"><strong>Using the Basic Collaboration feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-434af4aa-aa78-47df-ae28-4472a8a20c94">The Basic Collaboration feature allows the TVU Producer user to create a live show and share the live show with the production team members. This feature allows for a collaborative effort between production team members to produce and publish a live show.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The collaborator must have an active Producer account to participate.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-fd0d7bdc-8565-4426-b9c6-4fcedace7d5d">To use the Basic Collaboration feature, create a program in the Workbench and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-0e5a73a5-1d60-442d-9fc8-ce6c9fcdfbec" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over the program, and click the three dots “…’ in the program window.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Add Collaborators</strong> from the Program Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-acb537d5-e512-440f-8e5c-35e677756d19"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="424" height="302" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-menu-Add-collaborators.png" alt="Add collaborators" class="wp-image-122882" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-menu-Add-collaborators.png 424w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-menu-Add-collaborators-300x214.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 424px) 100vw, 424px" /></figure>



<p id="block-078dc3d2-c7f0-4514-927a-88eb8c377299">The Add Collaborators pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="3" id="block-5e47009b-3c4e-4f0d-af49-21d440601895" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your collaborator’s producer account email address in the Email field and click <strong>Send</strong>.</li>



<li>The Collaborators are displayed in the Add Collaborators pop-up window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c415604c-eb2f-4d25-8601-16140ec8fa0e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="344" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-list.png" alt="Collaborator list" class="wp-image-122891" style="object-fit:contain;width:623px;height:260px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-list.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-list-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-596a3966-db10-40de-b1a9-dcfe82e80669" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The program owner can now choose the functions the collaborator is entitled to control by clicking the three-dot &#8220;…&#8221; icon and selecting<strong> Edit</strong> to open the User entitlements window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="340" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-settings.png" alt="Collaborator settings" class="wp-image-122900" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-settings.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Collaborator-settings-300x213.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The program owner chooses the functions the collaborator can control in the User entitlements window and clicks <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="415" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/User-entitlements-window.png" alt="User entitlements" class="wp-image-122909" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/User-entitlements-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/User-entitlements-window-300x259.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The collaborator can now open a browser window and log in to TVU Producer. The shared program and any previously created programs are displayed on the Workbench screen.</li>



<li>The Producer user and collaborator are now ready to run the same program or live show.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a new program is shared with the collaborator by the primary Producer user, the collaborator does not have the option to share the program with other users. The primary Producer user controls that functionality.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="9" id="block-cc502465-0a01-436e-8a76-0181c6fa2b4b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>You can filter the displayed productions from the drop-down menu. The default is <strong>All</strong>.</li>



<li>The<strong> Collaborator icon</strong> turns green when you click the <strong>checkbox</strong> of each program you want to share.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3430d87c-6ac2-47dc-b71b-03a184eb26a6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="330" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Adding-collaborators-to-your-production.png" alt="Adding collaborators to your production" class="wp-image-143674" style="aspect-ratio:1.7399380804953561;width:649px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Adding-collaborators-to-your-production.png 604w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Adding-collaborators-to-your-production-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the User entitlement window, enter the email addresses of the added collaborators, select the functions you want them to control, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="397" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Adding-collaborators-and-functions.png" alt="Adding collaborators and functions" class="wp-image-122928" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Adding-collaborators-and-functions.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Adding-collaborators-and-functions-300x248.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="12" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To remove yourself as a collaborator, click the three-dot icon and select <strong>Quit as collaborator</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="397" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Quit-as-collaborator.jpg" alt="Quit as collaborator" class="wp-image-170023" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Quit-as-collaborator.jpg 397w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Quit-as-collaborator-300x168.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 397px) 100vw, 397px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Starting and stopping a live transmission</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3aaeb56c-4079-495b-b362-fa570e1379bd"><strong>Starting a live transmission</strong></h2>



<p id="block-972e63d2-2d1d-43b8-b966-4288b6738596">To start the TVU Producer instance to take your program live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-fc210d61-510d-4652-9bda-968b424c3cf3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over a program you want to take live in the Workbench and click <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6be8c4af-afd0-4979-a66d-d7a388ca1008"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="257" height="219" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Start-a-live-transmission.png" alt="Start a live transmission" class="wp-image-122939"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-c5d510f7-235f-480d-b80f-27753d018c04" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Initiating steps to launch the TVU Producer process begin.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="201" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Initiating-Producer.png" alt="initiating Producer" class="wp-image-122948" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Initiating-Producer.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Initiating-Producer-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue with &#8220;<a href="/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-10">TVU Producer User Interface overview</a>.&#8221;</li>



<li>To stop the program, go to &#8220;Stopping a live transmission.&#8221;</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Programs that are started display “Running” under the program name in the Workbench tab.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ccc3e691-45b1-4678-a4c4-708ca88a333d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="253" height="217" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Program-running.png" alt="Program running" class="wp-image-122957"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3833cf8f-706f-471e-bb42-286a7dff4792"><strong>Stopping a live transmission</strong></h2>



<p id="block-b316612f-baac-46d0-9792-eb61e310fcdb">To stop your program’s live transmission, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-776d108d-c4bf-4482-a56d-d983f9957651" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the top left<strong> Home</strong> icon in the Producer interface to return to Workbench.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="309" height="121" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Home-icon.png" alt="Home icon" class="wp-image-122966" style="width:478px;height:187px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Home-icon.png 309w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Home-icon-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-776aa64e-b597-402a-8917-da36196516e4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over the program you want to stop and click the <strong>power button</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-4c8b3521-196c-4fce-92b5-54e79ee5ce5e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="224" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Running-program-stop-button.png" alt="running program stop button" class="wp-image-122975"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The &#8220;End the program&#8221; pop-up displays. Click <strong>Shut down</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a0477a5e-9b71-4a11-aaa5-2176bef39a28"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="128" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/End-the-program-dialog.png" alt="End the program" class="wp-image-122984" style="width:477px;height:159px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/End-the-program-dialog.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/End-the-program-dialog-300x100.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>In the Workbench, the stopping program indicator displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="218" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Stopping-the-program.png" alt="Stopping the program indicator" class="wp-image-122993"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Producer Interface overview</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-fded0d26-8dc0-474a-a495-19b125f56718"><strong>Interface overview</strong></h1>



<p id="block-506f98eb-e12a-43e0-9877-540e89e2e9ed">This section describes the essential components of the TVU Producer user interface.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-89ba435f-4241-467d-b346-33644e1b0166"><strong>TVU Producer User Interface overview</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cf5467f0-6ee8-46c8-9e94-dc173cf4b3cf"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="721" height="598" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-interface-3.jpg" alt="TVU Producer User interface 3" class="wp-image-170031" style="aspect-ratio:1.2984496124031009;width:710px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-interface-3.jpg 721w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-interface-3-300x249.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 721px) 100vw, 721px" /></figure>



<p id="block-ad043d12-014e-4b04-be8b-1de4bd789dcd">The Producer user interface displays the following functions and controls (reference number callouts as shown above):</p>



<p id="block-c2cfa2b6-a6bf-43d7-9e5b-f7599eda470a"><strong>(A)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Output:</strong> The Output feature allows users to output the newly produced live stream to desired destinations. These destinations could be a custom CDN or a Social Media destination such as YouTube, Facebook, or others.</p>



<p id="block-4e3cfa65-4a5d-4f0c-961a-c9f4b115db9e">Users can click <strong>+Add</strong> at the bottom of the Output to Destinations panel to select a destination and import social media accounts, CDN, or Grid into their output.</p>



<p id="block-3c7e28df-ee73-4866-bcf7-5aeb23636004">These options enable users to authenticate their credentials to access desired social media destinations.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong><br>1. For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-22"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Using the output feature</mark></a>.&#8221;<br>2. For more information about adding Sources, refer to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-14"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Adding sources to your production</mark></a>.&#8221;<br>3. The three-dot link opens settings for the output destination. Selecting More opens the <strong>Other Output Setting</strong> window.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-616be382-a4c3-4c7c-b0fc-467f7309ad0f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="326" height="259" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-selection-and-Import-screen.jpg" alt="Output selection and Import screen" class="wp-image-170039" style="width:344px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-selection-and-Import-screen.jpg 326w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-selection-and-Import-screen-300x238.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="491" height="551" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting.jpg" alt="Output tab_Settings_More_Other output setting" class="wp-image-170046" style="width:409px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting.jpg 491w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-267x300.jpg 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /></figure>



<p id="block-cb71e45c-f0e2-4796-be42-6c092e610974"><strong>(B)</strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong> &#8211; Record tab:&nbsp;</strong>The Record feature allows users to create named clips with manual&nbsp;<strong>Mark in</strong>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<strong>Mark out</strong>&nbsp;points. If desired, these clips are saved to your cloud recordings folder with a new name i</span>n addition to recording the full program. Clip processing may take a few minutes to complete.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3abd9366-4784-4bd0-8213-9a6beb82b616"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="291" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab.png" alt="Record tab" class="wp-image-123023" style="width:392px;height:386px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab.png 295w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Record-tab-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 295px) 100vw, 295px" /></figure>



<p id="block-799c5b9d-4658-4658-9a8a-ffa7cd20f212"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>(C)&nbsp;</strong>&#8211;&nbsp;<strong>Overlay tab:</strong>&nbsp;The Overlay feature allows users to add customized graphics and text overlays to their live video. These include native overlays, such as logos and text, which can be selected from the Native or Logo tabs. In addition, Producer features real-time overlays and data visualizations such as animations and transitions by integrating <strong>Singular.live</strong> sources from the <strong>Singular</strong> tab. To access assets for this feature, click <strong>Overlay</strong>, select the <strong>Native</strong>, <strong>Logo</strong>, <strong>Singular</strong>, <strong>Flowics</strong>, <strong>NDI</strong>, or <strong>URL </strong>tab, enable the slider, then</span> click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-23"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Adding social media accounts</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-cf9dfdd0-5f88-4333-b9cd-919f593ad16f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="396" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab.png" alt="Overlay tab" class="wp-image-123032" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab.png 393w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-298x300.png 298w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-150x150.png 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-tab-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></figure>



<p id="block-839ab290-51ed-4e33-8b13-950bfda0e9e7"><strong>(D) </strong>&#8211; <strong>Audio mixer tab:</strong> AFV is enabled by default. When <strong>AFV All</strong> is enabled, the audio follows the video when cut.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-31"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Audio control</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-34241490-5a67-4054-bed3-7956b2f715d5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="501" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON.png" alt="AFV enabled" class="wp-image-143684" style="width:348px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-169x300.png 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<p id="block-e3c2f7da-648a-44d9-83ca-4546a570989c">When AFV is disabled, the audio selection menu displays. The operator can select one audio source channel from the menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8e56b57b-c300-4652-b37d-b5a582abb956"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="464" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-All-slider-disabled.png" alt="AFV disabled" class="wp-image-143692" style="width:356px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-All-slider-disabled.png 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-All-slider-disabled-184x300.png 184w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 284px) 100vw, 284px" /></figure>



<p id="block-e924103e-29ac-46e6-afc9-d9008b702c2d"><strong>(E) </strong>&#8211;<strong> Intercom tab:</strong> The Intercom feature is now replaced with TVU Partyline, a new collaboration tool that works with Producer. The Partyline tool is used by TVU One and TVU Anywhere users to communicate with the Technical Producer in the studio. However, the Intercom feature is still available for legacy devices. The Intercom feature allows a producer to communicate with a cameraman using TVU Anywhere or a TVU One transmitter.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-66266570-035c-4032-a702-4b62ec502562"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="459" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/intercom-feature.jpg" alt="intercom feature" class="wp-image-170054" style="aspect-ratio:0.6981891348088531;width:268px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/intercom-feature.jpg 279w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/intercom-feature-182x300.jpg 182w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 279px) 100vw, 279px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Captions tab: </strong>When this feature is enabled, the Caption tab displays. The tab displays &#8220;ON&#8221; when in use. The Captioning feature enables the delivery of both live and closed captions to the program output of TVU Producer.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="61" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Captions-icon.png" alt="Captions tab" class="wp-image-143701" style="width:81px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p id="block-a69dce71-d582-4312-a37a-bf89a6f6a278"><strong>(F) </strong>&#8211; <strong>SCTE:</strong> The SCTE 35-based dynamic ad insertion feature allows users to manually insert SCTE slice points or triggers in Producer to signal an ad insertion in the transport stream. SCTE pass-through and pre-roll replacement in pass-through are also supported.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4ed1c7c9-dd3e-4674-a833-dbcdd8908158"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="285" height="460" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SCTE-Tab.jpg" alt="SCTE tab" class="wp-image-170063" style="aspect-ratio:0.6149732620320856;width:309px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SCTE-Tab.jpg 285w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SCTE-Tab-186x300.jpg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 285px) 100vw, 285px" /></figure>



<p id="block-1c71ca33-307c-4cd9-b310-c217abc4c055"><strong>(G)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Monitor tab:</strong> The Monitor tab opens the Monitoring and Diagnostics dashboard. The Monitoring and Diagnostics feature dashboard displays key parameters indicating your IP feed health across all Input sources and the health of the outgoing live stream to each destination.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-0ed9303d-85dd-460f-bf45-215e3c529467"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="63" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Monitor-tab.png" alt="Monitor tab" class="wp-image-123086" style="width:84px;height:90px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6d444b3b-5dc9-4084-a3cb-7ae5eb8f4571"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1460" height="886" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png" alt="Monitoring and Diagnostics dashboard" class="wp-image-143711" style="aspect-ratio:1.4954627949183303;width:697px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png 1460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-300x182.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-1024x621.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-768x466.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1460px) 100vw, 1460px" /></figure>



<p id="block-987b896b-3d1a-4cf5-a2b2-f4bca966ba7c"><strong>(H)</strong> &#8211; <strong>PTZ Control tab:</strong> The PTZ camera control feature is integrated into the TVU Producer user interface software to provide users a way of controlling PTZ cameras supporting VISCA protocol through a VLAN tunnel connection between TVU Devices in the field with TVU Producer. The Router feature is required on the TVU device.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-5e6d44b4-baae-4e08-bb5f-3b0b556ea3f3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/PTZ-Control-tab.png" alt="PTZ Control tab" class="wp-image-170070" style="width:317px;height:651px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/PTZ-Control-tab.png 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/PTZ-Control-tab-146x300.png 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 284px) 100vw, 284px" /></figure>



<p id="block-3082a07d-3fb0-45a5-9a60-f6621db527f0"><strong>(I) Preview:</strong> In the green-outlined&nbsp;preview&nbsp;window at the top left, the operator can preview a selected source before going live.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about starting a Producer program reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>



<p><strong>(J) Clear Overlay:</strong> Click the Clear Overlay button to clear all overlays from the Preview window.<br><strong>(K) Remove Overlay:</strong> Click the Remove Overlay button to remove all overlays from the Program window.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="295" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clear-and-remove-overlay-1024x295.png" alt="clear and remove overlay" class="wp-image-170078" style="width:588px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clear-and-remove-overlay-1024x295.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clear-and-remove-overlay-300x86.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clear-and-remove-overlay-768x221.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clear-and-remove-overlay.png 1307w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(L) Program:</strong> The Program window is the Live screen that everyone can view. It is the top-right Live screen, outlined in red.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about starting a Producer program reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="437" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-Interface.jpg" alt="TVU Producer User Interface" class="wp-image-170085" style="width:587px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-Interface.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Producer-User-Interface-300x195.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(M) Session Time Used (N) Time remaining indicator:</strong> Your session timer is located next to the Purchase button and displays the time remaining in your session. When you hover over the remaining time, the expiration date for your session appears.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about the timer reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-38"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Time remaining indicator</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="103" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/session-timer.jpg" alt="session timer" class="wp-image-170093" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/session-timer.jpg 528w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/session-timer-300x59.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To stop your session timer, click the <strong>Power button</strong> in the top-right navigation to shut down the program.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(O) Power button:</strong> Clicking the Power button stops your session timer and prompts you to Shut down the program.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="200" height="46" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/power-button.png" alt="power button" class="wp-image-170101" style="width:261px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>(P) Macro tab:</strong> Click the Macro tab and click the link to open the Macro service in a new tab and add a Macro to an event.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="380" height="100" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab.jpg" alt="Macro tab" class="wp-image-170108" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab.jpg 380w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 380px) 100vw, 380px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1013" height="694" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Macro-service.jpg" alt="TVU Macro service" class="wp-image-170116" style="width:625px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Macro-service.jpg 1013w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Macro-service-300x206.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Macro-service-768x526.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1013px) 100vw, 1013px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(Q) Auto Failover tab: </strong>Click the Auto Failover tab to set up a primary video in slot one and a secondary video as a backup in slot two. Configure the failover time in seconds.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="70" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-tab-1.png" alt="Auto Failover tab" class="wp-image-124671"/></figure>



<p><strong>(R) &#8211; Replay App: </strong>The Replay App tab opens the Replay panel. The Replay panel allows a user to authenticate their Producer login by scanning a QR code with the Replay App or by copying the URL and opening it in a new browser window. This feature enables users to create playlists in TVU Replay and import them into the dedicated thumbnail preview in TVU Producer as clips, instantly and ready to be produced.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="79" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Replay-app-tab.jpg" alt="replay app tab" class="wp-image-170124"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-35"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Replay operations</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="368" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Replay-app-settings-clip.jpg" alt="Replay app settings clip" class="wp-image-170131" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Replay-app-settings-clip.jpg 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Replay-app-settings-clip-232x300.jpg 232w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 284px) 100vw, 284px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/replay-app-menu.png" alt="replay app menu" class="wp-image-170138"/></figure>



<p><strong>(S) Buffer tab: </strong>The Buffer tab allows users to set the output reaction time in the buffer settings panel to upload and configure a secondary replacement video if the primary video requires censoring. Click the Censorship page link to open the page in a new tab.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="58" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Buffer-tab.png" alt="Buffer tab" class="wp-image-123068" style="width:82px;height:79px"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;Output Buffer feature.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="363" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/buffer-settings.jpg" alt="buffer settings" class="wp-image-170146" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/buffer-settings.jpg 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/buffer-settings-232x300.jpg 232w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(T) Clip Player tab:</strong> The clip player tab opens the clip playlist panel. Here, users can upload and view recorded clips using the breakout clip player viewer from a local drive or from the Cloud drive to use as source files in Producer. In addition, the clip player supports audio files. Copy the &#8220;Breakout Clip player&#8221; link and paste it into a new tab to view local clips.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-96922ef1-6fe2-48cb-816f-21644670deb3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="710" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png" alt="Clip Player tab - Clip player panel" class="wp-image-143719" style="width:386px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel-229x300.png 229w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<p id="block-5f3ae91e-967d-4367-a352-a7e0df0c74bb"><strong>(U) Overlay Cut button:</strong> Click the Overlay Cut button (F6) to cut an overlay from the Preview window to the Program window.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about starting a Producer program, reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="50" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-cut.png" alt="Overlay cut button" class="wp-image-123185" style="width:75px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>(V) Video Cut button:</strong> Click the Video Cut button to cut video from the Preview window to the Program window. To cut the overlay and video together, click the link icon.</p>



<p>For more information about starting a Producer program, reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="45" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/video-cut.png" alt="Video cut button" class="wp-image-123194" style="width:68px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p id="block-b72b8559-533e-478e-8acf-2d4ca1257949"><strong>(W)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Purchase button: </strong>The Purchase button lets users securely purchase Producer online using PayPal. Click the Purchase button to display TVU Producer and TVU One products and review the latest pricing.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>To purchase a TVU Producer TVU Oneage, go to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-38"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Advanced Audio Mixer</mark></a>&#8221; for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e496c162-9a4e-4f4d-bb33-08c10187c564"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="235" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Purchase-button.png" alt="Purchase button" class="wp-image-143770" style="width:363px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p id="block-4cf750ca-bc59-4624-9f7d-c688a4250479"><strong>(X)</strong> &#8211; <strong>User management menu:</strong> The Producer User management menu contains Language, Shortcut list, and Sign Out selections.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-d4baa435-677b-4fa9-b48d-da095ef4802e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="183" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/user-management-menu.png" alt="user management menu" class="wp-image-143786" style="object-fit:contain;width:423px;height:279px"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Language selection:</strong> To translate the Producer interface into English or Chinese, click the <strong>User management</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>English</strong> or <strong>Chinese</strong>.</li>



<li><strong>Shortcut List:</strong> Select <strong>Shortcut List</strong> to open the keyboard shortcut panel.</li>



<li><strong>Sign Out:</strong> Select <strong>Sign Out</strong> to return to the Workbench. Click the power button to stop the running program, then click the User management drop-down menu. Select <strong>Sign Out</strong> to end your session.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about the timer in the top navigation reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-38"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Time remaining indicator</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(Y)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Source windows:</strong> A green border around the source window indicates that the video is in the Preview mode. A red border means that the video is Live in the Program window. Click a source window once to cut it into the Preview window.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information reference &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Starting a live transmission</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1249" height="805" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-window-2.png" alt="producer source windows" class="wp-image-170157" style="width:748px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-window-2.png 1249w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-window-2-300x193.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-window-2-1024x660.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-window-2-768x495.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1249px) 100vw, 1249px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(Z)</strong> &#8211; <strong>Audio indicator bars:</strong> The Audio indicator bars are located to the right of the Program and to the left of the Preview windows. Audio levels for both windows can be monitored visually from the Producer user interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="180" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Audio-bars.png" alt="Audio bars" class="wp-image-123240" style="width:758px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Audio-bars.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Audio-bars-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Management Center and Cloud Recording</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Management Center and Cloud Recording access</strong></h2>



<p>If you are in Producer, click the Home icon in the top left panel to return to the Workbench tab. There are two more tab selections in the top-left panel. Click the appropriate tab to access the Management Center and Cloud Record pages.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="51" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Workbench-menu-selections.png" alt="workbench menu selections" class="wp-image-143804" style="width:524px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Workbench-menu-selections.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Workbench-menu-selections-300x27.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Management Center tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Management Center menu provides access to Usage details, Settings, and the keyboard Shortcuts configuration page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1219" height="471" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab.jpg" alt="management center tab" class="wp-image-170164" style="aspect-ratio:2.2586206896551726;width:552px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab.jpg 1219w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-300x116.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-1024x396.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-768x297.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1219px) 100vw, 1219px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Usage:</strong> Select Usage to view your consumed and reloaded hour usage.</p>



<p><strong>Settings:</strong> Select Settings to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable email notifications.</li>



<li>Enable Auto Shutdown to automatically shut down your production when you are away from producing more than 30 minutes without streaming.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1250" height="307" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-settings.jpg" alt="management center tab settings" class="wp-image-170172" style="width:582px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-settings.jpg 1250w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-settings-300x74.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-settings-1024x251.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-settings-768x189.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1250px) 100vw, 1250px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Shortcuts:</strong> Select Shortcuts to configure keyboard shortcuts, select, and use them in your Producer program.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="938" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Management-Center-Shortcuts.png" alt="Management Center Shortcuts" class="wp-image-170180" style="width:676px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Management-Center-Shortcuts.png 938w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Management-Center-Shortcuts-300x187.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Management-Center-Shortcuts-768x478.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 938px) 100vw, 938px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Cloud Record tab</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Accessing</strong> <strong>Recorded files:</strong> On the Workbench page, click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab in the top panel. The TVU Recording Service page opens in a new tab. Select <strong>Remote Record Files</strong> or <strong>Shared with me</strong> from the left panel to view a list of recorded files. Open the file folder, click the green <strong>Download </strong>button, and save the file to your local drive.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1492" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-recorded-files.jpg" alt="remote recorded files" class="wp-image-170188" style="width:711px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-recorded-files.jpg 1492w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-recorded-files-300x85.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-recorded-files-1024x290.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-recorded-files-768x218.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1492px) 100vw, 1492px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/shared-with-me-menu-1024x254.jpg" alt="Shared with me files menu" class="wp-image-170195" style="width:713px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/shared-with-me-menu-1024x254.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/shared-with-me-menu-300x74.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/shared-with-me-menu-768x190.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/shared-with-me-menu.jpg 1496w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Input Source Recording</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7b1ce1a2-bf67-4eb9-a970-3f27e32b92a7"><strong>Input Source Recording feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-158bd045-c2fa-4fa2-afee-3bc1e40a8106">The Cloud Record tab in the Workbench top navigation contains the Recorded file and Remote Recorded file lists:</p>



<ul id="block-99b9ba1a-ff10-487b-86fb-fc792c7486d8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The recorded file list contains locally recorded files.</li>



<li>The Remote Recorded file list contains files from the Remote Recording service. These files can be marked, clipped, and saved as a new input source .json file, which outputs from Producer as an HLS stream.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-825c7939-1aac-4544-8197-b7ac7d504d5c">To enable the Remote Recorded file editing feature:</p>



<p id="block-1302b2fa-e73f-46d7-80a1-fa0c9a4cc401">Open the program&#8217;s Settings menu in Workbench, then click the checkbox to enable <strong>Input Source Recording</strong> and select your sources.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e2d2dc24-fb5e-4285-82de-57764dda5f43"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="230" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select.png" alt="Input source recording" class="wp-image-123292" style="width:555px;height:332px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p id="block-2e626ef3-04d7-41f9-9091-060770ea08dc">To choose the input source recording in producer:</p>



<ol id="block-760e3bc3-24f9-44d8-8034-6a6de4a7f7de" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add Source</strong> and select <strong>Recording Service</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a recording, and then an<strong> input source</strong> .json file to take live.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-b16f5f5b-4201-4c51-a30b-60b6611a6bad"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-selection.png" alt="input source selection" class="wp-image-123301" style="width:546px;height:364px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-selection.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/input-source-selection-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-430248c9-9dbf-40fb-82bc-609d0f1f3736" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Add to Source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-e01fc26e-9552-4cb0-818c-1240455eda9c">The recordings automatically start with a live source that is in production. You can access the live recording, add markers, and save it as a new clip while still live:</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4ad5ad14-0005-4e57-80ad-a96f72027fe4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab in Workbench.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Remote Record</strong> <strong>Files</strong> in the left panel.</li>



<li>Click a json file, then click the <strong>Clipping</strong> button in the Action column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6e3b8d3e-bfd2-46cf-b767-9d5a0fd7f746"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1452" height="554" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-record-files-download-and-clip.jpg" alt="remote record files download and clip" class="wp-image-170204" style="width:566px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-record-files-download-and-clip.jpg 1452w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-record-files-download-and-clip-300x114.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-record-files-download-and-clip-1024x391.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/remote-record-files-download-and-clip-768x293.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1452px) 100vw, 1452px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Clipping iFrame displays. Set the <strong>Mark in</strong> and <strong>Mark out</strong> points and click the <strong>Clip</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6c521d60-a643-4d69-bcd1-6fdaf171a65d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="491" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out.png" alt="Remote record files mark in and mark out" class="wp-image-123319" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out-293x300.png 293w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remote-Record-Files-Mark-in-and-out-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Recorded files: </strong>Click <strong>Recorded files</strong> from the <strong>user management </strong>menu to view a list of recorded files. </p>



<p>If the user management menu does not include the Recorded files selection, click the Producer <strong>Home </strong>icon to return to Workbench. Click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab in the top navigation to access the Recorded file and Remote Recorded files menus. Open the desired file folder, then click the Clipping button. The clip opens.</p>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Clip</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="427" height="185" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clip-button.jpg" alt="clip button" class="wp-image-170211" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clip-button.jpg 427w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/clip-button-300x130.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" id="block-79ba2bf0-0d9f-42b7-8db0-33b8427aeaa2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change your file Export settings, click the <strong>Settings</strong> gear and <strong>+Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="362" height="253" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-file-menu.jpg" alt="export file menu" class="wp-image-170219" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-file-menu.jpg 362w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-file-menu-300x210.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 362px) 100vw, 362px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Profile name</strong>, and choose a <strong>Format</strong>. Click<strong> Save</strong> when finished.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="478" height="488" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-settings-window.jpg" alt="export settings window" class="wp-image-170226" style="width:384px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-settings-window.jpg 478w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-settings-window-294x300.jpg 294w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/export-settings-window-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 478px) 100vw, 478px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Profile name</strong> choose the <strong>video format</strong>, and <strong>Upload destination</strong>.</li>



<li>The success message is displayed. The new clip is displayed in the <strong>Remote Recorded Files</strong> list.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Base operation</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-181708e5-9e48-46f6-a560-f1d19af13995"><strong>Base operation</strong></h1>



<p id="block-18934f1f-2f99-49c3-9c6d-38dfbeeda65e">This section provides step-by-step instructions on using TVU Producer features and functions.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> How to videos related to this Quick Start guide are available in the Product tips section. Expand the Support menu in the www.tvunetworks.com main navigation menu.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding sources to your production</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f68d50dc-40ac-4b94-b20e-5315b734a355"><strong>Adding sources to your production</strong></h2>



<p id="block-82c4c8eb-b78e-49d8-84de-3e81c82dd9e4">By default, TVU Producer supports six input streams: four live sources, one IP video, and one local video source. The option to customize a video source and add a Replay source is also included.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3fadb696-636d-4d0b-b111-2d6f9d386f09"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1456" height="888" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows.png" alt="source windows" class="wp-image-143796" style="width:779px;height:506px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows.png 1456w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-1024x625.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-windows-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1456px) 100vw, 1456px" /></figure>



<p id="block-6525bb69-90be-4f5c-8667-aae662188753">When the advanced configuration feature is enabled, TVU Producer supports up to eleven sources: eight live and three additional sources. This feature may come with an additional cost and is enabled for subscribers who opt for this feature.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c0765ba7-4eaf-451b-b931-51fdbcc97a66"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="373" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Advanced-configuration-selection-windows.png" alt="Advanced configuration selections" class="wp-image-123357" style="aspect-ratio:1.7798165137614679;width:783px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Advanced-configuration-selection-windows.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Advanced-configuration-selection-windows-300x194.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-e03011dd-d1e2-49de-981e-fca424bd6e6f">Source windows below the Preview and Program windows display as a black box when a source is absent.</p>



<p id="block-c6dd2e2a-61ce-461b-9989-998bb197b6a7">To add a source to your production, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-027a1163-1f09-4e7b-8573-90e9f755a951" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Plus <strong>+ Add Source</strong> icon in the source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-66ad96fe-9bbe-4e45-94a7-3565640249ad"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="298" height="171" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-window.png" alt="source window" class="wp-image-123366" style="width:321px;height:190px"/></figure>



<p id="block-d0f5ad53-bd3a-405d-9111-686b3d45b24c"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">When you click </span><strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">+</span> Add source</strong>, the source selection window opens. You can&nbsp;add&nbsp;several source types&nbsp;to your production.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For information about adding a specific source selection type, continue to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-15">Source selection types</a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" id="block-44748f1f-bd00-4ac5-ae92-f3b222b34ee1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select one of the source types in the left panel.</li>



<li>Select an available source and click the green <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>



<li>When you select a source type, a list of sources displays in the right panel. Click to highlight and choose the desired source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-47681afa-57f7-4f97-b500-d7b2ba104f3f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="722" height="485" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-EXT-IP.png" alt="Source selection window - EXT IP" class="wp-image-143921" style="width:525px;height:352px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-EXT-IP.png 722w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-selection-window-EXT-IP-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 722px) 100vw, 722px" /></figure>



<p id="block-34e74ba6-f392-464d-8e65-b225b9b0fb96">Your source selection is displayed in the source panel.</p>



<ol start="5" id="block-3eee7c39-eb1e-4fea-b031-b2099f5b1f5a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To remove a source from the source panel, click the three-dot &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon in the source panel and select <strong>Remove</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-72bf3e2c-8eeb-43a5-951e-2f68faa3de17"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="340" height="197" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/removing-a-source.jpg" alt="removing a source" class="wp-image-170235" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/removing-a-source.jpg 340w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/removing-a-source-300x174.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 340px) 100vw, 340px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source selection types</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-275fc241-9a34-4e83-aad3-5a89e23548cb"><strong>Source selection types</strong></h2>



<p id="block-a568ff37-d795-4eff-ac02-334c02a1812f">This section describes the following source selection types you can add to your TVU Producer production from the source window panel. </p>



<p id="block-a568ff37-d795-4eff-ac02-334c02a1812f">The source, preview, and program windows feature a headset icon in the top-left corner that lets users turn monitoring on and off.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>TIP:</strong> <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=tips#/signIn">Product tip</a> videos are available for adding source types to your Producer production.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul id="block-d5522624-c563-4e13-851c-64c7107d1ed8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Favorites</li>



<li>EXT IP source</li>



<li>TVU Anywhere</li>



<li>TVU One</li>



<li>TVU RPS One</li>



<li>TVU Grid</li>



<li>TVU Transceiver</li>



<li>YouTube</li>



<li>RTMP Push</li>



<li>HTML</li>



<li>TVU Partyline</li>



<li>Zixi Pull</li>



<li>RTP-FEC</li>



<li>SRT</li>



<li>NDI</li>



<li>Recording Service</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0f707a4a-3164-4bfa-b88d-45e535f767b1"><strong>TVU One source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9ab0b951-3b37-4517-87ea-647a8974d6c1">To select a TVU One source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-053185cf-67d1-4cd1-96b2-e610ddeb9f22" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add source</strong> in the source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0892902a-d0f1-46bf-8192-5dfc66a9e856"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="153" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-source-3.png" alt="add source 3" class="wp-image-123476"/></figure>



<p id="block-ece43eb4-6022-433f-a891-aae42d049099">The ‘Add TVU One source’ window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-d79fd187-f2b6-4d0e-ad86-524d6da943cb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> TVU One</strong> in the left navigation menu.</li>



<li>Select a source from the ‘Add TVU One source’ list and click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-41a51c8b-26e8-4e04-8e50-9adaf70dcac1"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-tvu-one-source.png" alt="add tvu one source" class="wp-image-123413" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-tvu-one-source.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-tvu-one-source-300x204.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p id="block-57245850-3bb0-4422-a3d7-bc8d78d37315">The selected source is displayed in the source window.</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4cc3d530-f87c-4357-ae35-f96402d43715" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add a source, click the <strong>source window</strong> to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e80690c0-92e2-4683-a430-da1d6491aacf"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1458" height="888" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png" alt="source preview" class="wp-image-143943" style="width:727px;height:471px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png 1458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1458px) 100vw, 1458px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-00218fec-21b3-4707-b034-2f34f6b47e9d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-514de4b3-9a86-4fd7-a574-cf30959983cc"><strong>TVU Anywhere source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f7026fbe-59c2-4f0d-909f-a1fde9acd4e7">There are two methods to add a TVU Anywhere source:</p>



<ul id="block-d3806808-9b31-43c6-a2d2-32753a353d2b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> Source in the Producer source window and scan the <strong>QR code</strong> in the <strong>Add Anywhere Source </strong>window with the TVU Anywhere App.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> Source in the <strong>Add Anywhere Source</strong> window click <strong>Copy Li</strong>nk to open TVU anywhere with the link.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-f07d432d-f22d-449e-9f10-ce0e04300b36">To select a TVU Anywhere source by scanning the <strong>QR code</strong> with the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol id="block-aa55a2c1-2a0e-4290-8bc8-928c69d6301d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+Add Source</strong> icon in the source window. The <strong>Add Anywhere Source</strong> pop-up window displays.</li>



<li>Select <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong> in the left panel.</li>



<li>Scan the<strong> QR code</strong> in the Add Anywhere Source pop-up window with the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>Your device will appear in the window. Select the device and click the <strong>Add to Source</strong> button.</li>



<li>Your TVU Anywhere source appears in the selected source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-478236ab-a286-495a-9be9-2f5091819fb7"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="723" height="487" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-qr-code-from-pop-up-window.jpg" alt="Scan qr code from pop up window" class="wp-image-170250" style="aspect-ratio:1.6293929712460065;width:584px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-qr-code-from-pop-up-window.jpg 723w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-qr-code-from-pop-up-window-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 723px) 100vw, 723px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-ba2fbda5-4f72-49ed-926d-9d31f98ad719" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To scan or manually enter the QR Token code using the TVU Anywhere app, open your TVU Anywhere app and click the <strong>Scan</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a3f972aa-d3bf-4560-b6e4-be0d7f768278"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Home-screen-2.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Home screen 2" class="wp-image-170257" style="aspect-ratio:2.160337552742616;width:432px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Home-screen-2.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Home-screen-2-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>Name</strong> and <strong>Phone number</strong> (optional), then click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-screen-1.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Scan screen 1" class="wp-image-170265" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-screen-1.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-screen-1-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-cb1a80c6-8841-423e-8999-c53e1d0b4908" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Scan screen displays. There are two methods for pairing your device: auto-scan or manual entry. Click the <strong>Scan</strong> icon to scan the<strong> QR code</strong> in the <strong>Add Anywhere Source</strong> window.</li>



<li>Place the app over the Token code, centering it over the green scrolling scanner. Then wait a few seconds for the auto-scan to complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-67be1b27-838f-46a3-87cd-97dea56183ab"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-Code-screen.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Scan QR Code screen" class="wp-image-170273" style="aspect-ratio:2.1702127659574466;width:456px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-Code-screen.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-Code-screen-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>To select a TVU Anywhere source by entering the Token code in the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-7467b09d-6e78-428d-8c10-307ff2f81c36" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the &#8220;<strong>123</strong>&#8221; number icon to enter the Token code manually, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scanning-screen-enter-token-code.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Scanning screen enter token code" class="wp-image-170281" style="width:453px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scanning-screen-enter-token-code.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Scanning-screen-enter-token-code-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the &#8220;&lt;&lt;&#8221; to open the functions bar on the <strong>Home</strong> screen. Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon, then the <strong>About</strong> icon. Scroll down to About to confirm the pairing.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Settings.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Settings" class="wp-image-170288" style="width:457px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/TVU-Anywhere-Settings-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add your source to the <strong>Add Anywhere Source</strong> list, you can go live with your source from the Producer source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7ad6b7d5-ea2e-4e2b-b12b-4aca33bce01d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="724" height="486" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-anywhere-source-list.jpg" alt="Add anywhere source list" class="wp-image-170243" style="width:559px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-anywhere-source-list.jpg 724w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-anywhere-source-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 724px) 100vw, 724px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the TVU Anywhere app. Click the <strong>QR code</strong> in the Source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="262" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-QR-code-from-source-window.jpg" alt="Scan QR code from source window" class="wp-image-170295" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-QR-code-from-source-window.jpg 351w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Scan-QR-code-from-source-window-300x224.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-f6556bfb-fde3-4074-85c2-167982e6211f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The selected source is displayed in the source, Preview, and Program windows.</li>



<li>To change a source, click a new source window to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-32fdb132-49a8-496e-a88f-db66c7475544"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1458" height="888" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png" alt="source preview" class="wp-image-143943" style="width:685px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview.png 1458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Source-preview-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1458px) 100vw, 1458px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" id="block-31dead8b-3a09-42e4-86cf-3c4402097738" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1e0de59a-a295-4f35-b50b-c2d5c29aa8d3"><strong>TVU Grid source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ba9f7d5c-7daf-4fd0-b288-f6507dfdef7f">To select a Grid source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-b0891ae1-c5eb-4b85-ab35-6525674867b5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add source</strong> in the source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-2833cce9-4d21-4b3e-907b-02d43742d48a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="153" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-source-3.png" alt="add source 3" class="wp-image-123476"/></figure>



<p id="block-22e72cd5-9e7a-40de-864d-ebe5b2fae66b">The ‘Add Grid source’ window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-0c42e9a7-49c1-4893-b56e-11c6315e53af" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> TVU Grid</strong> in the left navigation menu.</li>



<li>Select a source from the ‘Add TVU Grid source’ list and click the<strong> Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-d536a01e-66d3-4431-a4b4-9175857542f6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="723" height="483" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-TVU-Grid-source-selection.jpg" alt="Add TVU Grid source selection" class="wp-image-170304" style="aspect-ratio:1.4893617021276595;width:558px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-TVU-Grid-source-selection.jpg 723w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-TVU-Grid-source-selection-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 723px) 100vw, 723px" /></figure>



<p id="block-072af5e1-8a6a-4cc1-9d47-925ec4cff31a">The selected source displays in the source window.</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4a4b051a-4ee3-44df-861d-d77ea8760692" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add a source, click the<strong> source window</strong> to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-20cd1c99-23b7-4c2e-991f-a8d8a0e834af"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1458" height="890" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid.png" alt="source preview Grid" class="wp-image-143975" style="width:704px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid.png 1458w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid-1024x625.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/source-preview-grid-768x469.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1458px) 100vw, 1458px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-f5ff1c0d-0ca8-4cea-8ca1-365122efca2f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-de3e0459-2629-4c6f-a942-a3a98414916f"><strong>EXT IP source selection</strong></h2>



<p id="block-c4bf9ced-8437-469c-8aa0-25c891f7dd23">EXT IP sources are output to social media accounts, such as an IP stream from a standard internet source using the https, rtsp, issp, or other formats.</p>



<p id="block-24621cbb-6b29-46a3-8274-defe3fdd86cd">To select and output a source to a social media account, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-59579251-e9f7-4b5a-a197-4ab3892ec4cd" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add source</strong> or <strong>QR code</strong> in the Add Source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-f8f94815-06ae-4287-a1e9-c41d68692d27"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="267" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-source-4.png" alt="add source 4" class="wp-image-123485"/></figure>



<p id="block-52a79623-1e83-4570-8b92-e4bd19a13d43">The source selection dialog window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-8ff3901a-5d03-469a-898a-343f84f9a76d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>EXT IP source</strong> in the left navigation menu.</li>



<li>To add a new Generic EXT source, click the <strong>+Add</strong> button. Type a description and the stream&#8217;s IP address or URL, then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>



<li>To add a YouTube or Generic EXT stream, click the dropdown menu in the URL field and select <strong>YouTube</strong> or <strong>Generic EXT</strong>. Then<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">&nbsp;enter the&nbsp;<strong>stream&#8217;s URL</strong>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<strong>IP address</strong>&nbsp;</span>and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c4eb7698-0b70-474e-9153-fb9ed92d7e2a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ext-IP-source-menu.png" alt="ext ip source menu" class="wp-image-123458" style="width:533px;height:355px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ext-IP-source-menu.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ext-IP-source-menu-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your new source in the Add EXT IP Source list and click the green<strong> Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7e00e93a-6ef4-440c-8186-159325455cf6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-ext-ip-list.png" alt="add to ext ip list" class="wp-image-123449" style="width:546px;height:365px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-ext-ip-list.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-ext-ip-list-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p id="block-7c7c4a0c-9435-496a-bc54-a604c015164f">The selected source displays in the source window.</p>



<ol start="6" id="block-eb95135d-f4ac-4b33-9203-9975ccd68430" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After you add a source, click the <strong>source window</strong> to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0fdca8e5-c32d-42dc-9649-2e1d976adcd3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/EXT-IP-preview.png" alt="EXT IP preview" class="wp-image-123467" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/EXT-IP-preview.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/EXT-IP-preview-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add more sources, repeat the process.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding a Clip Player source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6747320a-73ad-4dc4-b1e0-e4e90caebe73"><strong>Adding a Clip Player source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3c14e0c0-56b7-4152-90b6-7e26d709c078">To select a local video source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e64390c9-865f-4fb9-85c7-c7fd1fb8175f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add clip player</strong> in the (5) source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-2db738ed-e67c-47e0-a5eb-49cd8096e98f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="270" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-clip-player-5.png" alt="add clip player" class="wp-image-123494"/></figure>



<p id="block-62d317ea-3fb2-4d34-8c25-5e792f6cb5b8">The Clip player file panel opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-435e2e25-e818-4f60-821a-5a93948c3552"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="710" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png" alt="Clip Player tab - Clip player panel" class="wp-image-143719" style="width:552px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel-229x300.png 229w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-3f37de27-0161-48e2-8596-8749c829025c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a local clip, click the <strong>+Add</strong> button and select <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-86e52ae9-25a4-42fe-8342-2ff89b2f987d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="425" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Select-local-video-file-location.png" alt="Select local video file location" class="wp-image-143984" style="width:314px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Select-local-video-file-location.png 278w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Select-local-video-file-location-196x300.png 196w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 278px) 100vw, 278px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-84e7f09b-5acd-4eca-a089-51b37ce27692" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To upload a local clip, browse and select a file, and click <strong>Open</strong>. Your clip is displayed in the clip panel. If you select a file from your cloud drive, select the file and click the <strong>Add</strong> button. Your video upload progress displays in the clip panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cdb51cc8-bfe4-47ab-84f8-45123eadcdfc"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="453" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/select-local-clip-file.png" alt="select local clip file" class="wp-image-143993" style="width:313px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/select-local-clip-file.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/select-local-clip-file-187x300.png 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-f43c2d56-e814-4f23-8b9e-474bf61cf4a3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click on a source from the clip panel. The clip is displayed in the source window.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Using the control bar in the panel, you can choose how you want your clip to play. Then,&nbsp;<strong>c</strong>lick</span> the source window to move the clip into the preview window.</li>



<li>To <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">edit your media using the&nbsp;<strong>mark-in</strong>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<strong>mark-out</strong>&nbsp;controls, hover over&nbsp;</span>the image and click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon. To preview your edits, click the <strong>Play</strong> icon, then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large" id="block-d9728dd8-e581-4150-8c8c-704535abf41f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="624" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-1024x624.png" alt="local file moved to preview" class="wp-image-144001" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window-768x468.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-video-file-moved-from-source-to-preview-window.png 1459w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" id="block-200eb0db-28cb-40f4-b7ab-5a810e44a3f1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the source window to move the local clip into the preview window.</li>



<li>To add more local clip sources to the clip panel list, click the <strong>+Add</strong> button. A local file window opens. Select a local clip and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-666c5d19-b95f-4c3e-872a-255e7b844135"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1460" height="889" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list.png" alt="building a local file list" class="wp-image-144009" style="width:824px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list.png 1460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list-300x183.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list-1024x624.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Building-a-local-video-file-list-768x468.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1460px) 100vw, 1460px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Breakout Clip Player feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f990405f-73ba-466c-8c40-d7d62fcc466a"><strong>Breakout Clip Player feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ed305237-bb46-46be-b749-75b4361cf183">When you use the Breakout Clip Player, you can arrange and activate a list of local clips as a single source in Producer. In addition, the TVU Clip Player tab includes the Edit Media panel for advanced local video editing.</p>



<p id="block-d7e184d9-de4e-4a01-b1d0-50e566e153ce">To use the Breakout Clip Player feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-5bffcb05-8ba4-416d-9eb8-99bc846d0b3f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add a list of local videos to the Local video file list. To add a custom video, click the green <strong>+Add</strong> and select <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>. Select a local file and click <strong>Open</strong>. If you select a file from your cloud drive, select the file and click the <strong>Add</strong> button.</li>



<li>At the bottom of the Breakout clip player file list panel, click <strong>Copy</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-ebb9c820-bc2f-4634-9b0f-782ea753c50a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="749" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Breakout-clip-player.png" alt="Breakout clip player" class="wp-image-144017" style="width:652px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Breakout-clip-player.png 749w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Breakout-clip-player-300x135.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 749px) 100vw, 749px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-e3b408c9-62f6-467c-bf06-c3a158ea3906" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a browser window, paste the URL in the address bar, and press <strong>Ente</strong>r. The Breakout Clip Player window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-21b0bbe1-e396-4a5d-b069-218511e4e555"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1407" height="613" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-window.jpg" alt="Breakout clip player window" class="wp-image-170313" style="width:661px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-window.jpg 1407w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-window-300x131.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-window-1024x446.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-window-768x335.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1407px) 100vw, 1407px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add an additional video, click the <strong>+Add clip player</strong> frame and select <strong>From computer</strong>. If you select <strong>From TVU Drive</strong>, you will access your TVU Cloud storage assets.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="166" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-add-video.jpg" alt="Breakout clip player add video" class="wp-image-170320" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-add-video.jpg 393w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-add-video-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-78fa996e-159f-44b0-af4a-ff5033058729" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the browser window, select a desired video and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-5b3e1220-ec1e-4c24-87b5-cc2c7baf8b6a"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Browser-window.png" alt="Browser window"/></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>TVU Drive window</strong>, make a selection from the left panel and click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="825" height="511" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-TVU-drive-window.jpg" alt="Breakout clip player TVU drive window" class="wp-image-170328" style="width:548px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-TVU-drive-window.jpg 825w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-TVU-drive-window-300x186.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Breakout-clip-player-TVU-drive-window-768x476.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 825px) 100vw, 825px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>During this process, the screen stays blank until the video uploads.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="7" id="block-fab22ec7-7919-40c2-a933-2306a723d36c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your selection is added to the Breakout clip player window and Clip Player tab. The Clip Player tab allows you to edit the file name and add <strong>mark-in </strong>and <strong>mark-out</strong> points to a media file. To perform advanced local media edits, hover your mouse over the top of the clip and click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-8b734bb0-8b8f-440b-9879-b1a72c9c0512"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Edit-icon.png" alt="Local video edit icon location"/></figure>



<p id="block-e1a77354-e17c-44f9-9844-106883f7435c">The Edit media panel opens on the left side of the window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9e67e459-596d-4890-b9da-986950e86129"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1459" height="845" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel.png" alt="local media editing panel" class="wp-image-144026" style="width:771px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel.png 1459w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel-300x174.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel-1024x593.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Local-media-editing-panel-768x445.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1459px) 100vw, 1459px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-7934fdf9-2633-46c6-9976-bf58e074fc7e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the<strong> Mark in</strong> and <strong>Mark out</strong> controls to edit your media. To preview your edits, click the <strong>Play</strong> icon, then click <strong>Save</strong> to save your edits.</li>



<li>To play out your local file selections, you can select and drag a clip into a desired order to rearrange the clips.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>settings</strong> icon at the top-right of the source window to open the Autoplay, Cut PGM to PVW, Play from the mark-in, and Return to the mark-in slider controls for a selected source.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Autoplay is ON by default. Disabling autoplay will stop the program from playing.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul id="block-48caaed8-7f83-409c-92d8-2ad0b8b438cb" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Autoplay</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting plays the video from the mark-in point when selected as a source and taken to PGM.</li>



<li><strong>Cut PGM to PVW</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically cuts the preview to PGM when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>



<li><strong>Play from the mark-in </strong>&#8211; Enabling this setting plays the clip from the mark-in when taken to PGM. To mark-in and mark/out files, hover your mouse over the file thumbnail and click <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>



<li><strong>Return to the mark-in</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically returns to the mark-in of the last played clip when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-2dee5ad7-a0c0-4729-93e9-94cd262db242"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="220" height="326" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png" alt="Clip player settings menu" class="wp-image-144034" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png 220w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 220px) 100vw, 220px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a <strong>source thumbnail</strong> to select it and activate it as the local source in Producer.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding IP video</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7625e53b-0c84-4b16-b7ec-ee954d09a1c8"><strong>Add IP video</strong></h2>



<p id="block-abc070ef-c1f4-4714-9623-ea7b587bb476">To select an IP video source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-fd25610c-2e41-48de-8955-b849c6498909" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the + <strong>Add IP video</strong> source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-04d925af-a058-441d-8cff-a7e0f6dc5dd2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="268" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-IP-video-6.png" alt="add IP video 6" class="wp-image-123569"/></figure>



<p id="block-955ab9f6-8a5c-47a9-af45-28d33fb4b4d2">The ‘Add EXT IP Source’ window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-e6c438f7-fc3d-4102-a52b-961cfaf26255" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a source type from the left column (e.g., Favorites, EXT IP Source, Youtube, NDI).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-65bf8737-ff1a-4230-bcc1-503d6118248c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="720" height="484" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-IP-video-window.jpg" alt="Add IP video window" class="wp-image-170336" style="width:576px;height:385px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-IP-video-window.jpg 720w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-IP-video-window-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-12e2cabe-8b05-4fdc-bc64-d7a8bf35bcc7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a source to the EXT IP Source window, click the green <strong>+Add</strong> button.</li>



<li>The EXT IP Source window opens. In the Name field, enter the <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">source&#8217;s name</span> and, in the URL field, the <strong>URL</strong>. Then, click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-01710612-a972-413e-9fbc-369bea7b05ca"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="727" height="484" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/EXT-IP-source-selection-window.jpg" alt="EXT IP source selection window" class="wp-image-170350" style="width:577px;height:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/EXT-IP-source-selection-window.jpg 727w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/EXT-IP-source-selection-window-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 727px) 100vw, 727px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the new source in the ‘Add EXT IP source’ list and click <strong>Add to source</strong>.</li>



<li>After a source is selected and added to the source window, click the source image to move it into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-abbcdb73-f841-4b67-b5fe-666397a6e29f"><strong>Adding an RTMP push/pull source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3a34a060-0ecf-4966-9ad2-d62ed7159b55">To add an RTMP push video stream into Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e2c51f3e-5aa9-496e-bdb1-02b262a5107c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Producer User Interface, click <strong>+Add Source</strong>.</li>



<li>In the Add EXT IP Source pop-up window, Click <strong>RTMP Push</strong> and click <strong>+Add</strong> at the bottom of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9803b43a-0887-416f-a614-73e63dc17fd7"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="725" height="485" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Source-window-1.jpg" alt="Add RTMP Source window 1" class="wp-image-170357" style="width:581px;height:390px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Source-window-1.jpg 725w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Source-window-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 725px) 100vw, 725px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-bef60cba-6ba7-420b-b098-49f577596073" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Name field, enter a <strong>Name</strong> for your RTMP source.</li>



<li>The unique address in the Server field is required to push the RTMP to the Producer instance. The stream destination address must be entered on the external device.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> that the server URL will change with a new Producer instance.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" id="block-4d13e8ea-c04c-4890-83b7-5094fe05b674" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Generate</strong> button to generate an authentication key.</li>



<li>Below the key field, Click <strong>Copy URL</strong>. Enter this complete URL into the source device.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-35789bd6-59fe-4b36-a6a5-2f9aa2d82453"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="723" height="485" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-RTMP-push-source-window.jpg" alt="add RTMP push source window" class="wp-image-170364" style="width:583px;height:391px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-RTMP-push-source-window.jpg 723w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-RTMP-push-source-window-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 723px) 100vw, 723px" /></figure>



<p id="block-24abca19-e26c-4e5d-a754-53e639b93c22">The Add RTMP Push Source window opens.</p>



<ol start="8" id="block-bdcea187-d635-4ccb-abd2-f7125301511e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your new RTMP source, and the green check mark displays to confirm your selection.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Add to Source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-f64208f2-4bf4-4a7c-81c2-3796920c0190"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="723" height="482" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Push-source-2.jpg" alt="Add RTMP Push source 2" class="wp-image-170372" style="width:589px;height:395px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Push-source-2.jpg 723w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-RTMP-Push-source-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 723px) 100vw, 723px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a2ecd44b-2aae-4323-96cf-8d6fe0581a47"><strong>Adding an HTML source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-6fcb6e9f-067d-447e-b1ca-f04048d1b4d6">To add an HTML video stream into Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-0511cade-2762-48bf-9a0b-a90b971ae7b2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Producer User Interface, click <strong>+Add Source</strong>.</li>



<li>In the Add EXT IP Source pop-up window, Click <strong>HTML</strong> from the left menu and click <strong>+Add</strong> at the bottom of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="724" height="484" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-1.jpg" alt="add HTML source 1" class="wp-image-170379" style="width:589px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-1.jpg 724w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 724px) 100vw, 724px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a source <strong>Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter a source <strong>URL </strong>in the HTML field and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-accb66c9-fb58-4d3e-b315-28ca52568d49"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="723" height="483" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-2.jpg" alt="add HTML source 2" class="wp-image-170386" style="width:595px;height:399px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-2.jpg 723w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 723px) 100vw, 723px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-60b17836-9046-4576-a95b-1d843f6e64a7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source feed from the list and click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3ed58c6c-02a5-4805-ad27-77f108d7aa52"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="722" height="482" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-3.jpg" alt="add HTML source 3" class="wp-image-170393" style="width:604px;height:408px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-3.jpg 722w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-HTML-source-3-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 722px) 100vw, 722px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding a Partyline source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-c193df4a-bd55-4718-9573-50540c1a961f"><strong>Adding a Partyline source</strong></h2>



<p id="block-a1715b50-54f4-49da-93e2-47cfa211d87d">To add an active Partyline participant source into Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-ab68c477-b04a-446c-aa11-86b732c9c157" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Producer User Interface, click <strong>+Add Source</strong>.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Add Partyline Source</strong> pop-up window, Click <strong>Partyline</strong> in the left menu. An active Partyline session ID displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6e64d508-8ab7-4c44-96d9-55e4996b68b4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="726" height="486" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-Partyline-Source-window.jpg" alt="Add Partyline Source window" class="wp-image-170400" style="width:611px;height:410px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-Partyline-Source-window.jpg 726w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-Partyline-Source-window-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 726px) 100vw, 726px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-64837d91-d23d-40f9-9146-07348ef99374" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Partyline ID</strong> and choose a Partyline participant from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Add to source </strong>button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Customizable Multi view feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9cb1fa5f-6534-4273-a179-2a934933e983"><strong>Customizable Multiview feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1e77ebce-f6b0-4482-8766-e11e7718a945">The Customizable Multiview feature allows users to crop and resize custom multi-view sources within TVU Producer for a Live show. The multiview sources, such as the quad-view and dual-view, are available on input source 7.</p>



<p id="block-59bf2d15-6f97-4cb0-9053-d1c393c778a4">Using the Customizable Multiview feature enhances the editing capabilities of the multi-view landscape and vertical mode functionality. It also assists in transforming a single input source into a two, three, four, five, or six-window view to quickly match the needs of the technical producer for a Live show. Users can<br>build their unique, innovative multi-views based on the number of talents participating in a news or entertainment show.</p>



<p id="block-002c38d1-44e9-46a1-99de-c959f80b72b5">The following examples show how multi-view sources display.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-a3fead0b-2f7c-4f46-b7f6-d3f95175d66e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/triview-2.png" alt="multiview example" class="wp-image-123659"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-600aae3b-1cf4-4083-b11b-bfe398a03462"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="294" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dualview.png" alt="crop tool" class="wp-image-123669" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dualview.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dualview-300x230.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-dafa235f-769e-46a0-8be9-0025716088ab"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="216" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/news-crew-1.png" alt="tri view" class="wp-image-123678" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/news-crew-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/news-crew-1-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p id="block-8920ed7f-3139-4d77-a317-f5bfe591f729">To use the Customizable Multiview feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-174196d9-6918-4b87-8e7f-2998e0704540" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to Input Source 7 and click <strong>+ Add Custom Video</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Create a view</strong>. The canvas displays to build your Multiview sources.</li>



<li>Add your first source and resize your image with X and Y coordinates.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Crop</strong> tool.</li>



<li>Adjust the Crop coordinates as desired. Then, click <strong>Finish Crop</strong>.”</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To create a duplicate of your source, use the Copy command.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="6" id="block-8269faf9-f5b4-4ff3-ad5a-834cea98a4d4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add your second source, use the X and Y coordinates to resize your image, and set it to the same height as the first image.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Crop</strong> tool.</li>



<li>Adjust the Crop coordinates as desired. Then, click <strong>Finish Crop</strong>.</li>



<li>You can continue building the supported Multiview sources based on your needs.</li>



<li>To change the name of your custom source, click <strong>Custom Source</strong>. Then, enter a new name.</li>



<li>To change the background image, click<strong> Background</strong> in the left panel to change and upload a new image. Then, click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>



<li>The “Add Custom Video” menu displays. This menu will enable you to edit, duplicate, or delete the custom view.</li>



<li>To add a custom view to the input source, select any “custom source” from the menu, and click the <strong>Add to Source</strong> button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Custom view and border feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-60cce96c-7ce6-4c6b-9c83-fbce373b9746"><strong>Custom view and border feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5f2b3c03-b2f1-4feb-b80e-67c25828b468">Producer and the Multiview feature allow users to customize multiple views with borders. The basic Producer account includes the quad view and PiP custom views as default selections for this feature.</p>



<p id="block-c19cd42e-400e-46fa-91dc-b96c3e89b807">To use the custom view and border feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-d58494af-4067-41f9-8f66-dc27080ab013" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click +<strong>Add custom video</strong> in the source window. The “Add custom video” window displays.</li>



<li>Select a view and click <strong>+ Create a view</strong> at the bottom of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cad5e505-6c02-45b7-bfaf-61fb2e640570"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-source-window.png" alt="custom source window" class="wp-image-123687" style="width:605px;height:406px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-source-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-source-window-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-78a2fbe0-2a03-4118-b03d-20aefb0c7ad1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the “Edit Source” panel, click <strong>+Add</strong>. Select any number of available sources you want to customize from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-31291d79-e564-4695-9a52-7938e489f1d0"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="313" height="350" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-source-panel.png" alt="edit source panel" class="wp-image-144043" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-source-panel.png 313w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-source-panel-268x300.png 268w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 313px) 100vw, 313px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-254cc2e6-9848-4a4f-9a75-207ac67990b2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your selected source is displayed in the “Edit source” panel. Click the source and drag it to a desired position into the “Custom Source” window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-080594d5-fc16-488c-9047-b484780b17b1"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="591" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-1024x591.png" alt="edit custom source panel" class="wp-image-144051" style="width:573px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-1024x591.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-300x173.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel-768x443.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/edit-custom-source-panel.png 1487w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-394813b3-3b7d-4e09-8c47-8e1110e2a648" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a border to your selected source, click the <strong>checkbox</strong> to enable the Border feature. Then choose your <strong>border width</strong>, <strong>position</strong>, and<strong> color</strong> from the drop-down menus and click the <strong>Done</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-42e92a85-81d5-4363-b3b7-c8a37a7a0018"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="199" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/custom-source-border.png" alt="custom source border" class="wp-image-123707"/></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-74b5d75b-af59-4023-b57c-a92ac41955a4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the Background image, click the <strong>Background </strong>tab, hover your mouse over the preview background image, click <strong>Change Picture</strong>, select <strong>From Computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>, and select the new image. Click the <strong>Done</strong> button to save your changes.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Overlay</strong> to add a Logo overlay and click <strong>+ Add</strong>, then choose <strong>From Computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>. Select the overlay, adjust the size, and click the Done button to save your changes</li>



<li>In the “Add custom video” window, select a “Custom Source.” A green check mark confirms your selection. Then, click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button to move your custom source into Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-765f8144-a1f9-4fc4-aa11-f9dd7ec11cf2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Select-custom-source-for-production.png" alt="select custom source for production" class="wp-image-123716" style="width:599px;height:402px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Select-custom-source-for-production.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Select-custom-source-for-production-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" id="block-c1528da2-fa74-4831-a44c-242d73609414" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Repeat the procedure to add a second custom source to your Producer project.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4236fef8-2766-4f15-8adf-45b8512aec6a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-view-example.png" alt="custom view example" class="wp-image-123725" style="width:600px;height:349px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-view-example.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Custom-view-example-300x174.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Using the output feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-d0954bb9-fe2f-407a-86b7-4022410427b7"><strong>Using the output feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-36d0e1d1-5cef-42ef-bee2-5d9843889969">TVU Producer can simultaneously output live video directly to Facebook Live, YouTube Live, Periscope, Producer, and CDN platforms. It can also output video to SDI through a TVU receiver decoder.</p>



<p id="block-7ded0af0-8b5d-477b-adac-0745d98c3514">To select an output destination for a video source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e082b62e-c715-429f-8631-b4c27e753c28" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-95ab741c-81c8-45ea-b0eb-42a21b86df6f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:76px;height:79px"/></figure>



<p id="block-01e886e0-ac13-4e9a-8c87-24caeb2e4d72">The Output to destinations menu opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-395285f1-28d8-48fd-bf79-8353f24a6930"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="426" height="261" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab-1.png" alt="" class="wp-image-123734" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab-1.png 426w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-tab-1-300x184.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 426px) 100vw, 426px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Clock</strong> icon to filter your list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="245" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-tab-filter-menu-clock.png" alt="output tab clock filter menu" class="wp-image-123753"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1cb8f9d5-c2a7-49aa-a4f5-f20d07096d48" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> to choose an output type and Select the output destination.</li>



<li>Select your output method in the panel list. To configure your output choice, click the three dots &#8220;..&#8221; and enter the required information.</li>



<li>To take your source live, click the<strong> Go Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding a social media account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ac2f9c6e-9523-4da3-9e57-ff5723e4dd95"><strong>Adding a social media account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3d949f42-77d4-4bf8-b646-1de2fe521aa2">The first time a user logs in, the output section will not have any social media accounts to choose from. The user must bind social media accounts to the list before proceeding.</p>



<p id="block-125135f1-a964-44fe-a444-58414e921b14">To bind a list of social media accounts, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-f82ebb90-2500-407a-8a11-a32f888b57d0" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-eaa7f291-9f42-416c-927d-36dbc4c3d8ad"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:80px;height:83px"/></figure>



<p id="block-d21a814b-dad3-43ee-96f0-26ee9e19e0fd">The Output window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-c84a4c40-7868-491f-8286-ef3b967ada07" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+ Add</strong> button at the bottom of the Output to destinations panel.</li>



<li>Select a social media account from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-f343c7a5-ba4c-4772-a7ce-62e5a8d6c483"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Import-social-Media-selection.png" alt="Import social media selection"/></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-1b665110-a8d8-4f66-bdd5-8a3fc96499c4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Bind Social Accounts menu opens.</li>



<li>Click<strong> Add</strong>, and a list of all social media options display.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong> The ISSP, HLS, and SRT output menu options are also available. The ISSP single output transmission, GRID output requires Support to configure your PID.</p>



<p>The <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-25">Other menu</a> option is described in &#8216;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-24">Vertical mode outputs in Producer</a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-658ba910-b38d-43a1-85b7-329a41becbdf"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Binding-social-media-accounts-window.png" alt="Binding social media accounts" style="width:626px;height:365px"/></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-018c23d7-0f9e-4a60-af06-a1a37e55f46c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a new YouTube account. Select <strong>YouTube</strong> from the pop-up menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-87a604cf-af68-48a1-88d2-5a93e8abed40"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Adding-a-YouTube-account.png" alt="Adding a YouTube account"/></figure>



<p id="block-8417a2d5-ad87-462c-906f-61c6ce7b3665">The <strong>YouTube Account </strong>window opens.</p>



<ol start="7" id="block-e530678c-5479-4f32-9cd1-eb916329b775" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a<strong> Name</strong> for the channel in the Output Name field.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Automatic</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>Choose an <strong>Aspect Ratio</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong> and <strong>Bitrate</strong>.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Slot</strong> and <strong>Stream type</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Video Title</strong> and<strong> Description</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-ba2855e4-f668-4c19-b8a2-22f1b75095b8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="603" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-account.jpg" alt="YouTube account" class="wp-image-170409" style="width:342px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-account.jpg 396w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-account-197x300.jpg 197w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /></figure>



<ol start="13" id="block-920c6d43-7be3-4b15-b19e-43f50a77be6a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Log in to your YouTube account. Click the Account &#8220;?&#8221; to open the Automation settings for YouTube in another tab.</li>



<li>Click the Authenticate button and click Save to output the stream.</li>



<li>To edit the YouTube setting, click the <strong>three-dot</strong> <strong>&#8216;…</strong>&#8216; icon and select <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-e1515f5e-45fc-457d-9554-a930d950824d"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/edit-youtube-setting.png" alt="Editing a YouTube setting"/></figure>



<ol start="12" id="block-5b361170-2ec4-491d-b219-c071b6c262ee" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your changes in the<strong> YouTube Output Setting</strong> pop-up and click<strong> Save</strong> or <strong>Save and Go Live</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-2595ec8f-0bc3-4cb0-9c1b-f4d87acd3166"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="603" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window.jpg" alt="YouTube Output Setting window" class="wp-image-170416" style="width:351px;height:507px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window.jpg 396w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window-197x300.jpg 197w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /></figure>



<p id="block-cb05b5bf-caee-41fd-8b7b-dd08822faeb4">Perform the same steps to authenticate the other social account selections. Once an account is added, the user imports the social account to be shown in the output section. Then, it is ready to go live on specific outputs.</p>



<p id="block-fa99508e-19d3-4038-8cc3-2aa67ef719b5">For a list of Automation settings for YouTube, click the Account ”<strong>?</strong>” icon to open the guidebook for sharing on the social help page.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Vertical mode outputs in Producer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6c036a3a-f545-4b51-abc9-014f5a662f7d"><strong>Vertical mode outputs in Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-279192ff-d480-4776-a07a-57fbefa99a8d">Complete the following two steps to output a TVU Anywhere video in the vertical mode in Producer.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> make sure the output destination supports 9:16.</p>
</blockquote>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-138f2143-ff25-453a-b592-eaf1cb705623">Step 1</h3>



<ol id="block-3ec4d64b-7721-4855-bd15-8381362d8f0a" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Sign in</strong> to your Producer account. After a successful sign-in, the Producer Workbench user interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-e43eccc2-8d94-4360-866d-e79ee73759a9"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/workbench-interface.png" alt="workbench interface" class="wp-image-123772" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/workbench-interface.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/workbench-interface-300x176.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-f6017fd9-875d-4d58-b39f-abfaae803d15" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Create or select a program to start. Select the video to be output in the Program window.</li>



<li>Locate the output account, click the <strong>three-dot</strong> &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon, then click <strong>Setting</strong>.</li>



<li>The Settings pop-up window displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-67d2564c-e99e-401c-8392-acd82ab026b9"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg" alt="Workbench Settings screen" class="wp-image-170014" style="width:367px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen-205x300.jpg 205w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-ff114206-de72-42a7-8b33-79393b30db4d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Vertical</strong> checkbox to enable the Vertical video mode feature. Set the Aspect Ratio to <strong>9:16</strong> and the Resolution to <strong>608&#215;1080</strong>. Then, click <strong>Save</strong>. Note: Cropped 9:16 is supported for 720p and 1080p productions.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Enter</strong> to start your program in TVU Producer. The Producer user interface is displayed in a vertical format.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-841a9132-1f49-4a44-8123-446d64d998df"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1491" height="858" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format.png" alt="TVU Producer interface in a vertical format" class="wp-image-144060" style="width:742px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format.png 1491w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format-300x173.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format-1024x589.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TVU-Producer-interface-in-a-vertical-format-768x442.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1491px) 100vw, 1491px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e4b5f5e0-9cd7-4228-8894-ea932c6f684c">Step 2</h3>



<p id="block-0d007c77-25ca-4019-bc70-2433d125742f">Set your source output settings in Producer to match your vertical source settings In the TVU Producer interface:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-05eda636-72ac-4da5-b0a3-2159bc5c0dbe" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add source</strong> and add a video source from the Add source window. Then click the <strong>Add to source</strong> button.</li>



<li>To select a video to be output in the Program window, click <strong>Output</strong> in the left pane and set up or select an authenticated destination from the list. Click <strong>Output</strong> in the left pane.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>three-dot</strong> &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon, then click <strong>More</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-365d9baa-2668-4a50-8811-c33d85e80bd8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-menu-new.png" alt="output menu" class="wp-image-123790" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-menu-new.png 278w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-menu-new-225x300.png 225w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 278px) 100vw, 278px" /></figure>



<p id="block-87b346dd-a5ab-4626-8eb7-7f9d65765db8">The Output Setting pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="4" id="block-4a0daf12-1abe-4c0e-b9a8-7141ede30e35" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Set the Aspect radio to<strong> 9:16 </strong>and the Resolution to <strong>608&#215;1080</strong>. Then, click <strong>Save and go live</strong> to start output in the vertical mode.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-514b4c5b-d0fd-46c8-b285-6f328cdec8a7"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="603" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window.jpg" alt="YouTube Output Setting window" class="wp-image-170416" style="width:351px;height:507px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window.jpg 396w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/YouTube-Output-Setting-window-197x300.jpg 197w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /></figure>



<p id="block-a53e30d5-4b09-4568-bf3e-0861df1232a0">Your video sources display in vertical (portrait) format.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9f5e044c-dbcc-48c1-8f95-9a2fcf12dd6c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1409" height="806" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-Vertical-selected.jpg" alt="Producer Vertical selected" class="wp-image-170423" style="width:577px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-Vertical-selected.jpg 1409w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-Vertical-selected-300x172.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-Vertical-selected-1024x586.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Producer-Vertical-selected-768x439.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1409px) 100vw, 1409px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-888da1eb-4427-4f46-8c1c-2ba8f0e22bde"><strong>Vertical output lines in the TVU Anywhere app</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9e47ffe4-bf31-46d9-a1b1-e6a64105e7b0">The vertical lines in the TVU Anywhere app will display on a specific occasion. When Producer is in horizontal mode, you can set the output to 9:16. When set to 9:16, the vertical lines in the TVU Anywhere app will display. When Producer is configured for vertical output, these lines do not display in the TVU Anywhere app.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8fb556c3-6ff1-4b1c-8349-1d69c2dd8a72"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="216" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Anywhere-mode-bars.png" alt="Anywhere mode bars" class="wp-image-123817" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Anywhere-mode-bars.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Anywhere-mode-bars-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Other IP outputs</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7673d89e-ee77-4990-9481-300c23f87e44"><strong>Other IP outputs</strong></h2>



<p id="block-de5babed-fd12-40c1-a0f1-43ac4c8cac9c">The Other selection in the social media menu allows a user to enter a URL to take a stream to a custom CDN or their Live cloud workflow. Supported protocols are File, RTMP(s), UDP, RTSP, and MISS.</p>



<p id="block-ed780c46-737d-4ac6-9dbe-0c56b199baa6">To use the Other social media menu option, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-8e4fc2d5-8f09-4e4b-ab0b-765e14349aff" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4b0080f5-5aed-4429-8ec1-6466c743b5eb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:78px;height:81px"/></figure>



<p id="block-318631f2-2350-41d3-b2c0-afe8e1298e42">The Output to destinations panel opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-c3ef973b-bc18-4a0d-921c-e85cc0d947c6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Output selection pop-up menu opens.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong>, a list of all social media options including the other options display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-676a85e1-d09e-4998-a87b-3dc98e0e7bf8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="277" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Add-other-Output.jpg" alt="Add other Output" class="wp-image-170431"/></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-c5ea0011-517b-4fa2-8fe5-963a3704043b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a new YouTube account. Select <strong>Others</strong> from the popup menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0da2a874-15ef-4940-89cf-aff260ea2ae6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="268" height="232" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/adding-an-IP-output-account.png" alt="adding an ip account" class="wp-image-123826"/></figure>



<p id="block-af1ac096-48b7-4bb7-9ca4-4dcfd0a5d6cd">The Other IP Output window opens.</p>



<ol start="5" id="block-df66461f-072f-45db-b1c4-2d4343645590" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>name</strong> for the channel in the <strong>Output Name</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>address</strong> in the <strong>Output Address</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Stream Type</strong> and <strong>Slot</strong> number.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-531e8387-42a6-4c51-8431-3c6afcd39673"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="491" height="551" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1.jpg" alt="Output tab_Settings_More_Other output setting" class="wp-image-170439" style="object-fit:cover;width:488px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1.jpg 491w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1-267x300.jpg 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /></figure>



<p>To configure an RTMP(S), UDP, RTMP(S), and RTSP IP outputs in Push or Pull mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Output</strong> Icon and select RTMP(S), UDP, RTMP(S), or RTSP from the list.</li>



<li>Enter an <strong>Output name</strong>, <strong>Mode</strong>, and <strong>Output address</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Aspect Ratio</strong>, <strong>Resolution</strong>, <strong>Video bitrate</strong>, <strong>Stream Type</strong> and<strong> Slot</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Advanced setting </strong>icon at the top-right of the window to choose your settings and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>



<li>Return to the RTMP(S) IP Output window and Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="491" height="551" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1.jpg" alt="Output tab_Settings_More_Other output setting" class="wp-image-170439" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1.jpg 491w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Output-tab_Settings_More_Other-output-setting-1-267x300.jpg 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Video publishing</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-601f0185-d209-457c-b7bc-fe196c991a1d"><strong>Video publishing</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5960327a-ac01-47ff-b282-cd1f1cc6571f">The vertical video users have increased as 75% of users play videos on their mobile devices. This TVU Producer feature helps to improve your chances of making your live broadcasts go viral. Using this feature has the following benefits:</p>



<ul id="block-c604c07c-d7bf-49e9-9d32-eadbcea3e6ed" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enables mobile customers with immersive experiences by sending out the vertical video in portrait mode with a 9:16 aspect ratio.</li>



<li>Target your live audience using social media outputs already supported on Facebook and YouTube.</li>



<li>Allows simultaneous recording and optimization of videos to enable both landscape and portrait modes.</li>



<li>Distribute to target destinations according to device orientation, geography, platform specifications, and audience needs.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0b25ab88-74b1-4038-86e2-02565430a929"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Vertical-video.png" alt="vertical video" class="wp-image-123853" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Vertical-video.png 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Vertical-video-300x174.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p id="block-28a7d4b8-1aeb-4695-9766-0bab24fd4236">TVU Producer supports video publishing in multiple ways:</p>



<ul id="block-2dfdbd00-048c-45c5-a985-7c4c089b0b62" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Output to all social media using direct integrations.</li>



<li>Output a custom CDN using generic protocols such as SRT, Pro-MPEG, and RTMP.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-f2e47773-86aa-482f-ae64-e8aa706045d3">To add an SRT output, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-746ff548-8b23-46b0-862e-6ade0d630706" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the source preview window and click the <strong>Output</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7a12433e-1ce9-4d32-949a-42c8a4294b82"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="53" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Output-icon.png" alt="output icon" class="wp-image-123743" style="width:67px;height:70px"/></figure>



<p id="block-aa2452c8-22db-492f-b64f-7988addcef3c">The Output window opens.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-bc783e90-b46e-491c-9b35-98acda61f279" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click +<strong>Add</strong> and select <strong>SRT</strong>.</li>



<li>Choose a <strong>Stream mode</strong> and <strong>port</strong>, then select the appropriate parameters.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Save and Go Live</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Using the overlay feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-641dc05a-d548-41ea-a499-ca166e2c790c"><strong>Using the overlay feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-14f0b927-9d0a-4e40-ad01-5535eef900c8">The Overlay feature allows a user to add customized graphic and text overlays to your live video. These include native overlays such as text from the <strong>Native</strong> tab and Logos from the<strong> Logo</strong> tab. In addition, Producer features real-time overlays and data visualizations such as animations and transitions by integrating Singular.live sources from the <strong>Singular</strong> tab and Flowics integrations from the <strong>Flowics</strong> tab. The <strong>URL</strong> and <strong>NDI</strong> tabs can be used to integrate an overlay from other third-party platforms.</p>



<p>To access assets for this feature, click <strong>Overlay</strong>  in the left navigation menu and select the <strong>Native</strong>, <strong>Logo</strong>, <strong>Singular</strong>, <strong>Flowics</strong>, <strong>NDI</strong>, or<strong> URL</strong> tab, enable the slider and click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-53e4d51e-6982-43e3-a03f-02b8a9d6686f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="55" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-icon.png" alt="overlay icon" class="wp-image-123863" style="width:67px;height:65px"/></figure>



<p id="block-b164a5d2-3ad0-4f23-8beb-316938ba63d6">In the Overlay menu, there are six overlay tabs: Native, Logo, Singular, Flowics, URL, and NDI. There functions are as follows:</p>



<ul id="block-a846e74f-cb04-4a0b-962c-2926596382b9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Native</strong> or <strong>Logo</strong> tab to select and place a locally sourced logo overlay or text into your production. Graphics can also be added to the list by clicking the +<strong>Add</strong> button.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Singular</strong> or <strong>Flowics</strong> tab to select and add a dynamic overlay into your production from Singular.live or Flowics.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> URL</strong> and <strong>NDI</strong> tabs to integrate an overlay from other third-party platforms.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="219" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/overlay-tab-options.png" alt="overlay tab options" class="wp-image-123872"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0d98bf1c-f83a-4642-9cc3-66e9ee4b379d"><strong>Native text overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-403e5dac-0d67-4c8d-b6fd-d8181c755956">The native text overlay feature allows the user to add a text overlay within the producer UI without subscribing to an external overlay program.</p>



<p id="block-49edb10a-4060-432c-8d1e-a64a26209d78">To add a native text overlay to your production, start the Producer instance and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-ad7f08fd-6902-478e-9159-376d39a22a85" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu and click the <strong>Native</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Use the slider to <strong>Enable Native Graphics</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> &gt; <strong>Text</strong> &gt; <strong>Simple text</strong> or <strong>Text Ticker</strong> for scrolling text.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-0edec04e-0197-4de8-9962-0fecaa204e7e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="361" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Native-tab-options.png" alt="native tab options" class="wp-image-123890" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Native-tab-options.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Native-tab-options-234x300.png 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-bb7abb76-0127-4e28-b501-2286fef9a010" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your text and select your font and display options from the menu.</li>



<li>To edit a text overlay, click the text element in the Preview window and make changes to the text panel.</li>



<li>To enable or disable text overlay, click the <strong>Enable Native Graphics</strong> slider.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Clear overlay</strong> button to clear all overlays from the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-7a0e166f-dec9-4a46-80ab-84ec24e14c35"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="286" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/native-text-overlay-examples-NEW.png" alt="Native text example" class="wp-image-123899" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/native-text-overlay-examples-NEW.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/native-text-overlay-examples-NEW-300x149.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-03b5d59b-2c77-4c2e-b37f-b80abccaf915"><strong>Native logo overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-08642f0e-411b-412c-a239-02696b863354">To add a native logo overlay to your production, start the Producer instance and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-c22b9067-88ab-4eee-a5e7-508fb102e8d3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu and click the<strong> Logo</strong> tab. The logo list displays.</li>



<li>If you prefer a logo that does not appear in the logo list, click the +Add button and select <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-d0f10c69-26dd-41ee-a1f6-19465831e28b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Add-native-logo-overlay.png" alt="add native logo overlay" class="wp-image-123908"/></figure>



<p id="block-23b6c1b8-6759-4692-ad21-3acd04e82180">The local file browser window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6e98a693-5160-4e4e-9902-75fce472fa01"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="314" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/file-browser.png" alt="file browser window" class="wp-image-123917" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/file-browser.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/file-browser-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/From-Cloud-Drive-window.png" alt="From cloud drive window" class="wp-image-123926" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/From-Cloud-Drive-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/From-Cloud-Drive-window-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1cd61a87-421d-4ab9-9fdb-bb2c3887a66e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate your preferred logo file. Supported formats are JPG, GIF, and PNG (up to 1920&#215;1080 ppi). Select the file and press <strong>Open</strong>. The image is added to the list.</li>



<li>Select a logo overlay from the list. The logo moves to the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-651398fb-ca0e-49c7-b8ed-857ffb5bd642"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="341" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/insert-logo.png" alt="insert native logo" class="wp-image-123935" style="object-fit:contain;width:826px;height:386px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/insert-logo.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/insert-logo-300x178.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-bae00b02-bfe3-4d05-8324-17613dbe172b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To move your overlay from the preview window into the program window, click the <strong>Overlay Cut (F6)</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-bbbae659-636d-4129-95fc-98678b2a96e4"><strong>Singular overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-61774090-f768-4137-9827-c2d7b3d1e044">To add a Singular.live App Token overlay to your production, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-cd14d8ca-3855-43f3-9728-0b60e9560b5c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu and click the <strong>Singular</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ac119607-db13-4313-9335-99ddeddf9ce8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="331" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-tab.png" alt="Singular tab" class="wp-image-123945" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-tab.png 296w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-tab-268x300.png 268w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-d2c031fb-8f77-40a1-9357-5afa3a508f7d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To use an App URL, click <strong>Input Token</strong>. Enter your token code and click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-a76c9ec4-d91e-421c-bea3-18d5acfa4129"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="286" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token.png" alt="Singular app token" class="wp-image-123954" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token.png 290w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-app-token-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 290px) 100vw, 290px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-6e08c680-7b99-41eb-a90e-cca2c4399a77" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The dynamic Singular.live overlay selections display.</li>



<li>Select an overlay from the list. The status icon turns to a red box when active. Click <strong>Update</strong> to move the overlay into the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-87eb63ac-1ae8-4b71-8de4-182584d5c502"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="277" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-selected.png" alt="Singular file selected" class="wp-image-123963" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-selected.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-selected-300x144.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-46bec009-bc9d-4702-affa-c3b2c1152c2d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To edit a selected overlay, make changes and click the <strong>Update</strong> button to save and move your changes into the preview window. Repeat this procedure to add additional App URL overlays into the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ce74cb54-f650-4ff5-ac01-f7ff82cab736"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-edit-and-update.png" alt="Singular file edit and update" class="wp-image-123972" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-edit-and-update.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-file-edit-and-update-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-9aef2ae1-38fc-48f2-997b-8979f09cd087" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To move your overlay into the program window, press <strong>F6</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-e14a4b38-0476-4421-aa2a-3fac6aa7e627"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="263" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-overlay-cut.png" alt="Singular overlay cut" class="wp-image-123981" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-overlay-cut.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/singular-overlay-cut-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e7d067bd-398c-4675-9cce-77226616b4b4"><strong>Flowics overlay</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9b534679-1927-4ca5-a132-626ae2dfa9b2">To add a Flowtics overlay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-16a6c30e-34ae-4c1a-b11b-afdee2dec69e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> icon in the left navigation menu, and click the<strong> Flowics</strong> tab, then click <strong>Input Token</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a98c3a01-71dd-457a-b51e-9b6a27f2554f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="292" height="298" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-tab.png" alt="Flowics tab" class="wp-image-123990" style="object-fit:contain;width:279px;height:256px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-tab.png 292w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-tab-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 292px) 100vw, 292px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-836261e3-bf71-4557-9c31-2e25b3dbe3f2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Follow the window prompts, then copy and paste the App Token and click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-f9529964-5833-41e1-9b33-9e77c83fdfc2"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-app-token.png" alt="flowics app token" class="wp-image-123999" style="width:278px;height:290px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-app-token.png 296w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-app-token-274x300.png 274w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-42436580-e590-4941-b92b-83e10a759918" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When clicking &#8220;Login&#8221;, a separate tab redirects the user to Flowics for login.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a3936876-8601-4d91-ab3f-3be57c3e3313"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="431" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-program.png" alt="Flowics login" class="wp-image-124008" style="width:281px;height:296px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-program.png 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-program-251x300.png 251w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-8dfa7f4d-4552-453a-8ba6-a4de7bdce605" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable the Flowics slider to use the controls in the Flowics tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ba43347c-347c-41cf-bd69-dca71286f43b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="432" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-overlay-panel.png" alt="Flowics overlay panel" class="wp-image-124017" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-overlay-panel.png 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Flowics-overlay-panel-250x300.png 250w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>URL overlay</strong></h2>



<p>To add a URL overlay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> tab in the left navigation menu, click the <strong>URL</strong> tab, and then enter the <strong>never.no/Singular.live</strong> URL.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/overlay-URL-source.png" alt="overlay url source" class="wp-image-144070" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/overlay-URL-source.png 295w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/overlay-URL-source-275x300.png 275w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 295px) 100vw, 295px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Done</strong> when finished.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>NDI overlay</strong></h2>



<p>To add an NDI overlay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Overlay</strong> tab in the left navigation menu and click the <strong>NDI</strong> tab.</li>



<li>If desired, enable the <strong>NDI Alpha preview</strong> slider. Note that Enabling the slider will add additional delay.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="292" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-slider.png" alt="NDI slider" class="wp-image-144087"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Add</strong> and enter the <strong>NDI URL</strong> as: <em>ndi://HOSTNAME(SOURCENAME)</em></li>



<li>Click <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel.png" alt="NDI panel" class="wp-image-144079" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel.png 290w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel-281x300.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/NDI-panel-71x75.png 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 290px) 100vw, 290px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-44d48c3e-d5a8-4e22-beaf-4caec0bb31b5"><strong>Clear and remove overlay feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-722c9980-98e8-4661-8a04-1648534ca9f9">The clear and remove overlay feature allows a user to clear overlays in the Preview window and remove overlays from the Program window with a simple click of a button:</p>



<ul id="block-8df73302-b3fa-4409-86fc-bf6ba0691c0b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To clear overlays from the Preview window, click the <strong>Clear overlay</strong> button below the Preview window.</li>



<li>Click the Remove overlay button below the Program window to remove overlays from the Program window.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-38f42cf3-fcb7-469e-a283-4711935c5fe1"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay-buttons-1.png" alt="clear and remove overlay buttons" class="wp-image-124027" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay-buttons-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/clear-and-remove-overlay-buttons-1-300x38.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Taking a source live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8f06ec1f-6c77-4ccd-bd50-870f377f7438"><strong>Taking a source live</strong></h2>



<p id="block-58f73824-fab0-4388-866e-bce9e6e6290e">To take a source live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-a7d11a58-b1ba-49f2-809b-bdeb0cf7074c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a source in the source panel. The source is displayed in the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cab5b96a-752a-4c42-98c7-33e88db3eb4e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="373" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-preview.png" alt="source preview" class="wp-image-123422" style="width:775px;height:502px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-preview.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/source-preview-300x194.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-425e8811-76cc-4ad4-bcbf-87efdadbeb08">The Preview window is the top left window outlined in a green border. A preview of a video source is displayed in the Preview window.</p>



<ol start="2" id="block-96b5badf-73f0-41d6-99d3-52043471042d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To hide the video in the preview window, click the <strong>eye</strong> icon in the bottom left corner of the preview window. To turn on sound monitoring, click the <strong>headset</strong> icon. To turn these features off, click the icons again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7a5615c1-6c7b-4481-89f8-ec51308ad745"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="263" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window.png" alt="Preview window" class="wp-image-123122" style="object-fit:contain;width:550px;height:339px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Preview-window-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p id="block-5c9aa8e4-6b9c-44c4-a83c-3dfda0bc6286">The Program window is the top right window outlined in a red border.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-11170d35-c696-473e-9546-717238f91441"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="259" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/program-window.png" alt="program window" class="wp-image-124036" style="width:561px;height:311px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/program-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/program-window-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-3a56bb4c-f1ad-4d1a-92b3-239de254dbdb" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">To move the video into live mode, click the&nbsp;<strong>Space bar</strong>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<strong>Video Cut</strong>&nbsp;button located between the Preview and program windows</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-f6216af5-86ae-4f29-a583-f8bcc9cc84aa"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="127" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/overlay-and-video-cut-buttons.png" alt="overlay and video cut buttons" class="wp-image-124046" style="object-fit:contain;width:105px;height:139px"/></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>link</strong> icon and press the<strong> space bar </strong>or<strong> Video Cut</strong> button to simultaneously move the overlay and preview into the Program window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="111" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Link-icon.png" alt="link icon" class="wp-image-124055"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Video Cut button moves the source from the Preview window to the Program window.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-7c9a2f46-8dcc-418d-9381-6e002f37590e">In addition, the following keyboard shortcuts are supported in TVU Producer:</p>



<ul id="block-736798b1-6a3f-4443-a29c-c9986ba5e419" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press<strong> 1</strong> to take your Input Source #1 to the PVW window. Then, press the <strong>space bar</strong> to cut source #1 in PVW to the PGM window.</li>



<li>Press<strong> 2 </strong>to take your Input Source #2 to the PVW window. Then, press the<strong> space bar</strong> to cut source #2 in PVW to the PGM window.</li>



<li>Press <strong>7</strong> to take your Input Source #7 to the PVW window. Then, press the<strong> space bar</strong> to cut source #7 in PVW to the PGM window.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-2a8abb80-da0a-4ed9-954d-230a3b45e301">A ‘LIVE’ overlay displays in the Program window to indicate a live transmission.</p>



<p id="block-71708073-22ff-4d07-b3d6-12bc49e008e6">To access the keyboard shortcuts page, click the <strong>Management Center</strong> tab in the Workbench UI and select <strong>Shortcuts</strong> in the left menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-dac71ead-e513-4eab-b8e1-734b547abca3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="170" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-menu-1.png" alt="Management center menu" class="wp-image-124064" style="width:565px;height:250px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-menu-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-menu-1-300x133.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>The Keyboard Shortcuts page opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="299" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-Shortcuts-1.png" alt="Management Center shortcuts" class="wp-image-124073" style="width:687px;height:428px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-Shortcuts-1.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Management-Center-Shortcuts-1-300x187.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-38a8bc66-0ce9-4a0d-b245-e67b525812c9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To turn on sound monitoring, click the <strong>headset</strong> icon. To turn the feature off, click the icon again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-02fa0058-82bc-4a64-a287-b4177085d304"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="221" height="70" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/headset-icon.png" alt="headset icon" class="wp-image-124082"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Switching and transition features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e717e1b6-5c05-4838-8187-8b3299b342ff"><strong>Switching and transition features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-bb5bce7b-a583-4893-a6b7-dc3196cf5bc4">There are six icons between the PVW and PGM windows, primarily including two key switches: Video Cut, Overlay Cut, three transitions, and Settings. The three transitions include Dissolve, Iris in, and Iris out. To cut the overlay and video simultaneously, click the<strong> link icon</strong> between the Overlay cut and Video cut icons.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-085401f5-a9e8-4bbd-a39e-056cac5d8d43"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="391" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-transitions.png" alt="Producer transition features" class="wp-image-124091" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-transitions.png 391w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Producer-transitions-300x242.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 391px) 100vw, 391px" /></figure>



<p id="block-29af8856-6c06-4b07-aa63-9afe8ee1bfe0">The Transition feature provides three special effects displayed in the live streaming show when you connect or switch from one live feed or scene to another live feed or new scene when producing a live production. The Transition feature increases the overall production value and provides a better experience for the audience.</p>



<p id="block-281c5a72-be86-4450-a273-9b5e46eecd18">The primary operator of the live show usually controls live production transitions. When switching between the two scenes or live feeds, the operator must choose the transition in the TVU Producer UI. This feature is also useful when the producer is taking a break or returning after taking a break.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-df1e5202-6a84-4e20-9f59-96887b2a89f9"><strong>Switching feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-021ad2e3-b9ae-4368-8045-4eabd6464083">The TVU Producer Web interface provides the following two switching features for the primary TVU Producer operator:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8d9842c3-6787-407a-8911-a50e6e96624d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="50" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Overlay-cut.png" alt="Overlay cut button" class="wp-image-123185" style="object-fit:contain;width:105px;height:139px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e529cb95-0092-4c70-a7ad-c6fef4ce1ebb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="45" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/video-cut.png" alt="Video cut button" class="wp-image-123194" style="object-fit:contain;width:105px;height:139px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1413451b-764a-45e1-b568-7861667c8465"><strong>Transition feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-4e251bbd-1ccc-4f1a-a006-59f2c2c9f4ab">The TVU Producer Web interface provides the following three key transition features for the primary TVU Producer operator:</p>



<ul id="block-477dd827-af14-4867-9111-477796897fc7" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Dissolve</strong> – The Dissolve transition (F1) is a special effect that allows a gradual change from one image to another. As the first image dissolves, the second image gradually appears.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-51a2a527-7008-4d74-bbca-6374df8c2403">The Dissolve transition allows a previous scene to dissolve, revealing the new scene.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e44bbbb0-197d-4e68-91b5-87b318819f6a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dissolve-icon.png" alt="dissolve icon" class="wp-image-124100" style="width:76px;height:68px"/></figure>



<p id="block-b66a20c6-2359-4c9e-a193-96b8f31ea088">The Dissolve transition allows a previous scene to dissolve, revealing the new scene.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="197" height="38" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-setting-icon.png" alt="L band dissolve transition icon" class="wp-image-124109" style="width:347px;height:67px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-523aee51-7250-4d28-a264-ddbfea1edeb1" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Iris In</strong> &#8211; The Iris In transition (F2) places a circle around the frame and creates a dark silhouette around the image. Using the Iris In effect, enables the user to close a previous scene to reveal a new scene.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4b55a05c-13b6-4b54-a0ac-2e066c8ade8f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="46" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/iris-in-icon.png" alt="Iris In icon" class="wp-image-124118" style="object-fit:contain;width:80px;height:64px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-35e2a2dd-53da-42ed-84dd-5920b82ceba2" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Iris Out</strong> &#8211; The Iris Out transition (F3) turns the edges of the frame to solid black. Then, the black edges push inwards, forcing the view of the scene into an ever-dwindling circle as if the camera iris closing.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-bf41fb69-40ac-4f36-a22d-90896d9114db"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="48" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/iris-out-icon.png" alt="Iris out icon" class="wp-image-124127" style="object-fit:contain;width:82px;height:66px"/></figure>



<p id="block-3cc87b69-087b-447b-9169-c3abc355812c">The Iris transitions provide an alternative to fade-in or fadeout functionality. Use the Iris In and Iris Out transitions as creative masking techniques to draw the viewers’ attention to a specific visual before the rest of the scene fully displays.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-cc78b4fc-fec7-4306-9188-376f81addd1f"><strong>Using the Transition feature in TVU Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8ab3edae-460b-40fb-aa6e-3bbb3b06c15f">Three different transitions, Dissolve, Iris In, and Iris Out, are currently supported in TVU Producer. The Overlay cut and Video cut icons below the transition icons are used to cut the selected transitions from the PVW into the PGM window. Keyboard shortcuts for each function are printed on each icon.</p>



<p id="block-fa72459c-4139-4233-b85a-f51b07aabcc7">To enable the transition features, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-5d15d380-a8c6-4cda-9486-3b2d59330191" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select to place your transition type icons between the PVW and PGM windows.</li>



<li>A control panel displays next to the selected icon as you select your transition type.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-0f5dace7-262f-41bc-b511-11fa246d1dce"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="314" height="183" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Control-example-F1.png" alt="control example F1" class="wp-image-124136" style="width:359px;height:204px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Control-example-F1.png 314w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Control-example-F1-300x175.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-664fa145-d0f6-4ab3-b0db-41f357a684e1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the control panel to set the time (in milliseconds) to execute the selected transition.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The default value for each transition is 1500 milliseconds. This default can be changed by the operator as appropriate.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" id="block-5ad30c68-b352-46e6-8810-31f3a9be846e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Repeat the process for each transition.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Overlay cut</strong> icon (<strong>F6</strong>) and <strong>Video cut</strong> icon (<strong>space bar</strong>) as needed.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>L band transition</strong></h2>



<p>The L band transition menu allows users to create a new transitional view in the Program window while live. This Dissolve transition allows a previous scene to dissolve, revealing the new scene.</p>



<p>To create a new view or add one, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the L band transition <strong>Setting</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="197" height="38" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-setting-icon.png" alt="L band dissolve transition icon" class="wp-image-124109"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the L band transition setting window, click <strong>+Create a view</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-window.png" alt="L band transition window" class="wp-image-124234" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-window.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-window-300x203.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Choose the <strong>Squeeze type</strong> and edit the transition. Click the <strong>Background</strong> tab to add a (1920 x 1080) background.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Done</strong> button to save your settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="307" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-squeeze-type.png" alt="L band squeeze type" class="wp-image-124244" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-squeeze-type.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/L-band-transition-squeeze-type-300x160.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the<strong> background</strong> and click the <strong>Add to L-Band</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-L-band.png" alt="add to L band button" class="wp-image-124253" style="width:574px;height:386px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-L-band.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/add-to-L-band-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Stopping a live transmission</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0c7f2e4e-f050-4004-a505-459ac772ee67"><strong>Stopping a live transmission</strong></h2>



<p id="block-78d38236-ca36-471c-8ff4-36e0893947a8">To stop the live transmission, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-be2fc2ed-5bef-4f3a-9f1b-8cf643599ca8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the red <strong>On Air icon </strong>in the left navigation menu. The output menu opens. The Live transmission in the Output to destination list displays as ‘On Air.’</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-bd56eedf-7e21-4d34-aaca-c01f852230ca"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="511" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/go-live-stop.png" alt="Go live stop" class="wp-image-124263" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/go-live-stop.png 364w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/go-live-stop-214x300.png 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Mouse over <strong>On Air</strong> to reveal the End Live button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="371" height="503" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-end-live.png" alt="output end live" class="wp-image-124272" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-end-live.png 371w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-end-live-221x300.png 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 371px) 100vw, 371px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1af22131-8fcb-4af5-93d3-dd475cc12364" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>End live </strong>button to stop the transmission.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding an overlay to the live transmission</strong></h2>



<p>Press the<strong> Overlay cut</strong> (F6) button to move the overlay source from the Preview window to the Program window. The Overlay cut button is located between the preview and program windows.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Audio control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6aa1ef39-9934-41fe-8fe6-065ee6bdb2a7"><strong>Audio control</strong></h2>



<p id="block-39ab71ea-aa3f-4d35-9bca-585e942f375a">The <strong>Audio Mixer</strong> tab is located in the left navigation menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-51012082-2107-4e68-b68c-2b78e8fd4b2f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="344" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png" alt="audio mixer tab" class="wp-image-144095" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png 283w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2-247x300.png 247w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 283px) 100vw, 283px" /></figure>



<ul id="block-c5397a7a-3f69-4a9a-9b60-eab364f99c94" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The AFV switch is enabled by default, allowing the input source cut to live broadcast/PGM to have its sound channel cut along with it.</li>



<li>If the AFV switch is disabled/off, the sound for live streaming is selected by choosing an alternate audio channel source.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-b8b47f05-0020-459c-af82-1146a88f6c74">To choose an alternate audio channel source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-486e9215-869b-410e-91b9-f4f3deaddb28" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio mixer</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8fdd9c6f-7a23-445f-b29f-cff2982319ff"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="65" height="96" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/audio-mixer-tab-2-1.png" alt="AFV OFF" class="wp-image-144111"/></figure>



<p id="block-aa5bedcc-4fc2-4f1f-9a5b-4a145cf56c9c">The Audio Control menu opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-d32e52ea-873c-4091-8fb2-5d73681ca98f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="344" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png" alt="audio mixer tab" class="wp-image-144095" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2.png 283w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Audio-Mixer-tab-2-247x300.png 247w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 283px) 100vw, 283px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-c8c9f378-cfdb-47a7-b335-7b6257af626e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the <strong>Audio Follows Video</strong> switch to the left (green) to disable the switch (AFV OFF). The Audio control window displays alternate channels.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-c8a7342c-2a52-4ce6-baf7-2963e443a68d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="362" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-off.png" alt="AFV off" class="wp-image-144119" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-off.png 286w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-off-237x300.png 237w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 286px) 100vw, 286px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-1092aa43-1577-4f09-ad72-d5c3b924e3d2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the source <strong>AFV</strong> slider to the right to enable an alternate audio channel source.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">When the&nbsp;</span><strong>AFV All</strong>&nbsp;slider is enabled, the audio tab changes from AFV OFF to AFV ON, and the audio follows the video when cut.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9bd81b13-053c-4467-af81-26a59a73aafe"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="501" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-1.png" alt="AFV toggle on" class="wp-image-144128" style="width:324px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-1.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/AFV-toggle-ON-1-169x300.png 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To adjust the volume control for each Producer source, click the <strong>speaker</strong> icon and move the <strong>slider</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="257" height="223" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Speaker-icon-Audio-control-slider.png" alt="Speaker icon - Audio control slider" class="wp-image-139767"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Using the PIP feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-655d3a10-5ecb-451f-80b0-03fc5fde1f77"><strong>Using the PIP feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-02281564-8738-4e4e-a360-2cd129f414a6">The picture-in-picture (PIP) feature allows the user to display a thumbnail of a source window on top of your live transmission. The PIP selection is located at the bottom of the source window in the settings &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; menu. The PIP menu selection changes its color according to the following three states:</p>



<ul id="block-d75bcbeb-256a-4b9c-8646-6adf8a61dd01" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the PIP menu selection does not have a colored background, this feature is not being used.</li>



<li>When the PIP menu selection is green, this indicates that the PIP overlay has been moved into the preview window.</li>



<li>When the PIP menu selection is red, the PIP overlay has been cut to the program window and is live.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-1d136d2f-4886-4688-b3bc-796a35ef1f7d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="202" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-selection.png" alt="PiP selection" class="wp-image-124319" style="object-fit:contain;width:311px;height:177px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c4cb80a4-1205-47bc-863f-916d4fe49858"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="154" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-in-preview.png" alt="PiP in Preview" class="wp-image-124328" style="object-fit:contain;width:311px;height:176px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8a7763a2-f009-4354-a6ee-229d7a3da535"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="153" height="202" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-in-program-window.png" alt="PiP in program window" class="wp-image-124337" style="object-fit:contain;width:311px;height:176px"/></figure>



<p id="block-3266e9f7-31b6-46bb-8a6e-f0473bf7a66a">To use the PIP feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-c76e987e-a7d7-44b9-adac-6c31da0a9eda" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>source window</strong> to move the source to the Preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-75370e62-d6e0-438d-8146-79c43ba3cde5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="346" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-select-a-source-window.png" alt="PiP select source window" class="wp-image-124347" style="width:727px;height:437px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-select-a-source-window.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-select-a-source-window-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-c5b9e53c-bc2f-4108-a087-6f6640ed7a48" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a second source or <strong>+Add</strong> a second source to the source panel.</li>



<li>To add a PiP, click the three-dot “…” icon in the second source window and select <strong>Picture in picture</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8519031a-15dd-497b-a9d5-18d447346c91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="354" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-source-selection.png" alt="PiP source selection" class="wp-image-124359" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-source-selection.png 354w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-source-selection-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 354px) 100vw, 354px" /></figure>



<p>The second source is displayed in a small box at the bottom of the Preview window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-4983eea0-85b9-44b5-be16-fa258d1a4565"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-added-to-the-preview-window.png" alt="Add PiP to preview window" class="wp-image-124368" style="width:741px;height:444px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-added-to-the-preview-window.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-added-to-the-preview-window-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To remove the PIP overlay from the preview window, click the <strong>Clear overlay</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6a3e78a3-b758-47b4-92da-adaee9a1573e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="345" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-removed-from-the-preview-window.png" alt="PiP removed from preview" class="wp-image-124377" style="width:741px;height:444px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-removed-from-the-preview-window.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PIP-removed-from-the-preview-window-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-2f93f245-f7bd-4d02-a184-1b6a59e6f3d1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To move the PIP overlay to your live transmission, add the PiP to the preview window and click the <strong>Overlay cut (F6)</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-a8f9dfe5-a42e-4d13-9d55-af7e53cd24ea"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-overlay-cut-to-pgm.png" alt="Cut overlay PiP into Program window" class="wp-image-124386" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-overlay-cut-to-pgm.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/pip-overlay-cut-to-pgm-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-20e86159-beb3-47ec-a2af-7ce0acdf874e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Remove overlay</strong> button to remove the PiP from the Program window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-97dbf9fd-261b-49e1-b562-dc7d1fe13c89"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remove-overlay.png" alt="Remove PiP overlay" class="wp-image-124395" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remove-overlay.png 396w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Remove-overlay-300x114.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Input Source Recording feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-dbed7aae-1fc8-4c38-934e-cfde52e4c3c6"><strong>Input Source Recording feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-980f28b9-0d3f-409b-81d9-2dd7e2eb1cad">With the Input Source Recording feature is enabled, users can record each camera source independently of other feeds and the final program output. Recorded files are saved in TS file format.</p>



<p id="block-dea492c7-124e-4a64-9f69-2555a5d66689">Postproduction teams are continually looking to TVU Oneage and reTVU Oneage content not just for TV but also for mobile apps and social media platforms. In this environment, recording only the final output/ master mix is no longer enough, as it limits the editing playing field.</p>



<p id="block-8a5e7e45-ddfd-47a8-985f-8f578c5cd6f7">Editors can now feel the freedom and be well prepared for all the postproduction requests by having HD quality ISO’s for each individual feed, much in advance.</p>



<p id="block-4c17b52b-de5d-47e6-835e-47c1f13c6852">The Input Source Recording feature enables you to:</p>



<ul id="block-4c8375bd-5260-4d0d-961e-21dd0cc691ad" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Effortlessly fix live mistakes during postproduction</li>



<li>Create custom content for social media</li>



<li>Add customized graphics to formulate a whole new program</li>



<li>Enhance revenue opportunities for your digital asset</li>



<li>Re-purpose and rehash content with clean feeds</li>



<li>Significantly slash cost and time</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information about downloading files, refer to &#8220;<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-37"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">User management menu</mark></a>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-213584ff-85f7-4b4d-99da-5c9765874fd8">To enable the Input Source Recording feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-e92497dc-4173-461b-a4bc-703e3eaef59f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Workbench interface.</li>



<li>Create a new Program or Edit your current program settings and enable the <strong>Input Source Recording</strong> checkbox.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8e961061-230c-4ea4-b38a-504127030a2f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg" alt="Workbench Settings screen" class="wp-image-170014" style="width:382px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Workbench-Settings-screen-205x300.jpg 205w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add the source slots you want to record from the drop-down menu and click<strong> Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="230" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-1.png" alt="select input source recording slots" class="wp-image-124424" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-1.png 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Input-source-recording-select-1-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-4ff6c9eb-a203-4add-969f-ab3eb3232534" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Start your program or live instance.</li>



<li>As soon as the new Producer program is up and running, the ISO recording automatically switches ON. It records all the ingested sources from the beginning until the end of your live show. The input source recording will stop only when you shut down your producer instance or program.</li>



<li>All cloud recordings can be accessed using the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab option within the Workbench.</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-6264491e-f5ac-4a82-9343-8575edd9bd8c">To access the recordings, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-7b5a326c-5029-4e7e-bab4-fcdfd8b16fa1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the TVU Producer<strong> Workbench</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The “Management Center” and “Cloud Record” tabs are displayed in the top panel.<br>You can see all the input source recordings in the Cloud Record tab. The Cloud Record tab opens in a new window.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab. In the left panel, you can select <strong>Remote Recorded files</strong> and <strong>Recorded files</strong>. Each recording is named with the program name, date, and time, along with details about the Start and End times of your program instance.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-19bc90f2-adf8-4fb8-b6ec-969147ec686c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="289" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Cloud-record-window-new-tab.png" alt="Cloud record tab" class="wp-image-124433" style="width:599px;height:250px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Cloud-record-window-new-tab.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Cloud-record-window-new-tab-300x151.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-f094b170-36ce-46fe-bb0a-26f81f22230f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When you click <strong>Recorded files</strong> and select a recording folder, your Input and Output source folders display the following folders:</li>
</ol>



<p>Input Source 1, Input Source 2, Input Source 3, Input Source 4, Input Source 5, Input Source 6, and PGM Output.</p>



<p id="block-c4ed9973-e22c-4774-8796-0a2bf3ba8de5">To download your program file to your local drive, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-ceded933-fcb6-4a5e-9310-cd1a544d9ad2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Cloud Record</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click<strong> Recorded files</strong> in the left panel. A list of your recordings displays.</li>



<li>Click on a recording source. Hover your mouse over the recording you would like to download. Then, click the <strong>download</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-18f88ad2-4475-44f6-b2c0-ba929d9c65d4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Download-recorded-file-1.png" alt="download recorded file" class="wp-image-124442" style="object-fit:cover;width:501px;height:132px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Download-recorded-file-1.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Download-recorded-file-1-300x133.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Management Center tab functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-75de30c0-8140-458d-835a-d4307640ee40"><strong>Management Center tab functions</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1690e10c-a231-4511-8259-6aaa40b8980d">The Management Center tab provides a list of all of your previously recorded program files before the Input Source Record feature is enabled. From the Management Center tab, you can view your usage, program <strong>shortcuts</strong> and enable or disable <strong>email notifications</strong> and <strong>Auto shut-down</strong> functions.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1219" height="471" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab.jpg" alt="management center tab" class="wp-image-170164" style="width:755px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab.jpg 1219w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-300x116.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-1024x396.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/management-center-tab-768x297.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1219px) 100vw, 1219px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Replay operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-849c7253-7c7d-4606-9429-89ad163b8345"><strong>Replay operations</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Producer enables users to create replay clips from an active production and save them to the Replay App. Use the Replay app to customize the highlights of a clip using Replays’ Mark-in and Mark-out features, add commentary, and make it available for production. Saved clips are selectable in the Producer Clip panel. Selecting a clip from the Producer <strong>Replay App</strong> tab -&gt; <strong>Clip</strong> panel places it into the Replay preview window in Producer as a selectable source for the director to cut to PGM.</p>



<p id="block-01fa7b99-8ce6-4745-a4e5-54ea26bb4aa2">The Replay function can record and last 60 seconds of video input from source windows 1 through 4. The recorded video can be rewound and previewed from the Replay panel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This feature must be enabled by support. When enabled, The Replay tab is displayed in Producer.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-7a4c96e6-4df4-41e3-afd6-706a456be50e">To preview or replay your recording, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-061f0109-88de-427b-bd7a-1fa881e49cf9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Replay</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="79" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Replay-app-tab.jpg" alt="replay app tab" class="wp-image-170124"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-0beb06d9-549f-4696-8b80-988ce4942b03" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+Add replay</strong> source window or the <strong>Replay App</strong> tab in the left panel. The Clip panel opens.</li>



<li>Use one of the two methods to authenticate your TVU Producer review session with TVU Replay:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Authenticate yourself into the review session by selecting an active production in the producer UI, this requires a login.</li>



<li>You can tap the <strong>Scan [-]</strong> button on the TVU Replay Welcome screen to log in, scan the <strong>QR</strong> code with your camera app, or access the URL at the bottom of the Producer review page to authenticate yourself to the producer session.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="597" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-1024x597.png" alt="image 4 replay tab" class="wp-image-144139" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-1024x597.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-300x175.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab-768x448.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-4-replay-tab.png 1101w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Replay app</strong> displays the Producer video.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong> Mark In</strong> button. The vertical bar indicates the marked-in state.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-1024x768.png" alt="" class="wp-image-144147" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-1024x768.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-300x225.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-768x576.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-1536x1151.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-5-mark-in-2048x1535.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Mark Out</strong> button.</li>



<li>To preview window plays the new clip, tap the <strong>Screen</strong> to stop the running preview.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>circular icon(s)</strong> in the <strong>Add Clip</strong> panel to select which sources you want to save. The selected source icons display green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-1024x768.png" alt="Replay mark out" class="wp-image-144155" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-1024x768.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-300x225.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-768x576.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-1536x1151.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-6-mark-out-2048x1535.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Save clip</strong> button to save your selections as a clip or tap the <strong>Cut to PGM</strong> button.</li>



<li>Saved clips are available in the Producer <strong>Replay App</strong> tab &gt; <strong>Clip</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Select the clip in the <strong>Clip panel</strong> to add it to the Replay source preview box as a source selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="506" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-1024x506.png" alt="Replay clips created" class="wp-image-144163" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-1024x506.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-300x148.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-768x380.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-1536x759.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-7-clips-created-2048x1012.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="12" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>Clip</strong> panel, users can enable/disable the default bumper shot and upload their custom bumper shots.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="506" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-1024x506.png" alt="Replay bumper shot" class="wp-image-144171" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-1024x506.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-300x148.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-768x379.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-1536x758.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image-8-bumper-shot-2048x1011.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Clip player feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8b9538f0-5063-4934-be8e-83035fbf6ac7"><strong>Clip player feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-86b013cd-3894-4f07-8143-7fc39589286f">The Clip Player feature in TVU Producer is enhanced with comprehensive support capabilities for all local clips’ basic and advanced operations, including playlist. Video uploads are also unlimited.</p>



<p id="block-d1cd5bf6-5b98-4692-a722-0b66da0ef20d">The new playback enhancements added to the Local Clip player in TVU Producer include the following basic functions:</p>



<ul id="block-79dd16ec-5251-4d53-b74f-562c23a9abb7" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play</strong>, <strong>Pause, forward, rewind, and Seek</strong> &#8211; The Clip Player now allows you to pause, rewind, and fast-forward the local clip as desired and/or play it from your desired location for a specific duration.</li>



<li><strong>Cue, mark-in setting for each local clip</strong> &#8211; To cue a video, determine the desired initial playback point in a specific frame of your video Clip. The enhanced clip player allows users to cue video in the desired location and play it in the PGM window from a current frame location.<br>Users can set the mark-in locations for the start time and end time. The mark-in function allows the user to play any local clip from a particular start time for a specific duration or until a selected end time in the playback duration is reached.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93fc3eb1-12ae-4a6c-a796-b354eb6e692b"><strong>Using the Clip player features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-822ee9c2-6076-4324-ae9c-9bf456536c39">To use the <strong>Clip player</strong> tab features, use the full set of functions displayed in the local video file list panel to perform the play, rewind, pause, forward, and seek controls. Users can access the Advanced functions by clicking the Setting icon for any local clip associated with the live show.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-61be85b3-f416-44b5-8555-49668a14442d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="710" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png" alt="Clip Player tab - Clip player panel" class="wp-image-143719" style="width:559px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Clip-Player-tab-Clip-player-panel-229x300.png 229w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-64166ef2-4417-45e0-966c-f0bf7ce76ba6"><strong>Clip player interface</strong></h2>



<p id="block-90fb8e84-857b-4175-bee3-e8683104f7b1">The local clip player provides a set of comprehensive features to run video clips within TVU Producer.</p>



<p id="block-223b2814-c879-4d04-9ce7-8baeee73fc91">You can add any number of local video files to your program for running alternate footage in your live show. Running alternative footage adds the necessary dimension to your live show, helps cover potential errors, and keeps your audience actively engaged.</p>



<p id="block-7e420ca6-a588-4344-8cf2-5eb42a2907f4">The local clip player supports all the basic and advanced operations to either play a single video clip or a set of video clips as a playlist. The TVU Producer Web interface allows you to change the file order and adjust your playlist based on your needs.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-dfdbb35c-88a2-4cac-8143-3f28aaba13d0"><strong>Basic functions</strong></h3>



<p id="block-6ead5212-d374-4c48-9fa7-d974adff98e8">The local clip player Web interface includes the following basic functions:</p>



<ul id="block-14436a2a-bead-4ec2-9de1-d89dde348651" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play icon</strong> &#8211; Click the play icon to play the clip<strong>.</strong></li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-95c93768-db7b-4157-b999-f3d926be2cab"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Play-icon.png" alt="Play video icon" style="width:52px;height:55px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-fa30802a-2b54-44b2-a924-db0c9e475ee1" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Rewind icon</strong> &#8211; Click the rewind icon to rewind the clip.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-bc0ba826-22b7-4681-b5d3-6610cc138e66"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Rewind-icon.png" alt="Rewind video icon"/></figure>



<p id="block-2c075d00-683b-456e-8ee2-be67d35ff09c"><strong>Forward icon</strong> &#8211; Click the forward icon to advance your clip forward in the timeline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-06e4686f-b4f9-4493-82c3-afa04893ecc4"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Forward-icon.png" alt="Forward video icon"/></figure>



<ul id="block-ef82139d-6eaa-42b0-8276-d41aa3e9aabc" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Seek bar </strong>&#8211; The seek bar enables you to cue the player or determine the desired initial playback point in a video clip.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="246" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Seek-bar.png" alt="seek bar" class="wp-image-144181"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Settings icon </strong>&#8211; Opens the Play Settings panel.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="35" height="33" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/clip-player-settings-icon.png" alt="clip player settings icon" class="wp-image-144189" style="width:62px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b77d4e8d-1651-452e-b9b8-8ddd2265628c"><strong>Advanced functions</strong></h3>



<p id="block-2aa4968d-4f67-4f61-bf66-99dd247df911">The local clip player Web interface includes the following advanced functions. Click the left (<strong>Single clip</strong> icon) to set a desired Advanced function:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="285" height="225" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Advanced-controls.png" alt="clip player advanced controls" class="wp-image-144198" style="width:314px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Single clip icon </strong>&#8211; The single clip icon enables you to play a single clip and auto-pause until the end of the clip stops.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-096e69f6-8374-4b71-88d9-1304cb6ce2f8"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Play-single-clip-icon.png" alt="Play single clip icon" style="width:66px;height:54px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-edcc1abd-8c10-4267-b79a-97c6b502349f" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Loop file icon</strong> &#8211; The loop file icon enables you to loop a single file.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-7d508d3a-3ba1-44f2-b477-75d67acced86"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Loop-single-file-icon.png" alt="Loop single file icon" style="width:67px;height:70px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-7f5c2837-6937-442f-80f9-56146d6a4966" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play-to-playlist icon</strong> &#8211; The play-to-playlist icon enables you to play the playlist one time and stops at the end.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-e8e7cdbb-d99c-4a62-9b1d-77e41f5dd27f"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Play-to-playlist-icon.png" alt="Play to playlist icon" style="width:71px;height:68px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-ce47c944-bfd9-4efa-abcb-7bf402d66003" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Loop playlist icon</strong> &#8211; The loop playlist icon enables you to loop all clips the playlist.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-3b1e6618-4ee0-4601-b325-d64cdba4567f"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Loop-playlist-icon.png" alt="Loop playlist icon" style="width:74px;height:66px"/></figure>



<ul id="block-142fa36a-4962-45ce-80fa-dd1e1b4000fd" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Edit file icon</strong> &#8211; Click the edit file icon to open the Mark Media panel. Here, you can set the clip mark-in and mark-out points. Saved changes will automatically display in the program.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-fa93e442-4b33-4ded-94ee-b5a677e39740"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="216" height="122" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/edit-clip-icon.png" alt="edit clip icon" class="wp-image-124535" style="width:297px"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="227" height="294" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/set-mark-in-points.png" alt="set mark in and out points" class="wp-image-144207"/></figure>



<ul id="block-09af5dae-9111-45cb-a88d-ba3de2ada724" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Play settings menu</strong> &#8211; Click the settings icon at the top-right of the source window to open the Play Settings panel. In this panel you can access the Autoplay, Cut PGM to PVW, Play from the mark in, and Return to the mark-in slider controls for a selected source.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Autoplay is ON by default. Disabling autoplay will stop the program from playing.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-97308ce9-6662-47bb-9c61-ac25c432e269"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="220" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png" alt="Clip player settings menu" class="wp-image-144034" style="width:292px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu.png 220w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Play-settings-gear-menu-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 220px) 100vw, 220px" /></figure>



<p id="block-8118ab1c-3494-4e40-a13c-96464445f5bc">The Play settings menu has the following settings and functions:</p>



<ul id="block-dd6a3166-2a2b-48e2-bf92-250ee204ce28" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Autoplay</strong> &#8211; Autoplay is ON by default. Enabling this setting plays the video from the mark-in point when selected as a source and taken to PGM.<br><br>When Autoplay is OFF, the file will not re-start automatically. The file will continue in the paused state when it is Cut to PGM.</li>
</ul>



<ul id="block-52a57d65-66ca-42eb-a565-42e28b951be1" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Cut PVW to PGM</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically cuts the preview to PGM when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>



<li><strong>Play from the mark-in</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting plays the clip from the mark-in when taken to PGM. To mark-in and mark/out files, hover your mouse over the file thumbnail and click Edit.</li>



<li><strong>Return to the mark-in</strong> &#8211; Enabling this setting automatically returns to the mark-in of the last played clip when the video has ended. (Loop mode must not be selected).</li>
</ul>



<p>To use a clip as a Local source in Producer, click a clip preview in the clips panel to move it into Producer.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	User Management</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b2feba0e-fc4a-40e1-8ae1-ec885e356664"><strong>User management menu</strong></h2>



<p id="block-2190a47e-a89b-4654-9f3b-7cdc5e38f6f4">The User Management menu allows a user to access the following:</p>



<ul id="block-a1756260-a9ee-40f6-8b11-25ebe21fe1d9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select between English and Chinese languages</li>



<li>Access the keyboard shortcut menu</li>



<li>Sign out of Producer</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-110aee1c-2712-48da-be39-0a37224afcd2">To open the User Management menu, click the round icon next to the power button in the main navigation bar.</p>



<p id="block-550f2c1e-3be0-4134-b0ad-5051647d6df6">To access the Recorded files selection, click the back button in the top left of the screen to return to Workbench. Then, click the <strong>Management Center </strong>tab to access the recorded file menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-b6f12005-53a8-41b8-8dcf-dcab7835a769"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="183" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/user-management-menu.png" alt="user management window" class="wp-image-143786"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Time remaining indicator</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f6850fa9-13b6-43e3-be00-2b0b49158ee6"><strong>Time remaining indicator</strong></h2>



<p id="block-eab02f90-b9f9-471b-ae0e-0b6552f7057f">The time remaining indicator is located on the right side of the main navigation bar. This indicator shows you how much time is left on your Producer subscription. Once you log in, the timer starts. To stop the timer, you must click the <strong>power button</strong> in the window&#8217;s top left corner.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-73ac5773-0afb-4bc2-83f6-d887191bfaa5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer.png" alt="Session timer" class="wp-image-143736" style="width:638px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer.png 533w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Session-timer-300x28.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ecb84b57-a22f-451e-9d77-cdf1c89f4c66"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-d1f2829e-bb35-4429-9c35-31e4beb5bf5f">The Advanced Audio Mixer is a dedicated separate interface built for audio operators to mix audio for the program separately from video and graphics operation.</p>



<p id="block-822d4719-7488-4173-afe8-e6711c30326c">Use the Advanced Audio Mixer to:</p>



<ul id="block-e6937d28-532f-4efb-b01c-f5e35327b263" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Monitor each video feed for production</li>



<li>Adjust all audio input levels as well as the master output</li>



<li>Adjust pans (audio gain) for each channel</li>



<li>Assign channels for each group for simple management of multiple sources</li>



<li>Mute each channel or select as a solo monitor for fine tuning</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2e6b1765-8738-42f7-8634-8aab5f662cf0"><strong>Multi-audio channel feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ae08b0e7-9761-4e48-a652-a6064ad91874">This feature supports 2, 4, 6, or 8 embedded output audio channels in Producer. These channels are configured in the Workbench Settings window for your Producer project. The Audio mix option in Producer allows up to 4 pairs of audio channels to be configured by selecting the Audio Output Pair Control feature in the Audio mix panel. This feature is useful for multi-language outputs.</p>



<p id="block-521f3cc6-5338-403d-b4a9-09580d2ab188">A user can independently adjust the volume of the audio output channels assigned to each pair. The volume for each pair of output channels can be adjusted or muted using the Master output level control slider in the Audio mix panel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For more information, refer to the <a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Producer Audio Mixer Quick Start User Guide</mark></a>.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Captioning feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f5d000d6-7ff7-4c07-9f21-fbaee15cc134"><strong>Captioning feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0b393488-c403-46cd-b69f-374b39b3eda9">The Captioning feature in Producer provides the capability to deliver both closed captions and live captions into the program output of TVU Producer. This enables our customers to automatically add closed and live captions to the outgoing live feed from TVU Producer. Live Captioning is supported by integration with a third-party caption provider EEG. Closed captioning is provided through TVU Producer’s integration with TVU transcriber.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To enable this feature, please contact your TVU Sales representative.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-40518b69-ba72-4eca-90f5-14adc5bd41b2">To enable the Captioning feature, TVU Producer is integrated with TVU Transcriber, the AI-based audio-to-text TVU converter, to insert the captions. The captions are generated in real time, ensuring perfect synchronization with audio and video as needed for the audience. The Captioning feature is fully compliant with the Federal Communication Commission.</p>



<p id="block-6bec9f50-7825-41d3-bd64-e4dde1a55084">To use the Captioning feature in Producer, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-98f08f8c-cd6c-4f6c-9d9c-b142e06454f9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to the <strong>Live Captions</strong> Menu item.</li>



<li>Go to <strong>Transcriber</strong> on top.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Go with it</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	SCTE 35 feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-610763e2-8863-4602-aa88-82ed69c6d27f"><strong>SCTE 35- based dynamic ad insertion feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-26cd01aa-0de1-4e63-a3e7-04e36dde161b">Using TVU Producer, customers can perform a dynamic ad insertion for a Live broadcast by collaborating with third-party ad services. A new feature is available to manually insert SCTE slice points or triggers in Producer to signal an ad-insertion in the transport stream. Pre-roll replacement in SCTE pass-through is also supported. This new feature complies with SCTE-35 protocols.</p>



<p id="block-6337b9aa-3da3-4075-b386-ea4836adbab4">SCTE 35 markers are well-known and widely used in the digital broadcast industry and are supported in newer ABR delivery formats such as HLS.</p>



<p id="block-78d28a95-4a36-4111-bd26-14d227164688">An SCTE 35 marker inserts an ad into the stream at an exact timestamp. The inserted ad is active for several seconds. A splice point in the specific timestamp in a stream corresponds to an Instant Decoder Refresh (IDR) frame, which can be decoded independently without depending on what frames were decoded previously.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-74dfe359-6307-41b5-a585-6c8c324a4e26"><strong>Benefits</strong></h3>



<ul id="block-4dd1bd04-215d-42d3-b5f6-15fdfef3ec84" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The SCTE-insertion feature allows customers to create additional sponsor revenue opportunities.</li>



<li>The SCTE-insertion feature is intuitive in TVU Producer and accessible in the Producer interface.</li>



<li>This ad insertion methodology is better than adding the ads on the client side.</li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1c387c72-5c66-444f-9d67-fdffb046d142"><strong>Using the SCTE insertion feature</strong></h3>



<p id="block-fd4e41d3-9e54-4142-a050-44649bfafc77">To use the SCTE insertion feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-613653be-b2f7-41fd-bad7-c77aaeb21ba1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>SCTE</strong> in the left navigation menu. The SCTE settings menu displays.</li>



<li>Select the SCTE insertion option from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-6e1be059-29b0-4963-b4d3-b465717aac00"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="465" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab-1.png" alt="SCTE tab" class="wp-image-124581" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab-1.png 286w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/SCTE-tab-1-185x300.png 185w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 286px) 100vw, 286px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-466b6a54-b916-48d1-9975-3d5e520b9e80" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Insert the SCTE slice points at the desired time slots. Then, choose the durations in the program output.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Any number of insertions can be added at preferred time slots.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Monitoring and Diagnostics</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0c36378d-4700-4244-b6ba-d9c947020f21"><strong>Monitoring and Diagnostics feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-6eee33e0-f4b4-4f43-8d0a-237b6dc4a88a">The Monitoring and diagnostics feature provides a dashboard that displays the key parameters to indicate your IP feed health coming to all Input sources and the health of the outgoing live stream going into each destination. In addition, the user can view Producer timeline messages and diagnostic errors.</p>



<p id="block-7c070400-5b72-43e6-ad28-ffd46c603206">Diagnostic errors are run-time errors that occur as you start your cloud instance and build your live streaming workflow. This section lists any issues you could encounter during the ingest process or starting a live stream to any targeted destinations. Diagnostic errors may also point out transmission or network bandwidth issues.</p>



<p id="block-9426bbc4-ad1d-4df2-9b98-749394c6c462">Users should run the Monitoring feature or Dashboard on a separate PC as it also takes CPU and memory resources to present all the health-related metrics, including the PGM Output of Producer.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-08468df4-5719-4a6d-8bcd-4d53d3d6f4d4"><strong>Using the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0c19b94e-1ef9-4166-b3bb-55a1ed0ea786">To use the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-7520baf3-b71d-4f5d-9e74-e7207d325a28" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the left panel of the Producer User Interface, click the <strong>Monitor</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-91c6ea21-0fb6-4fe5-80a7-40a9d96d91c5"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="338" height="85" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Monitor-tab-2.jpg" alt="Monitor tab and link" class="wp-image-170450" style="width:390px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Monitor-tab-2.jpg 338w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Monitor-tab-2-300x75.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-ba887d94-1bff-455e-9d1a-60b11b4b4a53" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Copy and paste the link in a new tab. </li>



<li>The Producer Monitoring dashboard page displays in a new browser window.</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-3873284f-df43-4e86-b80a-def07df43fdb">The Producer Monitoring Dashboard displays all the relevant sections, Viz. Program Info, Input, Output, Closed captions, SCTE 35 Ad insertion feature, and the diagnostic log panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c35cea2d-808c-4d14-89fc-c2404c6ff196"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1460" height="886" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png" alt="Monitoring and Diagnostics dashboard" class="wp-image-143711" style="width:745px;height:498px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard.png 1460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-300x182.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-1024x621.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Monitoring-and-Diagnostics-dashboard-768x466.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1460px) 100vw, 1460px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-ec24b1f5-4d9f-4c82-b4a4-265f666d9c41" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The diagnostic logs are located in the left-scrolling panel.</li>



<li>To download diagnostic logs, click the <strong>download</strong> icon in the top-right corner of the scrolling panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="730" height="419" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Diagnostic-logs-download-icon.png" alt="diagnostics logs download" class="wp-image-144217" style="width:597px;height:346px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Diagnostic-logs-download-icon.png 730w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Diagnostic-logs-download-icon-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 730px) 100vw, 730px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	PTZ Control and VLAN configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0468a588-f186-4873-8563-02df44d343c5"><strong>Using the PTZ Control feature</strong></h2>



<ol id="block-3550d576-7d52-49c3-bcbe-c2b3527b9ddb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable the PTZ control feature, click the<strong> PTZ Control </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-b65dd06e-bffd-4633-9820-4ef5073a855a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab-1.png" alt="PTZ control tab" class="wp-image-124617" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab-1.png 284w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/PTZ-Control-tab-1-146x300.png 146w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 284px) 100vw, 284px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-66d8073a-e1f1-46ab-9e28-77479d98b69c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a source, click the three-dot &#8216;…&#8217; icon, and select <strong>Add to PTZ Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-e2013f8f-1662-4a69-8d5f-8cefe97f3a5d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="336" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source.jpg" alt="add to PTZ source" class="wp-image-170458" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source.jpg 336w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source-300x189.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-0c949a92-9237-48b8-bbad-e103219a0868" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The PTZ control panel controls are enabled. In the Source number drop-down menu, select a source <strong>Slot number</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-da56792c-23bb-4fca-a21a-3019cafbcd4e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="585" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source-2.jpg" alt="add to PTZ source 2" class="wp-image-170466" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source-2.jpg 283w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/add-to-PTZ-source-2-145x300.jpg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 283px) 100vw, 283px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-a2227382-a520-458b-8526-efc1d516946d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the <strong>camera control icons</strong> below the preview to change the camera view.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-93119fd4-b782-4e17-bd23-2059558b26f3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="223" height="213" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ptz-camera-controls.png" alt="PTZ camera controls" class="wp-image-124644"/></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-dcca6350-939a-4eba-8f7a-70b7bf75c8a2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter an IP address and Port in the provided fields to take your source live, then click the <strong>Connect</strong> button.</li>



<li>To disable the PTZ Control feature, go to the PTZ source window, click the three-dot &#8216;<strong>…</strong>&#8216; icon, then select <strong>Remove from PTZ Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Buffer feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Output</strong> <strong>Buffer feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Output Buffer feature allows users to cut into a video when censorship is necessary then, resume programming.</p>



<p>To use the Buffer feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Buffer</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="58" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Buffer-tab-1.png" alt="Buffer tab" class="wp-image-124653"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Upload replacement video</strong> button on the Buffer settings panel and choose a video <strong>From computer</strong> or <strong>From Cloud Drive</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="537" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/buffer-settings-panel.png" alt="buffer settings panel" class="wp-image-144225" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/buffer-settings-panel.png 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/buffer-settings-panel-158x300.png 158w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 282px) 100vw, 282px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the uploaded video and set a <strong>Reaction time</strong> in seconds using the slider.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Auto Failover feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto Failover feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Auto Failover feature allows users to set up a backup video to the primary video. If the primary video in PGM fails to play within the time for Auto Failover, it automatically replaces the primary with a secondary video.</p>



<p>To use the Auto Failover feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Auto Failover</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="70" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-tab-1.png" alt="Auto Failover tab" class="wp-image-124671"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Primary</strong> and <strong>Secondary</strong> slot.</li>



<li>Set the <strong>Time for Auto Failover</strong> and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="382" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-slot-selections.png" alt="Auto Failover slot selections" class="wp-image-124680" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-slot-selections.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/auto-failover-slot-selections-221x300.png 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Macro service feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Macro service feature</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Macro service is a tool within the TVU Networks ecosystem designed to automate broadcast workflows by creating sequences of events and actions.</p>



<p>Think of it as a &#8220;programmable remote&#8221; for your live production. You can chain together specific commands across different TVU services so they trigger automatically or in a specific order.</p>



<p>To set up the Macro service feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Macro</strong> tab, and then the link. A new <strong>Macro Service</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="380" height="100" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab.jpg" alt="Macro tab" class="wp-image-170108" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab.jpg 380w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-tab-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 380px) 100vw, 380px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Macro</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="389" height="144" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-1.jpg" alt="+ Macro service" class="wp-image-170560" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-1.jpg 389w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-1-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 389px) 100vw, 389px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Macro name</strong> and click <strong>+Event</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="940" height="520" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-2.jpg" alt="Name macro" class="wp-image-170568" style="width:680px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-2.jpg 940w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-2-300x166.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-service-2-768x425.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 940px) 100vw, 940px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter an <strong>Event name</strong>, then click <strong>+Action</strong>.</li>



<li>Set the<strong> Delay</strong> (how long to wait before starting), <strong>Run times</strong> (how many times to repeat), and <strong>Run interval</strong> (the gap between repeats).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="606" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-Action-edit-panel-1024x606.jpg" alt="Macro service action edit panel" class="wp-image-170575" style="width:688px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-Action-edit-panel-1024x606.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-Action-edit-panel-300x177.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-Action-edit-panel-768x454.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-Action-edit-panel.jpg 1511w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>The Action Edit panel opens. Here you can control several TVU components:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>MediaService / MediaHub: </strong>For routing and managing video feeds.</li>



<li><strong>Channel:</strong> For cloud playout and FAST channel scheduling.</li>



<li><strong>PTZ Service: </strong>To automate Pan-Tilt-Zoom camera movements.Producer: To trigger transitions, overlays, or source switches in your cloud production.</li>



<li><strong>Audio Mixer: </strong>To automate volume levels or mutes.</li>



<li><strong>Native Overlay: </strong>To manage graphic layers and tickers.</li>



<li><strong>SCTE APP: </strong>For automated ad insertion (SCTE-35/104 triggers).</li>
</ul>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Service</strong> from the drop-down menu and configure your <strong>Actions</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="606" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-1024x606.jpg" alt="Macro service selection" class="wp-image-170589" style="width:699px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-1024x606.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-300x177.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service-768x454.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Macro-service.jpg 1511w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>The following image shows an example of an action and a service.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="505" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-complete-example-1024x505.jpg" alt="Macro complete example" class="wp-image-170596" style="width:702px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-complete-example-1024x505.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-complete-example-300x148.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-complete-example-768x378.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/macro-complete-example.jpg 1370w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>. Your macro will appear in the <strong>Macro list</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Purchasing TVU Producer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8a116610-c968-4f3b-8870-33bb6f20195c"><strong>Purchasing TVU Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1474952a-0bfb-4a0f-b2bf-b743c0d94be8">After registering for an account, a user can purchase Producer online using PayPal. To purchase a TVU Producer subscription, sign up for an account and click the <strong>Purchase</strong> button in the top main navigation bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="235" height="49" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Purchase-button.png" alt="Purchase button" class="wp-image-143770" style="width:273px"/></figure>



<p id="block-740b1786-ae19-4e11-9ebf-422cf98d497f">We empower publishers, broadcasters, and enterprises to deliver the broadcast to the widest audience on any platform, anywhere on the globe, by transforming your PC into a live production control room. You can innovate and create your live event into a unique next-generation experience.</p>



<p id="block-78b95abd-c892-4464-b356-21d40bab5701">There are two ways to purchase TVU Producer:</p>



<ul id="block-6f8c2a66-4a7e-4f42-8230-38c88ffc2ee7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Online at http://producer.tvunetworks.com/producer/</li>



<li>The TVU sales team can set up a monthly pricing schedule for customers who do not prefer to pay online by contacting TVU Sales by Phone at +1 650.440.4812 or email at <a href="mailto:support@tvunetworks.com">support@tvunetworks.com</a></li>
</ul>



<p id="block-690a3f9e-3c89-4f27-a7cf-280924224fbe"><br><br></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Producer QSUG Rev O EN 04-2026</p>
</blockquote>



<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU Producer Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU Producer Advanced Audio Mixer User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-audio-mixer-quick-start-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2026 18:27:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=143276</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Easily capture and mix audio feeds in the cloud. Harmonize the sound like an orchestra conductor with the Advanced Audio Mixer. Adjust all audio input levels as well as master output.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-audio-mixer-quick-start-guide/">TVU Producer Advanced Audio Mixer User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-f30164f8-3652-47ee-a47d-6408280f5620"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Producer-Audio-Mixer-QSUG-1024x580.png" alt="TVU Producer Audio Mixer User Guide"/></figure>



<p id="block-30291bc2-89f5-49aa-9940-b0c38ed336db">Easily capture and mix audio feeds in the cloud. Harmonize the sound like an orchestra conductor with the Advanced Audio Mixer. Adjust all audio input levels and the master output. Adjust pans (audio gain) for each channel. Mute each channel or select a solo monitor for fine-tuning.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, user experience, and behavior</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b87cc072-df28-474d-a6f0-3cf12059a53a"><strong>Introduction, user experience, and behavior</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0de89a49-91ea-446b-aed3-311ed9267266">Using the TVU Producer Audio Mixer requires a Producer subscription activation from TVU Support. Before you begin, refer to the TVU Producer System requirements below, then contact TVU Support to obtain your login credentials. TVU Networks recommends logging in to your TVU Producer account using your credentials and familiarizing yourself with the user interface, features, and functions.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9ba74d44-015a-45d8-a1be-6843caa8f124"><strong>TVU Producer Audio Mixer overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5be0ae16-fd61-4c67-96cc-81f7062a1bb9">The Audio Mixer is a dedicated interface embedded into the TVU Producer user interface. The Audio Mixer feature is built for audio operators to mix audio for the TVU Producer program separately from the video and graphics operations.</p>



<p id="block-cba3a25c-e99e-4721-950c-807ffa9b047c">The Audio Mixer interface opens in a separate tab, allowing the individual operator to adjust the volume. The basic functions include adjusting each input source&#8217;s volume or fader level and mixing selected audio sources.</p>



<p id="block-65b0fdb0-8dd0-45ca-84da-45e8ba8e9c4d">The Advanced Audio Mixer Panel allows a Producer user to manage all input levels and the master output, complemented by real-time remote commentary. Advanced capabilities serve multiple collaborators or users working to produce a single live show. The operator primarily focuses on using the advanced capabilities of the audio mixer.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Audio Mixer features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-22836728-ef6c-41b7-ad03-7519e3a22a05"><strong>Audio Mixer features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8075f3c2-f8be-43ba-b6d1-8b4b3ca96cda">Audio Mixer enables the operator to perform the following advanced operations:</p>



<ul id="block-08c2b095-2fc0-4b29-aaf1-296f79b85af6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Automatic Gain Control (AGC) supports the master mix and all source types.</li>



<li>Streamdeck support.</li>



<li>MIDI support for multi-channel sources and source on/off controls.</li>



<li>Monitor each video and audio feed for production.</li>



<li>Adjust all audio input levels as well as the master output</li>



<li>Adjust pans (audio gain) for each channel.</li>



<li>Mute each channel.</li>



<li>Assign channels for each group for simple management of multiple sources.</li>



<li>Allows Audio Follow Video (AFV) by source for all pairs in a multi-channel source.</li>



<li>Allows AFV for Custom Sources.</li>



<li>Link faders across output pairs.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	User Guide contents</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3f015f5a-2979-4e9a-aace-bd53ed0a8c09"><strong>User Guide contents</strong></h2>



<p id="block-b98bca58-2821-4689-9adc-f94becdb5371">This TVU Producer Audio Mixer Quick Start User Guide provides a general overview of the basic and advanced features and interface behaviors.</p>



<p id="block-09d860e7-fae8-46b1-af86-060dbe7057b6">This user guide provides instructions to perform the following tasks:</p>



<ul id="block-16900fbd-272f-4b40-be9b-d2b01b3db30f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</li>



<li>Logging into TVU Producer</li>



<li>How to use the Audio Mixer</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2ff8966f-a9d9-48fe-96d9-1ea09e588520"><strong>Step 1 &#8211; Sign up or register for a TVU Producer account</strong></h2>



<p id="block-fb475610-a411-4aa5-89a6-b3b2a26c3a65">To sign up or register for the TVU Producer free trial, complete the following steps:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Note:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase TVU Producer, go to “Purchasing TVU Producer” for more information.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>



<ol id="block-670fc492-378f-4062-ada6-b4325be7a24d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter: <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production/</a> </li>



<li>Click the <strong>Sign up/Login icon</strong> in the page’s top right corner and select TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-524996b4-6cf4-419c-b0f6-a8295030674d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png" alt="TVU Producer log in" class="wp-image-161489" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-3f48d8e9-5ddb-40b3-963b-0b90231ed1de" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Producer <strong>Sign in</strong> pop-up window displays. Click <strong>Sign Up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-c280201f-dd28-47bd-9ff0-908244205301"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="880" height="542" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page.jpg" alt="SIgn up page" class="wp-image-161496" style="aspect-ratio:1.5;object-fit:contain;width:685px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page.jpg 880w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page-300x185.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-Sign-in-page-768x473.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 880px) 100vw, 880px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-ca988357-707b-4dc9-97fe-1311c50b3595" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>Name</strong>, <strong>e-mail</strong>, and <strong>Password</strong>. Click the<strong> Agreement check box</strong> and click <strong>Get Started now</strong>.</li>



<li>Check your e-mail and enter the six-digit code, then click <strong>Verify</strong>.</li>



<li>The TVU Producer Workbench opens. Continue to “Creating a program.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="748" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-window.png" alt="Sign up window" class="wp-image-96759" style="aspect-ratio:0.6109625668449198;width:224px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-window.png 457w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-up-window-183x300.png 183w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211; Start your Producer session</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-4fb76188-8e7a-4f0d-93ed-674e3646c137"><strong>Step 2 &#8211; Start your Producer session</strong></h2>



<p id="block-fcf893df-efc8-42c6-891a-e7f2f64648ce">To Sign in to your TVU Producer account:</p>



<ol id="block-176ee95e-cf9a-4c45-a09f-c9b067e5bea0" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To launch Producer, open a web browser window and enter: <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-producer-cloud-production</a> </li>



<li>Click the<strong> Sign up/Login</strong> button in the page&#8217;s top right corner and select <strong>TVU Producer</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-1ea7327f-4133-4d46-a3e4-6aaca1cb5836"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png" alt="TVU Producer log in" class="wp-image-161489" style="aspect-ratio:2.0506912442396312;object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Producer-log-in-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p id="block-1239ee4d-0189-4213-a1fc-769d6cb91998">The Producer Sign in pop-up window displays.</p>



<ol start="3" id="block-0c5fb776-4338-47a6-a82a-a817b573d005" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the following information:</li>
</ol>



<p id="block-be2bce62-1fa3-40f2-842d-8f3f26596884">User ID: <strong>email address</strong><br>Password: Enter your <strong>Password</strong> </p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-c280201f-dd28-47bd-9ff0-908244205301"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="706" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-in-pop-up.png" alt="TVU Producer Sign in window" class="wp-image-96752" style="aspect-ratio:0.6473087818696884;width:265px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-in-pop-up.png 457w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Sign-in-pop-up-194x300.png 194w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-a9b7d5dc-7d42-4231-a86f-7a6b907a00b8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Sign In</strong>. The Producer Workbench user interface displays.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b4fc2814-e59f-42ce-ad0b-cafc6f3764e7"><strong>Creating a program</strong></h2>



<p id="block-7660bd75-b3c9-4ea1-8c9b-1c610b7c1fa0">To create a program:</p>



<ol id="block-d2c07bab-a1d4-41f3-880a-024c51ff5811" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Workbench</strong> tab displays by default. Click <strong>+ Create a Program</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e9e2411c-3afa-4015-ab60-79bc305515f8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="236" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Producer-workbench.png" alt="Producer workbench" class="wp-image-161503" style="width:740px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Producer-workbench.png 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Producer-workbench-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-460abde7-61d1-482e-a4df-ad4bbfbbf166" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Create a program pop-up window, Enter a Program name for your production and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-644a727a-8082-4bd0-97fb-1bc8f774340f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="223" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Create-a-program-window.jpg" alt="Create a program window" class="wp-image-161510" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Create-a-program-window.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Create-a-program-window-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-f579e77a-c970-4245-b63d-66dc702618d1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Settings pop-up window displays.</li>



<li>Choose the video format you would like to use from the <strong>Format</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If you choose a specific Video Format for the Live Show, all your input feeds need to match with this program format for your live switching to be accurate. Please ensure all your input video formats are one and the same. You can separately choose your Output format when you want to go live.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio Channel </strong>drop-down menu and select 2, 4, 6, or 8 output channels for your Producer project to enable the multi-channel audio feature.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-5376203e-52b8-441b-9db2-711df5f697fc"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="350" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Format-and-Audio-Channel-settings.jpg" alt="Format and Audio Channel settings" class="wp-image-161518" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Format-and-Audio-Channel-settings.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Format-and-Audio-Channel-settings-300x217.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-0e310a3e-1354-493b-8fd7-31e0f2c6387f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired feature checkbox(es) for your live production, select a Region, and click <strong>Save</strong>:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>RPS:</strong> Whenever the RPS feature is enabled, the first six slots of your production will be reserved as RPS sources only.</li>



<li><strong>Vertical:</strong> Enable this feature to allow Producer to output your source in vertical (portrait) mode.</li>



<li><strong>Output buffer:</strong> The Output Buffer allows a time buffer (up to 300 seconds) to be set between what is viewed in the Live Output Program and the actual video being encoded for output. HLS, ISSP, RTP-FEC, SRT, Zixi, TVU Grid, TVU Channel, RTIL, RTMP(S), UDP, RTSP, YouTube, and /Social media outputs are supported.<br>This is primarily so the operator can censor the live source for any issues in the program (such as profanity). If an issue occurs, you have time to react and can switch to a replacement video/image.</li>



<li><strong>Partyline:</strong> Enabling this option automatically forces all TVU Anywhere participants to join a party. The Producer PGM will default to Video Return, and UI previews will use the RTIL stream coming directly from the device.</li>



<li><strong>Follower mode:</strong> Enable this feature to define programs that will follow the main program. Choosing this feature means this production is a Main production. It cannot be added as a follower production for any other Main production. Use the Configure link to select a follower program and follower feature.</li>



<li><strong>Source delay control:</strong> Enable this feature to set a delay in ms for a producer source.</li>



<li><strong>Input Source Recording:</strong> Enable this feature to select the source you want recorded. You can find the recordings in “Cloud Record”->”Remote Recording.”</li>



<li><strong>PGM Recording:</strong> Enable this feature to allow recording functionality.</li>



<li><strong>Replay App:</strong> Enable this feature to force recording of live sources at high and low resolutions. It is suggested that the Relay App be used with productions running in progressive-scan mode to enable replay functionality. Replay is not a standard feature and must be enabled by TVU Support before it can be used. Contact support@tvunetworks.com for more information about the Replay App and testing the feature.</li>



<li><strong>Review App:</strong> Enable this feature to allow review functionality. Review is not a standard feature and must be enabled by TVU Support before it can be used. Contact support@tvunetworks.com for more information about the Review App and how to test the feature.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="7" id="block-cb7bc16f-daae-4b79-865f-809853f45ced" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the region related to your IP address, then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="662" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Setting-window.jpg" alt="Setting window" class="wp-image-169208" style="width:472px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Setting-window.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Setting-window-218x300.jpg 218w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change a program setting, click the three dots “…” in the program window and click <strong>Settings</strong>. Make your changes and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="418" height="254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Program-Settings-menu.jpg" alt="Program Settings menu" class="wp-image-161532" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Program-Settings-menu.jpg 418w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Program-Settings-menu-300x182.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>three dot</strong>s “…” on your program window to view and select various program functions:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Rename</strong> to change your program name.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Add Collaborators</strong> to enable the Basic Collaboration feature. This feature allows the user to produce a live show by collaborating with production team members.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Setting</strong> to reopen the <strong>Settings</strong> window and change to your program settings.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Monitor</strong> to open the Monitoring and Diagnostics feature dashboard.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Delete</strong> to remove your program from Workbench.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Duplicate</strong> to duplicate a program.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Offline setup</strong> to set up your programming in offline mode.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over the new program and click<strong> Start</strong> to initialize your program in TVU Producer.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="249" height="203" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Starting-a-program.jpg" alt="Starting a program" class="wp-image-161539"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Basic Audio Mixer functionality</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a1ed3cb3-9407-4e2e-bcd8-2d5f59c89630"><strong>Basic Audio Mixer functionality</strong></h2>



<p id="block-bafef8a1-dd7e-454a-b98c-4ad2d338e429">Basic audio mixer functionality is embedded into the Producer User Interface. Each input source has a dedicated audio icon that enables the operator to view, raise, and lower the volume of the audio channel.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The basic audio mixer feature is enabled by default.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-38a70754-8b27-426b-bb6f-2449584b5203"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="312" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg" alt="Audio icon location" class="wp-image-161547" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg 261w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location-251x300.jpg 251w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Audio Control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-970c2f8c-a11c-4d04-8a62-6b832cd1e00b"><strong>Audio Control</strong></h2>



<p id="block-c54ea430-d043-4fe9-862a-7a596ea8af66">The Audio Mixer tab is located in the left navigation menu. Click the tab to open the Audio Control panel. The Audio Control panel displays the Source, AFV controls, and indicates when a source is being output in Producer.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-761f8d5d-7c82-4e33-8271-88132c6ff8be"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="597" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Mixer-tab.png" alt="Audio Mixer tab" class="wp-image-161554" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Mixer-tab.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Mixer-tab-141x300.png 141w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Audio Follow Video mode (AFV) switch is enabled by default, allowing the input source cut to live broadcast/PGM to have its sound channel cut along with it.</li>



<li>If the AFV switch is disabled/off, the sound for live streaming is selected by choosing an alternate audio channel source.</li>
</ul>



<p>To choose an alternate audio channel source, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio Mixer</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="95" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AFV-switch-icon.png" alt="AFV switch icon" class="wp-image-161561"/></figure>



<p>The Audio Control panel opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="288" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-panel-AFV-switch-ON.jpg" alt="Audio Control panel - AFV switch ON" class="wp-image-161568" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-panel-AFV-switch-ON.jpg 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-panel-AFV-switch-ON-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the <strong>AFV</strong> switch to the left to disable it. The Audio tab displays AFV/OFF.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="288" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-Panel-AFV-switch-OFF.jpg" alt="Audio Control Panel - AFV switch OFF" class="wp-image-161575" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-Panel-AFV-switch-OFF.jpg 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-Panel-AFV-switch-OFF-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Audio Control panel displays audio sources. Move the AFV slider to the right of an available audio source. When an audio source is enabled and being output in Producer, the <strong>ON button</strong> displays red.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-off-new-source-selected.png" alt="Audio control panel - New source selection" class="wp-image-161582" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-off-new-source-selected.png 279w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-off-new-source-selected-248x300.png 248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 279px) 100vw, 279px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Alternatively, you can move the <strong>All </strong>slider to the right to enable or to the left to disable all audio sources.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-default-on.png" alt="Audio control panel - All slider" class="wp-image-161589" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-default-on.png 281w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/AVF-default-on-267x300.png 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To adjust the volume control for each source, click the <strong>Audio</strong> icon and move the audio control slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="312" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg" alt="Audio icon location" class="wp-image-161547" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg 261w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Speaker-icon-location-251x300.jpg 251w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer functionality</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-638c8fdd-d06d-405f-b763-9689f1a80613"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer functionality</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f5fea8d6-33c6-4972-a73f-5fd8aab1d4c6">To switch to the ‘advanced’ audio mixer functionality, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-b1da5448-30ef-441e-ba99-00b90a3b6716" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio mixer</strong> icon in the left panel. The Audio Control menu displays.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> the menu options for the advanced Audio Mixer functions display.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" id="block-2a1377e0-d28f-41b9-ac29-967936ae22cf" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong> at the bottom of the Audio Control panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-bf036581-7380-499b-9e07-641707643fc0"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="488" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-menu-AFV-on.png" alt="Audio Control menu, AFV on" class="wp-image-161597" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-menu-AFV-on.png 276w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-Control-menu-AFV-on-170x300.png 170w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 276px) 100vw, 276px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-335b55c3-0506-4769-893f-eaa939368712" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a browser window, paste the URL in the address bar, and press <strong>Enter</strong>. Alternatively, you can click the <strong>URL</strong> to open the advanced version of the Audio Mixer in a new browser window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer interface</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f25e537d-e197-4222-83be-615945e5a864"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer interface</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0cd15001-1668-4606-ba44-fd38291bea59">The TVU Audio mixer user interface displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-f52d13f7-2110-40f2-afbf-a24e1beada5d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="715" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-Web-interface-3.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer Web interface" class="wp-image-169215" style="width:663px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-Web-interface-3.jpg 715w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-Web-interface-3-300x192.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 715px) 100vw, 715px" /></figure>



<p id="block-c9c0d983-85e9-422e-90e6-1bc038e25563">The Advanced Audio Mixer has the following controls:</p>



<p id="block-5f168b87-7287-47d6-8880-c6112b046b30"><strong>(A)</strong> Audio Mixer source settings and menu<br><strong>(B)</strong> Audio Mixer MIDI device menu<br><strong>(C) </strong>Audio Mixer Preset menu<br><strong>(D)</strong> Headphone control or sound monitoring<br><strong>(E)</strong> Fader level control<br><strong>(F)</strong> Pan control<br><strong>(G)</strong> Audio usage Indicator and audio enable/disable, displays red<br>or grey.<br><strong>(H)</strong> Mute icon<br><strong>(I)</strong> Master audio level setting<br><strong>(J)</strong> Monitoring modes and Master Preview toggle<br><strong>(K)</strong> Source Preview toggle<br><strong>(L)</strong> Audio Output Pair Control<br><strong>(M)</strong> Monitor Levels setting<br><strong>(N)</strong> Source mute and slide sync with output pairs menu</p>



<p id="block-9853b440-ff54-4e5f-8492-f8f7d4bbbeb8">All of the audio mixing controls are available for the event. The audio mixer engineer can work with up to 4 output pairs. Each output pair has a dedicated independent audio panel. Each input source can have up to 4 audio pairs. Each pair can be controlled independently.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-2fa514a8-aea6-4efc-9970-3a6c543237dd"><strong>Left panel controls:</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f03adddf-6a62-440a-bcef-18984413ea49">The Audio Mixer Source Settings menu enables users to display visible and unavailable sources. In this menu, users can enable AFV, AGC, and add a description to each source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-35085b90-9ed8-43d0-8c8e-90b041b06e79"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="716" height="353" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-source-settings-menu-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer source settings menu" class="wp-image-169222" style="width:585px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-source-settings-menu-2.jpg 716w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-source-settings-menu-2-300x148.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 716px) 100vw, 716px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>MIDI icon</strong></h3>



<p id="block-4a926eb7-af9a-421f-993d-783df0fe24f2">The MIDI device menu displays available and connected MIDI devices. MIDI is supported for multi-channel sources and source on/off controls.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-febf8dca-e195-4982-9f43-37e225d1ed50"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="706" height="309" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-MIDI-device-menu-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer MIDI device menu" class="wp-image-169229" style="width:596px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-MIDI-device-menu-2.jpg 706w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-MIDI-device-menu-2-300x131.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 706px) 100vw, 706px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Mixer icon</strong></h3>



<p id="block-f7a2ea83-b4d0-41d3-a26a-57bc73080923">Audio Mixer Presets can be configured and saved for each source in the Preset panel.</p>



<p>To select an Audio Preset for a specific channel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Audio Preset</strong> icon in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-3705f229-7c74-4954-b045-a54b32556e14"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="701" height="309" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-presets-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer presets" class="wp-image-169243" style="width:600px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-presets-2.jpg 701w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-presets-2-300x132.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 701px) 100vw, 701px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Preset panel opens. Click <strong>+ Add Preset</strong> at the bottom of the panel and select a Source from the Select drop-down menu. To add a source, click <strong>+ Add source</strong> and make a selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="314" height="729" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-volume-adjust-preset-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Mixer volume adjust preset menu" class="wp-image-169250" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-volume-adjust-preset-menu.jpg 314w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Advanced-Audio-Mixer-volume-adjust-preset-menu-129x300.jpg 129w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source mute and slide sync icon</strong></h3>



<p>The <strong>Source mute and slide sync with output pairs</strong> icon displays selectable output pairs that correspond with the Audio Output Pair Control and allows you to mute the source from the Audio mixer.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="717" height="293" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Source-mute-and-slide-sync-icon.jpg" alt="Source mute and slide sync icon" class="wp-image-169257" style="width:641px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Source-mute-and-slide-sync-icon.jpg 717w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Source-mute-and-slide-sync-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 717px) 100vw, 717px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/NEW-source-mute-icon-menu.png" alt=" source mute icon menu" class="wp-image-161650" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/NEW-source-mute-icon-menu.png 351w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/NEW-source-mute-icon-menu-300x270.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3080e0d3-3ece-47c1-9d3a-e4375a3c6dee"><strong>Multi-audio channel feature</strong></h3>



<p id="block-4f6d17c2-a8a0-4452-abb8-d4ad58200473">This feature supports 2, 4, 6, or 8 embedded output audio channels in Producer. The Audio mix option in Producer allows up to 4 pairs of audio channels to be configured by selecting a number in the Audio Output Pair Control feature in the Audio mix panel. This feature is useful for multi-language outputs.</p>



<p id="block-b071c7ed-e54f-4cb1-b159-a72ccde2c8fc">A user can independently adjust the volume of the audio output channels assigned to each pair. The volume for each pair of output channels can be adjusted or muted using the Master output level control slider in the Audio mix panel.</p>



<p id="block-bd31f6ce-fc5b-49fb-a580-01648f296c5d">To set up multiple audio output channels in Producer:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-47e87bb6-8f28-41a5-935f-75d2b429e208" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a source in the Producer User Interface and click the <strong>Audio Mixer</strong> icon in the left panel. The Audio Mixer panel opens.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>URL</strong> at the bottom of the panel to open the Audio Mixer interface.</li>



<li>Locate the &#8220;Audio Output Pair Control&#8221; at the top-right corner of the interface. Channel setting number 1 is selected by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-22e65423-8c7f-4830-bb06-f0d607b63f81"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="670" height="67" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Audio-Output-Pair-Control.jpg" alt="Audio Output Pair Control" class="wp-image-169264" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Audio-Output-Pair-Control.jpg 670w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Audio-Output-Pair-Control-300x30.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 670px) 100vw, 670px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-79e170d6-7d7a-4ac6-9c17-f0dcbb32af9a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Left-Right buttons</strong> in the audio source panel to select the audio source channels you would like to pair with setting 1.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “Advanced Audio Mixer user experience behavior” for information about stereo and dual mono settings.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" id="block-dce3e97b-c7ad-4c74-84b8-c1a6221312a6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Adjust the individual source audio settings for <strong>channel 1</strong>, then adjust the <strong>Master audio level</strong> in the left panel to the desired setting.</li>



<li>Click channel setting<strong> 2 </strong>and repeat steps 4 and 5, respectively, and so on, to pair up to 4 channels (with a maximum of 8 outputs).</li>



<li>To adjust your audio channel paired settings, click the appropriate Audio Output Pair Control channel <strong>number</strong> to display your settings.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Audio Mixer user experience behavior</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93d5be95-0d82-4377-b830-2106d0bc63a8"><strong>Advanced Audio Mixer user experience behavior</strong></h2>



<p id="block-0a383359-b605-458b-ba0d-ef57e9342669">The following two types of audio sources are supported in the Advanced Audio Mixer interface:</p>



<p id="block-ead8fbb1-a764-486d-903b-ee5467c9d59a"><strong>Stereo</strong>: Stereo has one channel and includes one fader, pan control, and audio level indicators. When stereo is selected, both left and right indicators illuminate together to indicate one channel.</p>



<p id="block-f48f59f5-1373-4384-9e64-c2e6f6dae217"><strong>Dual mono</strong>: Dual mono has a left and right channel and includes two fader controls, two pan controls, and two audio level indicators. When dual mono is selected, both left and right indicators illuminate separately to indicate two channels.</p>



<p id="block-220cb039-7407-4761-9b98-8cc472f4937e">The &#8220;Stereo and Dual-mono channel examples&#8221; figure shows the Stereo and dual mono channels:</p>



<ul id="block-45aed627-3bfe-4abb-9986-322b993ce555" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Source 1</strong> indicates Stereo (one channel)</li>



<li><strong>Source 2</strong> shows Dual mono (left and right channels)</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-23eda35e-063f-4bf0-af62-d4a97587b73c">The Fader level indicator ranges from -∞ to +12</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The following stereo and dual-mono channel example is shown to highlight the differences.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-3f275f07-d6ed-42cd-8295-024bc8752af6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="182" height="505" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-and-Dual-mono-channel-examples.jpg" alt="Stereo and Dual-mono channel examples" class="wp-image-161657" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-and-Dual-mono-channel-examples.jpg 182w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-and-Dual-mono-channel-examples-108x300.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 182px) 100vw, 182px" /></figure>



<p id="block-85b0cf61-2011-40fa-858b-ad45b18f16bc">Audio usage indicators are displayed in red at the bottom of the panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-21bbf855-e24c-4b2f-b7aa-4e65e2c1675d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="116" height="522" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-usage-indicators-Dual-mono.jpg" alt="Audio usage indicators (Dual mono)" class="wp-image-161664"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-bcfb972a-5bbe-4daa-882f-a7405d13b70f"><strong>Stereo audio source</strong></h3>



<p id="block-3b9b06be-ff48-4df1-837f-b95793b17f3b">The Stereo audio source has only one fader and one balance control (or Pan control), as shown below.</p>



<ul id="block-b58553c9-938b-4f8d-a01a-a01490d83d80" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The fader level indicator range is from -∞ to +12.</li>



<li>Balance control ranges from 0 to 100. The balance is set to 50 (middle).</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-c702a6c7-763f-4c6e-af52-777ad5bdfbe8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="127" height="568" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-audio-source.jpg" alt="Stereo audio source" class="wp-image-161671" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-audio-source.jpg 127w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stereo-audio-source-67x300.jpg 67w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 127px) 100vw, 127px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b06eb41b-c303-4af2-beee-a609137ad7ea"><strong>Dual-mono audio source</strong></h3>



<p id="block-09d9c7b8-1cf0-4537-bf3c-747f0161d7dc">The Dual-mono audio source has two faders and two pan controls. One fader controls the left channel, and the other controls the right channel. The two channels operate independently.</p>



<ul id="block-1693ccb9-8c72-4902-8e04-39056e6e3891" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Each channel has an independent fader level indicator ranging from -∞ to +12.</li>



<li>The pan control slide ranges from 0 to 100. The left pan control setting is 0, and the right pan control setting is 100.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Dual Mono mode does not support MIDI devices. A warning message will display allowing you to convert to Dual Mono. Switching the source to stereo will support MIDI devices.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-2b4b1fa2-466a-4153-8b29-5180ddc5387d"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="126" height="500" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Dual-mono-audio-source-controls.jpg" alt="Dual-mono audio source controls" class="wp-image-161678"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9eb2aa9b-cbce-4ce2-94c9-a952b435385b"><strong>Headphone control and sound monitoring</strong></h3>



<p id="block-6ee9aca4-7536-4ba1-8bbb-fd189d234fc5">The headphone icon allows the operator to monitor a specific audio channel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-1c8c78ee-9206-4f8e-9b02-08c3a028166b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="125" height="472" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Headphone-icon.jpg" alt="Headphone icons" class="wp-image-161685"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-74bb319e-6fcd-4a07-8b72-e094121374c6"><strong>Fader level control</strong></h3>



<p id="block-287a1519-e145-461b-979a-a943e93db732">The fader level indicators show the appropriate status from the basic mixer. When the Audio Mixer displays for the first time, the fader level indicators must be set to the appropriate volume or gain, even though sound monitoring is switched.</p>



<p id="block-67660403-5b3c-49cb-9036-d8e6c6d53551">This will provide the audio operator with real-time results, ensuring all audio channel volumes are correctly working. The operator can then adjust the gains of specific audio channels as desired.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-0a404b22-4460-4e5d-9372-283d8f2694c3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="131" height="622" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Fader-level-indicators.jpg" alt="Fader level indicators" class="wp-image-161692" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Fader-level-indicators.jpg 131w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Fader-level-indicators-63x300.jpg 63w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 131px) 100vw, 131px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-d6511939-53d5-4292-95f6-8ddf6474621b"><strong>Audio usage indicator and enable/disable functions</strong></h3>



<p id="block-88e68955-df41-437c-b0e6-b35fc831ccb1">The audio usage and enable/disable indicator button at the top of the panel (turns red or grey).</p>



<p id="block-9f83bcd9-8318-4074-a010-acbdb90b9138">The Audio usage button (one for each channel in the input source) indicates which audio channels are used or enabled.</p>



<ul id="block-0644ec91-fd79-45d8-a29a-886b64620249" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the audio switch is ON or enabled, it turns red</li>



<li>When the audio switch is OFF or disabled, it turns grey</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-f2369566-ffd5-4092-93dc-75afe2d68e49">When live sources are switched, the audio usage indicator (in red) is applied to the newly switched input source and the channels. If PIP is enabled on a live source, then both these input sources, which are going to program output, will indicate usage when their left and right channel indicators turn red.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If AFV is enabled, the audio usage is read-only. The operator cannot enable audio on more than one channel.</p>
</blockquote>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If AFV is disabled, the operator can click on the audio usage button to switch between grey (disabled) to red (enabled) or red (enabled) to grey (disabled).</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-ada2b462-a447-49b1-9eb1-70c272e2a732">If the operator changes the audio usage on two different channels to Red, those two audio channels will go to program output.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default" id="block-952df480-578b-471a-9f68-2c3e59dfc960"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="135" height="575" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Audio-usage-button.jpg" alt="Audio usage button" class="wp-image-161699"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-29f3a6ad-1730-4727-8ce5-a47659d51ae3"><strong>Audio control for quad mode</strong></h3>



<p id="block-230fc197-0be0-4a11-a24b-bf83f8d9de75">When the quad mode (input source 7) is selected, it behaves like any other source.</p>



<p id="block-f42b6eb3-095d-4d0f-a5ad-943b7a24ca02">The audio usage indicator is ON for source 7 (and is only lit up for source 7), and whatever the presetting was for its original source still applies.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-a8afa7c5-92f8-4a1e-a706-d1cfe2989cc4"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/source-7.png" alt="Audio Mixer source 7"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized is-style-default" id="block-98c06e44-d167-4356-96de-9813f804eea6"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Audio-control-quad-mode.png" alt="Audio control quad mode" style="width:289px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6c66451e-5378-4a74-a9c0-ff1b42abf337"><strong>Monitor level control</strong></h3>



<p id="block-fe44aadf-512c-4dfb-8bf6-309382278e70">The Monitor level control in the audio mixer controls the volume of the Audio Mixer tab in the Chrome browser.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-6b3131cc-1661-4d8c-b49a-c9c5db7f6603"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/monitor-level.png" alt="Monitor level control"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-15cbe667-5f83-4a22-ab4e-2d655d319962"><strong>Mute control</strong></h3>



<p id="block-afabe4cd-b9cd-4fde-baed-7fc0d7be5212">The Mute control allows the end-user to silence the audio channel completely. This will also silence the channel output audio.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Mute can be used in both use-cases, when AFV is ON or OFF.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-d2976b1e-faf3-42b5-9c60-e78e1a835c2b">The user can mute the stereo source or dual-mono source channels when AFV is ON. When the mute icon is switched ON for the ‘Source’ chosen to go to Program output, the master volume is also muted.</p>



<p id="block-f7ef9bce-b329-4371-b70c-79475f15c4c2">In the following example, AFV is enabled. Video source 6 is chosen to go to the program output. When both channels are muted for this specific audio source, the master volume is entirely muted on the program output. Group audio is not enabled in the following ‘Use-case example.’</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default" id="block-b5a84ebd-e324-4532-9fe2-2f33f927c2a6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="560" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-1024x560.png" alt="Use-case example" class="wp-image-169271" style="aspect-ratio:1.8285714285714285;width:691px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-1024x560.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-300x164.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-768x420.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example-1536x840.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Use-case-example.png 1664w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p id="block-312e1071-b95e-44aa-a91b-4fa0800f4f7f">Mute functionality works similarly if AFV is OFF and the Group Audio feature is enabled.</p>



<p id="block-2bd6725a-df7d-4bc3-9f0d-c3a9738134dd">In the use-case example, the user can use the mute functionality associated with the group directly. When using the mute icon associated with Group 1 or Group 2, the user can mute all of the audio sources assigned to Group 1 or Group 2.</p>



<p id="block-ba97a54f-9a39-4298-9934-4acd2244f90f">The user can also mute one of the audio channels chosen for Group 1, which will silence only that specific channel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-93ab54f4-0708-44c8-9e77-e0da3cb42a46"><strong>Group Audio feature</strong></h3>



<p id="block-b429d0e1-77bd-4794-ab6b-c4b6fdbda374">The Group Audio functionality is enabled only when AFV is OFF. Users cannot choose groups in AFV mode.</p>



<p id="block-e207c23a-927e-44f0-9b93-e2edf9b0d43d">The Group Audio feature enables users to assign audio channels to specific groups. The Audio Mixer Panel supports two groups.</p>



<p id="block-6e981bdb-2875-4f34-806d-564500449d07">To use the Group Audio feature:</p>



<ol id="block-57a05230-0f0e-4289-8bdc-dbc033b6db5c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Advanced Audio Mixer</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Assign each desired audio channel in each respective audio source (whether a stereo source or dual mono) to <strong>group 1</strong> or <strong>2</strong>.</li>



<li>Choose the desired <strong>channels</strong> and assign them to either <strong>group 1</strong> or <strong>2</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Selecting audio channels for specific groups can be completed initially without enabling the group audio functionality.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" id="block-7b2d5a14-37dc-4713-b9fe-beb5901ca95d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the Group Audio setting, select <strong>Group 1</strong> or <strong>2</strong> in the program output panel, then click the <strong>ON</strong> button in the Audio panel above Group Audio.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Users can switch either group or both groups simultaneously to manage and control all of the audio channels and sources associated with a specific group.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" id="block-ee3010c8-6ff9-454d-b542-4b78fb582fd8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If desired, a user can dynamically assign new channels to either of the groups.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The ‘ON” Audio Button can be enabled only after assigning at least one audio channel. If the user has not assigned any audio sources to either group, the user cannot switch ON the group audio.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-d1b1ef21-abd9-4176-b83a-0b236f2cc0fa">In the following ‘Channel and input source example,’ channel 2 of input source 1 is assigned to Group 2. In addition, the two audio channels of the input source 3 are also assigned to Group 2. The User interface will now allow the user to switch ON the Group 2 control, then reduce the fader levels of all the associated channels using the Group fader controls.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Enabling the group feature will not have any impact on the current master volume functionality.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default" id="block-891b8ee9-6934-4546-81d4-32c142ef0ee6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="520" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-1024x520.png" alt="Channel and input source example" class="wp-image-169278" style="aspect-ratio:1.9726027397260273;width:730px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-1024x520.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-300x152.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-768x390.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2-1536x780.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Channel-and-input-source-example-2.png 1791w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Purchasing TVU Producer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-4cf9da63-893e-4b9e-abb0-5ed9d252273c"><strong>Purchasing TVU Producer</strong></h2>



<p id="block-b18ea89d-ba52-4cd1-ac80-deb2f775d552">A user can purchase Producer online using PayPal. To purchase a TVU Producer subscription, sign in to your trial account and click the Purchase button in the top main navigation bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-28b24d90-8f6e-4ee9-bd04-20420ecac0e6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="55" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/TVU-Producer-Purchase-button.jpg" alt="TVU Producer Purchase button" class="wp-image-169285" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/TVU-Producer-Purchase-button.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/TVU-Producer-Purchase-button-300x52.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<p id="block-12d53998-f780-4489-b78b-1ab1c146eff4">We empower publishers, broadcasters, and enterprises to deliver the broadcast to the widest audience on any platform, anywhere on the globe. By transforming your PC into a live production control room, you can innovate and create your live event into a unique next-generation experience.</p>



<p id="block-686fd577-1b86-4a4c-9455-c74e3f93952e">There are two ways to purchase TVU Produce hours:</p>



<ul id="block-0d43301c-9bc3-4e10-80e7-b6b81e857c5b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Sign in online at https://producer.tvunetworks.com/producer/ and click the Purchase button.</li>



<li>The TVU sales team can set up a monthly pricing schedule for customers who do not prefer to pay online by contacting TVU Sales by Phone at +1 650.440.4812 or email at support@tvunetworks.com</li>
</ul>



<p><br></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Producer Audio Mixer QSUG Rev H EN 03-2026</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	</div><p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-producer-audio-mixer-quick-start-guide/">TVU Producer Advanced Audio Mixer User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU Command Center User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 17 Nov 2025 12:01:33 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=163114</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TVU Command Center is a robust cloud-based central management system for all of your TVU devices and services.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/">TVU Command Center User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="604" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Command-Center-QSUG-1024x604.png" alt="Featured Image Template Posts TVU Command Center QSUG" class="wp-image-116948" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Command-Center-QSUG-1024x604.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Command-Center-QSUG-300x177.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Command-Center-QSUG-768x453.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Command-Center-QSUG-1536x906.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Command-Center-QSUG-2048x1209.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-command-center/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Command Center</mark></a> is an Enterprise Video Management Platform and Live cloud-based streaming solution.  TVU Command Center offers centralized remote management and control of your TVU transmitters and solutions. As a cloud-based solution, TVU Command Center provides the convenience of remote access from any location with an Internet connection. </p>



<p>TVU Command Center also permits IP video sources to be added, deleted, transmitted, and output to a third-party website or Content Delivery Networks (CDN) such as YouTube, Ustream, and Facebook Live.</p>



<p>Manage TVU transmitters, receivers, multiple live feeds, and input sources. Control TVU Grid switching, routing, and video distribution. Monitor data usage and analytics. Schedule automatic live transmissions and broadcast to any live-streaming website.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Command Center offers centralized remote management and control of your TVU transmitters and solutions.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks makes it easy to sign up for a Command Center account. From the TVU Networks website, click the <a href="http://cc.tvunetworks.com"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Sign up/Login</mark></a> button at the top of the page. On the Sign in page, click Sign Up, enter the required fields, click <strong>Get Started Now</strong>, and follow the registration steps.</p>



<p>This TVU Command Center User Guide provides an overview of the new user interface and instructions for setting up and using the TVU Command Center&#8217;s basic and advanced operations.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Features</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Command Center’s robust cloud-based toolset comes with the following features:</p>



<p><strong>Route tab</strong> &#8211; The Route tab has the following features:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Route</strong> tab displays paired receivers and available sources. Users can select one or more receivers and go live with available sources from this tab. </li>



<li><strong>Sources</strong>: The My Sources page is accessed by selecting the Route tab in the left panel and the Sources tab in the top navigation panel. Sources can be displayed by status, bookmark, type, by name, Live first, or by which source was online first.</li>



<li><strong>Receivers</strong>: Users can access the Receivers page by selecting the Route tab in the left panel and selecting the Receivers tab in the top navigation panel. The Receivers page displays receivers paired to their account. Users can click the source drop-down menu below the preview to select and go live with a source associated with that receiver.</li>



<li><strong>Advanced Control</strong>: The Advanced Control page is accessed by selecting the Route tab in the left panel and the Advanced Control tab in the top navigation panel. The Advanced icon on the Receivers page also opens the Advanced Control page, which includes the Source panel. It also displays the Settings, control, and diagnostic data for a selected source.</li>



<li><strong>Multi-Control feature</strong>: The Multi-Control feature allows synchronization of up to twelve TVU transmissions on the same delay by enabling Time Lock. The Multi-Control page is accessed by selecting the Route tab and Receivers tab from the top navigation panel and clicking the green Multi-Control button.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Monitor tab</strong>: The Monitor tab allows users to watch full-motion live videos of their current live receivers in a multi-view format without timing out. Users can listen to the output audio, full-screen individual windows, and use VoIP controls to communicate with each receiver’s TVU Pack.</p>



<p><strong>Grid tab</strong>: The new TVU Grid for Command Center features allow TVU Command Center account owners to access and manage Grid sources outside their traditional organizational boundaries.</p>



<p><strong>Token tab</strong>: The TVU Anywhere app integrates with the token feature, allowing an operator to perform automatic receiver pairing without the intervention of TVU Support.</p>



<p><strong>RPS One tab:</strong> Command Center supports an RPS One 4-channel transmitter source. The RPS One tab allows users to enable Source Switch mode.</p>



<p><strong>Chat feature</strong>: Contact the TVU Support team via chat within the new Command Center user interface.</p>



<p><strong>Alert icon</strong>: TVU Command Center Alert feature allows users to send alerts about sources or receivers to other Command Center accounts with access to those devices.</p>



<p><strong>Setting icon</strong>: Access all features and system settings that are enabled display in the Setting menu.</p>



<p><strong>Social Accounts tab</strong>: The TVU Share feature enables users to share or publish a source directly to a social media account or website.</p>



<p><strong>User preferences</strong>: Full control of TVU receivers, including Geo-locate, a GPS-based map view of all powered TVU transmitters.</p>



<p><strong>Tracking and location features:</strong> Track TVU receivers, including Geo-locate, and show a GPS-based map view of all powered TVU transmitters.</p>



<p><strong>TVU Pack battery level notification:</strong> The Command Center interface will display an alert and a battery low indicator when a Pack reaches a critical battery level of 5%. The pop-up clearly identifies the specific Pack(s) with the critical battery and hot-links to the corresponding Packs&#8217; “My sources” entry.</p>



<p></p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Logging in to the TVU Command Center</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Logging in to the TVU Command Center Web User Interface</strong></h2>



<p>To sign in to Command Center, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter: <a href="http://cc.tvunetworks.com"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">http://cc.tvunetworks.com</mark></a></li>



<li>Click <strong>Enter</strong>. The Sign in pop-up displays.</li>



<li>To Sign in to the TVU Command Center Web user interface, enter your <strong>email</strong> and <strong>Password</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1445" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/command-center-sign-in-page.png" alt="Command center sign in page" class="wp-image-144548" style="object-fit:cover;width:738px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/command-center-sign-in-page.png 1445w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/command-center-sign-in-page-300x147.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/command-center-sign-in-page-1024x502.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/command-center-sign-in-page-768x376.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1445px) 100vw, 1445px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Sign in</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Command Center User Interface overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Command Center User Interface</strong></h2>



<p>This section describes the new TVU Command Center user interface&#8217;s four main tabs in the left panel:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Route tab</strong> &#8211; All transmissions can be managed from the Route tab. The Route tab displays paired receivers and available sources. Users can select one or more receivers and go live with available sources from this tab. Sources can be filtered by status, bookmark, type, and by name, or by which source was online first. The Setting page can be accessed by clicking the gear icon in the bottom-left corner of the advanced receiver page.</li>



<li><strong>Monitor tab</strong> &#8211; The Multi-view page has been renamed as Monitor. The integration of the TVU Multi-view feature makes it possible to preview six live video streams on a single monitor. Integration of the TVU Multi-view feature is available to monitor more than six live video streams on a single monitor. Select the display matrix, and if the number of monitored videos exceeds the maximum number of the matrix, you will see pagination.</li>



<li><strong>Grid tab</strong> &#8211; The Grid tab gives the user complete control over all TVU Grid video content switching, routing, and distribution.</li>



<li><strong>Token tab &#8211;</strong> Select the Token tab to share the QR code with others for TVU Anywhere pairings. Using the Token tab feature, the operator can perform automatic receiver pairing without the intervention of TVU Support.</li>



<li><strong>RPS One tab: </strong>Command Center supports an RPS One 4-channel transmitter source. The RPS One tab allows users to enable Source Switch mode. Users can switch 1, 2, 3, or 4 on the touchscreen to output to a single receiver. All video formats and frame rates must be the same to use this function in Command Center.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Command Center User Interface Route tab</strong></h2>



<p>After a successful login, the TVU Command Center Web user interface Route tab and Sources page will be displayed by default.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="195" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface-Route-tab-2.png" alt="TVU Command Center User interface - Route tab" class="wp-image-149281" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface-Route-tab-2.png 533w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface-Route-tab-2-300x110.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></figure>



<p>By default, the Source tab displays source thumbnails in the list view. Users can rearrange the columns by clicking the vertical three-dot menu in the window&#8217;s top-right corner. You can also shuffle the columns by dragging and dropping the column titles.</p>



<p>Users also have the option to change the “Sources” view from gallery preview to list view by clicking the view icons in the window&#8217;s top-right corner.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="409" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface.jpg" alt="TVU Command Center User interface" class="wp-image-163459" style="object-fit:cover;width:560px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface.jpg 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface-300x226.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<p>The <strong>Route</strong> tab &gt; <strong>Sources</strong> tab provides an efficient way to access sources and receivers. </p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Available sources are displayed with a green status indicator.</li>



<li>The drop-down menu to the right of the source preview displays the receiver paired with the source.</li>



<li>Use the top drop-down menus in the top navigation panel to display sources and receivers in a sortable list.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="294" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Paired-receiver-menu.png" alt="Paired receiver menu" class="wp-image-149297" style="object-fit:cover;width:760px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Paired-receiver-menu.png 945w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Paired-receiver-menu-300x93.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Paired-receiver-menu-768x239.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></figure>



<p>Users can select a source from within the source window to open the expanded source window. Use the drop-down menu in the highlighted column to change the destination receiver for the selected source. To take the source live, click the <strong>Go Live</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="238" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-source-window.jpg" alt="Expanded source window" class="wp-image-163466" style="width:768px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-source-window.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-source-window-300x133.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receiver selection menu</strong></h2>



<p>The Receivers page displays a sortable list of receivers paired with a user’s Command Center account. Select the&nbsp;<strong>Route</strong>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<strong>Receivers</strong>&nbsp;tab in the top navigation panel to open the Receivers page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="356" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page.jpg" alt="Receivers page" class="wp-image-163473" style="object-fit:cover;width:776px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-300x159.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receiver page controls and functions</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="195" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Receivers page - Controls and functions" class="wp-image-163481" style="aspect-ratio:2.2627737226277373;object-fit:contain;width:790px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Controls-and-functions.jpg 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Controls-and-functions-300x108.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Source selection menu:</strong> Select a source from the drop-down menu to go live with.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> Click the <strong>video preview</strong> to open the expanded receiver control panel.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Search:</strong> Enter the <strong>Video or Destination</strong> in the search bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="152" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Search-bar.jpg" alt="Search bar" class="wp-image-163488" style="width:788px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Search-bar.jpg 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Search-bar-300x84.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Sort by Status:</strong> Click the Status menu to sort your receivers by their status. Checking the <strong>Status checkbox</strong> in the drop-down menu allows users to sort and display receivers and previews that are <strong>Live</strong>, <strong>Available</strong>, and <strong>Offline</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="452" height="252" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Status-selections.jpg" alt="Status selections" class="wp-image-163495" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Status-selections.jpg 452w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Status-selections-300x167.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 452px) 100vw, 452px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Publish icon:</strong> The publish icon enables users to publish an output video stream to a Website of their choice.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-14"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Receivers page Advanced functions</mark></a>” more information about Advanced status and settings and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(F) Bookmark Menu:</strong> Preset bookmarks display and can be selected from the Bookmark drop-down menu in the Sources and Advanced top-navigation windows.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Receiver filter menu:</strong> This menu allows users to sort receivers <strong>By Name</strong>, <strong>Online First</strong>, and <strong>Live First</strong>.</p>



<p><strong>(H) Bookmark icon:</strong> Click the Bookmark icon to create a preset bookmark for a specific receiver. Clicking the <strong>Bookmark icon</strong> will enable you to designate that receiver as a favorite. Selecting the My Favorite checkbox in the top navigation will sort and show only favored receivers in the results.</p>



<p><strong>(I) Advanced icon:</strong> The Advanced Control icon opens the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> page, where users can access the source panel, preview a source selection, and access the <strong>Setting</strong> menu.</p>



<p><strong>(J)</strong> <strong>Multi-Control button:</strong> The green <strong>Multi-Control</strong> button opens the Multi-Control window.</p>



<p>The Multi-Control window includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="467" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window.jpg" alt="Multi-Control window" class="wp-image-163502" style="width:563px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window-300x260.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong> </p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Timelock is only available when all selected receivers are live with a TVU Pack.</li>



<li>Refer to Advanced operations “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-18"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Receivers page &#8211; Using the Multi-Control button</mark></a>” for more information about using multi-control settings and functions.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(K) Page Navigation:</strong> Click the navigation buttons to flip through multiple pages of sources, go to a specific page, or skip to the last page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="329" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel.jpg" alt="Expanded Receiver Control panel" class="wp-image-163509" style="object-fit:cover;width:621px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-300x182.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<p>The Expanded Receiver Control page includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Audio bars:</strong> Provides a visual indicator of the video stream’s audio output.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Stop button:</strong> Click the red Stop button to stop a live source.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Audio mute icon:</strong> The speaker icon will allow users to enable or disable the audio output without affecting the actual audio output of the stream.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Extended receiver information icon:</strong> Click the “i” icon next to the receiver name to display information about the receiver, including PID and software version.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Delay and bitrate control settings:</strong> These sliders control a TVU Pack stream&#8217;s bitrate and delay settings.</p>



<p><strong>(F)</strong> <strong>Quality histogram:</strong> The Quality histogram displays the live transmission status.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Source transmission diagnostics:</strong> Displays &#8220;Details&#8221; that represent the health and format of a source and its transmission. Battery, error rate, and line quality will only populate for a TVU Pack transmission.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receivers page preview block</strong></h2>



<p>The receiver preview block has elements that should already be familiar to you, such as the receiver name, source selection drop-down, and the Take (Live) button. We have added new functional elements to the source preview block, which include bookmark settings, my favorites (heart), memo text box, and the Advanced icon.</p>



<p>The <strong>Advanced</strong> icon is located in the Receivers page preview block. When a receiver is online, the Advanced control icon in the source preview screen turns white. When the receiver is offline, this icon is grey.</p>



<p>Click the “<strong>Advanced</strong>” icon to display the Advanced Control page for that specific receiver.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to the Advanced operations “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-28"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Advanced Control page</mark></a>” for more information about Advanced features and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="416" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-preview-block-elements.jpg" alt="Receivers page preview block elements" class="wp-image-163517" style="width:452px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-preview-block-elements.jpg 476w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-preview-block-elements-300x262.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Advanced Control page can be opened using the <strong>Advanced</strong> icon or <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="415" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page" class="wp-image-163524" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-300x185.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>The source video preview block controls and functions (when Live) are described as follows:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="318" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-preview-when-live.jpg" alt="Source preview when live" class="wp-image-163670" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-preview-when-live.jpg 357w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-preview-when-live-300x267.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Source status indicator:</strong> The Source indicator displays “Live” when the source is live.</p>



<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>(B)</strong>&nbsp;<strong>Receiver name:</strong>&nbsp;Your selected receiver name is displayed in this field.</span></p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Source selection drop-down menu:</strong> Click the source drop-down menu to view the source and receiver you have gone live with.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="285" height="387" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-drop-down-menu.png" alt="Source drop-down menu" class="wp-image-149386" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-drop-down-menu.png 285w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-drop-down-menu-221x300.png 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 285px) 100vw, 285px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)  Stop button:</strong> Click the Stop button to stop the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Expand info icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Expand info</strong> icon to expand a view containing the information you already know. The Modem status indicators are at the bottom. These show the current connection status of each modem in your TVU Pack. Starting at the top and from left to right, the modem order is Top: 1&gt;2&gt;3 and bottom: 4&gt;5&gt;6.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Modem Colors:</strong> <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-cyan-bluish-gray-color">Grey</mark></strong> = offline, <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">Red</mark></strong> = no connection, <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-amber-color">Yellow</mark></strong> = connecting, <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Green</mark></strong> = connected.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="301" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-info-icon.jpg" alt="Expanded info icon" class="wp-image-163678" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-info-icon.jpg 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-info-icon-300x213.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>



<p>Click the source preview to open the expanded version of the receiver thumbnail. In this view, you will see live moving video. There is also a mute button in the bottom-right corner of the expanded live video window. The control panel allows you to adjust bitrate, delay, VBR/CBR, and dynamic or fixed delay.</p>



<p>The Live preview panel displays an<strong> Info icon</strong> that opens a panel showing the receiver&#8217;s status information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="141" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Live-preview-panel-Info-icon-2.png" alt="Live preview panel Info icon " class="wp-image-149402" style="width:617px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Live-preview-panel-Info-icon-2.png 528w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Live-preview-panel-Info-icon-2-300x80.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="351" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Live-preview-panel.jpg" alt="Live preview panel" class="wp-image-163685" style="object-fit:cover;width:772px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Live-preview-panel.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Live-preview-panel-300x157.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-24"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Expanded Source Control panel</mark></a>” for more information about the expanded receiver control settings and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(F) VoIP icon:</strong> Starts a VoIP call between the receiver and a TVU Pack.</p>



<p><strong>(G)</strong> <strong>Publish icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Publish</strong> icon to publish your output video stream to a Website of your choice.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="443" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Live-preview-icons.jpg" alt="Live preview icons" class="wp-image-163693" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Live-preview-icons.jpg 443w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Live-preview-icons-300x210.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 443px) 100vw, 443px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-27"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Publishing a video stream to social media</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(H)</strong> <strong>Device type icon:</strong> Connected device type icon.</p>



<p><strong>(I)</strong> <strong>Bookmark icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Bookmark</strong> icon to add a bookmark to the source.</p>



<p><strong>(J) Pin icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Pin</strong> icon to filter up to 10 source blocks to sort, group, and display them together.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced Control page</strong></h2>



<p>To open the Advanced Control page, select the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the<strong> Advanced Control</strong> tab in the top main navigation panel. Alternatively, users can click the <strong>Receivers</strong> tab and the Advanced icon located below a specific receiver preview. Note that clicking the <strong>Advanced icon</strong> opens the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> page for that specific receiver.</p>



<p>The Advanced Control page includes the following operational panels:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="546" height="421" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-control-page-1.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page " class="wp-image-163700" style="width:647px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-control-page-1.jpg 546w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-control-page-1-300x231.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 546px) 100vw, 546px" /></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page includes the following operational controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="411" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-control-page-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page functions" class="wp-image-163708" style="object-fit:cover;width:648px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-control-page-2.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-control-page-2-300x228.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search bar:</strong> Search for a source name or PeerID.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Source selection menu:</strong> This section contains all available sources for the selected receiver, filtering, and search options—sort sources by <strong>Status</strong>, <strong>Type</strong>, and <strong>Bookmark</strong>.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Video preview panel / Audio mute icon:</strong> The<strong> Speaker</strong> icon will enable or disable audio output to your PC. This icon does not affect the actual audio output of the stream.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Quality histogram: </strong>This histogram is a live-updating graph that displays the data throughput of the current transmission as the receiver receives it.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Live preview and Take/Stop button:</strong> Click the red Stop button to stop a live source.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Publish icon:</strong> Click the<strong> Publish</strong> icon when live and you want to output to a Social media account.</p>



<p><strong>(G)</strong> <strong>Source transmission, monitoring, and status:</strong> This panel allows editing of the bitrate and delay of a TVU Pack stream transmission. Metrics that represent the health and format of a source and its transmission also displays. Battery, error rate, and line quality will only populate for a TVU Pack transmission. You can also find the receiver PID in this section.</p>



<p><strong>(H) System</strong> <strong>Setting:</strong> Mouse over the gear icon to expand a drop-down menu that shows available transmission settings for your selected receiver.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-7"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Setting panel Controls</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(I) Alert:</strong> TVU Command Center Alert feature allows users to send alerts about sources or receivers to other Command Center accounts that have access to those devices.</p>



<p><strong>(J) Setting (feature control):</strong> Mouse over the gear icon to expand a drop-down menu showing available configuration options for your selected receiver.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Settings</mark></a>” for detailed information.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="387" height="396" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-configuration-options.jpg" alt="Setting configuration options" class="wp-image-163716" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-configuration-options.jpg 387w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-configuration-options-293x300.jpg 293w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-configuration-options-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(K)</strong> <strong>Live, Record, and Transcriber mode tabs:</strong> These tabs control the content displayed below them. Live mode shows the individual modems for the transmitter and their current status. Record mode shows the console for managing recorded content for the selected transmitter. If the Transcriber is enabled, operators can use the real-time speech-to-text transcribing service.</p>



<p><strong>(L) Audio Bars:</strong> Provides a visual indicator when there is audio with the video stream.</p>



<p><strong>(M)</strong> <strong>Delay and bitrate control settings:</strong> Use these sliders to adjust the delay and bitrate of a TVU Pack stream.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source panel functions</strong></h2>



<p>The receiver selection and sources panel is located in the left panel of the Advanced Control window.</p>



<p>The Source panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="357" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-Advanced-Control-page.jpg" alt="Source panel - Advanced Control page" class="wp-image-163725" style="object-fit:cover;width:437px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-Advanced-Control-page.jpg 429w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-Advanced-Control-page-300x250.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></figure>



<p>An operator can choose which source types to display by expanding the source menu carets.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="329" height="279" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-menus.jpg" alt="Source panel menus" class="wp-image-163733" style="object-fit:cover;width:396px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-menus.jpg 329w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-menus-300x254.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 329px) 100vw, 329px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> To choose an external source, click the plus “+” icon. Available external source types are <strong>Generic External</strong>, <strong>SMPTE2022</strong>, <strong>YouTube</strong>, <strong>G-Link</strong>, <strong>SRT</strong>, <strong>NDI</strong>, and <strong>Zixi</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="External source drop-down menu" class="wp-image-163741" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.jpg 449w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu-300x224.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></figure>



<p>Located below the search field in the Source panel are three drop-down menus: Status, Type, and Bookmark. These menus have the following functions:</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> Click the Status drop-down menu to filter, display, and select any source by<strong> Live</strong>, <strong>Online</strong>, or <strong>Offline</strong> status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="270" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Status-drop-down-menu.png" alt="Status drop-down menu" class="wp-image-149468" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Status-drop-down-menu.png 370w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Status-drop-down-menu-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> Click the<strong> Type</strong> drop-down menu to filter, display, and select any source by type. Source types include <strong>TVU Pack</strong>, <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong>, TVU <strong>Grid-Pack</strong> and <strong>Grid-SDI</strong>, <strong>External</strong>, <strong>G-Link</strong>, <strong>RTIL</strong>, and <strong>Local SDI</strong> sources. To show all available source types, click the<strong> Type</strong> menu and select <strong>All</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="363" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Type-menu.png" alt="Source panel - Type menu" class="wp-image-149476" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Type-menu.png 363w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Type-menu-257x300.png 257w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> An operator can filter, display, and select bookmarked source types by clicking the <strong>Bookmark</strong> drop-down menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="403" height="428" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-Bookmark-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="Source Bookmark drop-down menu" class="wp-image-163749" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-Bookmark-drop-down-menu.jpg 403w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-Bookmark-drop-down-menu-282x300.jpg 282w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-Bookmark-drop-down-menu-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 403px) 100vw, 403px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> An operator can filter and display source types by their status by selecting By <strong>Name</strong>, <strong>Online First</strong>, or <strong>Live First</strong> from the drop-down menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-Type-drop-down-menu-2.png" alt="Source filter drop-down menu " class="wp-image-149492" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-Type-drop-down-menu-2.png 449w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-Type-drop-down-menu-2-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F) View sources by thumbnail preview or list:</strong> These features allow the operator to display all TVU transmitters and their status in a graphic thumbnail or by list.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="354" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Thumbnail-preview-and-list-view-icons-2.png" alt="Thumbnail preview and list view icons " class="wp-image-149460" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Thumbnail-preview-and-list-view-icons-2.png 434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Thumbnail-preview-and-list-view-icons-2-300x245.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source thumbnail indicators and functions</strong></h2>



<p>To open the source information panel, click the caret. External sources display with a gear icon below the preview thumbnail.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="392" height="147" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Expand-Source-thumbnails.png" alt="Expand Source thumbnails" class="wp-image-120874" style="width:438px;height:164px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Expand-Source-thumbnails.png 392w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Expand-Source-thumbnails-300x113.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 392px) 100vw, 392px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-30"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source status indicators</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Clicking the gear icon below the video thumbnail opens the <strong>Edit External Source</strong> window, which allows users to edit and validate the external source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="242" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-external-source-window.png" alt="Edit external source window" class="wp-image-120865" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-external-source-window.png 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-external-source-window-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Video preview panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video preview panel</strong></h2>



<p>The video preview panel shows the live video output state or the offline state previews. When a video is live, the operator can mute or unmute the audio <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">by clicking the&nbsp;<strong>speaker</strong>&nbsp;icon in the bottom-right</span> corner of the preview screen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="295" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Preview-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Preview panel" class="wp-image-163758" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Preview-panel.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Preview-panel-300x165.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p>When a source is live, the video preview displays in the preview window. To stop the transmission, click the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="319" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-page-Stop-button.png" alt="Advanced Control page - Stop button" class="wp-image-149523" style="width:427px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-page-Stop-button.png 560w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-page-Stop-button-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></figure>



<p>When a source is not live, the video preview displays the following TVU slate and a green <strong>Take</strong> button.</p>



<p><strong>Take/Stop button:</strong> The Take/Stop button lets the operator stop or restart a live transmission from a selected source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="478" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state.jpg" alt="Advanced Control tab - Video preview offline state" class="wp-image-163767" style="width:433px;height:296px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state.jpg 478w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 478px) 100vw, 478px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Data transmission monitor panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data transmission monitor panel</strong></h2>



<p>The data transmission monitor panel is located below the preview panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="308" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control tab - Data transmission monitor panel" class="wp-image-163774" style="object-fit:cover;width:584px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Data-transmission-monitor-panel-300x172.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<p>The <strong>Live</strong> tab displays the data transmission monitor panel, which includes visual modem histograms with the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="293" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Diagnostic-panel-modem-icons-and-histogram.jpg" alt="Diagnostic panel - modem icons and histogram" class="wp-image-163782" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Diagnostic-panel-modem-icons-and-histogram.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Diagnostic-panel-modem-icons-and-histogram-300x162.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Live, Record, and Transcriber tabs: </strong>These tabs control the content displayed below them. The Live mode is the primary interface used during a Live transmission. When this tab is selected, the status of each data card network connection will be displayed. Record mode will show the console for managing recorded content on the selected transmitter. Operators can use the real-time speech-to-text transcribing service if the Transcriber is enabled.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Check box:</strong> A check box and status bar are associated with each card. The check box enables or disables a data connection. If unchecked, it will not be used to pass data. If the box is checked (default), the connection will be used to pass data.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Connection name and status:</strong> Individual read-out panels show each active card&#8217;s carrier name (when available). The slot number of each data card is indicated in front of the carrier name. To retrieve the IP Address of a data card, mouse over the name of that data card. You can enter your preferred &lt;<em>name</em>&gt; if no name is automatically provided and displayed. However, this will reset upon reboot.</p>



<p>The color indicators displayed within the carrier name panel indicate the following status:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">Red</mark>:</strong> Not connected or dialing</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Green</mark>:</strong> Connected and passing traffic</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-amber-color">Yellow</mark>:</strong> Connected but not passing traffic</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-cyan-bluish-gray-color">Gray</mark>:</strong> Disconnected or unplugged</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="187" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Connection-name-and-status.jpg" alt="Connection name and status" class="wp-image-163789" style="width:307px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>(D) Monitor histogram:</strong> The monitor histogram displays each modem&#8217;s status, throughput, and IP address.</p>



<p><strong>(E) Connection mode and connection strength indicator: </strong>The connection mode indicates the connection mode and strength.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Configuration menu:</strong> Opens the Web UI of the pack source.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Reset:</strong> Provides a full-power reset for a modem. This feature is used when the modem cannot connect or is experiencing issues. Click the <strong>Reset</strong> icon to force the modem to power cycle and reset.</p>



<p><strong>(H) Scale:</strong> The <strong>Auto</strong> drop-down menu lets the operator set the histogram scale. When the scale changes, it affects all displayed histograms.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="386" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Scale-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="Scale drop-down menu" class="wp-image-163796" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Scale-drop-down-menu.jpg 510w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Scale-drop-down-menu-300x227.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to <em>“<a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Command Center File based workflows</mark></a>”</em> for information about the record function.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Controls setting panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Controls setting panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Controls Setting panel is located on the Advanced Control page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel-location.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Controls setting panel location" class="wp-image-163804" style="object-fit:cover;width:662px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel-location.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel-location-300x180.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p>The setting panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="323" height="420" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Controls setting panel" class="wp-image-163812" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel.jpg 323w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel-231x300.jpg 231w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 323px) 100vw, 323px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Delay control:</strong> Set your desired latency and the maximum bitrate you want to utilize. When in “Live” mode, the error rate and picture quality will automatically adjust based on the desired latency and available bandwidth to deliver the highest-quality picture.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Bitrate control:</strong> The TVU receiver has a smart VBR scaling system. The unit automatically adjusts the bitrate to output the best quality picture based on the desired latency. To effectively leverage the smart VBR scaling system, set your desired latency and the maximum bitrate you want to use.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Adaptive delay control (Dynamic/fixed) for Grid only:</strong> Controls the dynamic buffering, which is a Grid feature. When set to dynamic mode (recommended), the receiver automatically increases the stream buffer to ensure stable transmission. This selection maximizes stream stability but may increase delay/latency. The fixed mode locks the Grid stream to a specific delay but allows errors if the setting is too aggressive. It is recommended to use dynamic mode by default. When fixed mode is enabled, the operator should pay close attention to stream stability with their current settings.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="344" height="133" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/mode-selection.png" alt="mode selection" class="wp-image-144743" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/mode-selection.png 344w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/mode-selection-300x116.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 344px) 100vw, 344px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>VBR/CBR:</strong> The TVU receiver has a smart VBR scaling system.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-31"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay</mark></a>” for more information about VBR/CBR.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="437" height="170" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Mode-selection-menu-2.png" alt="Mode selection menu 2" class="wp-image-120784" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Mode-selection-menu-2.png 437w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Mode-selection-menu-2-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 437px) 100vw, 437px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E) Preset selection menu (operational):</strong> Click the <strong>Select</strong> drop-down menu to view mode selections. Depending on your news-gathering environment, you can choose from preset bitrates and latencies.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-31"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay</mark></a>” for more information about VBR/CBR.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Status panel &#8211; diagnostics</strong></h2>



<p>Many indicators are arranged vertically in the Status panel to help an operator make quality and troubleshooting decisions. Information such as error rate and line quality is displayed, and a quality histogram depicts the total transmission encoding bitrate over a period. The histogram’s scale can be changed by selecting a different display option from the drop-down menu. The status of the transmitter’s batteries is also displayed.</p>



<p>The Status panel diagnostics are shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control tab - Status panel location" class="wp-image-163822" style="object-fit:cover;width:692px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p>The Status panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="493" height="340" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Status panel" class="wp-image-163830" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-panel.jpg 493w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-panel-300x207.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 493px) 100vw, 493px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Input and output formats:</strong> “Input” displays the video input format of the transmitter. “Output” displays the receiver output setting.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The receiver output format follows the input format. When the Input Match feature within Feature Control is enabled.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The TVU Pack input and receiver output should match. The receiver software is not intended to convert or adjust the resolution. In the event of a mismatch, the receiver will attempt a format conversion, which may result in a loss of video quality and the removal of closed captions from the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(B) IFB status:</strong> Displays the IFB status and the IFB Signal. The IFB signal has a strength meter that indicates the IFB input level.</p>



<p><strong>(C) VoIP status:</strong> The VoIP Signal has a strength meter that depicts the input level.<br><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Quality histogram/Quality link:</strong> The quality histogram below the Quality link displays a 5-minute aggregate histogram of the live transmission.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Sources page</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Sources page</strong></h2>



<p>The Sources page is accessed by clicking the user interface Route tab. The Source page displays source thumbnails in the list view by default.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="410" height="161" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection.png" alt="Sources selection" class="wp-image-149566" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection.png 410w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-300x118.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-407x161.png 407w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 410px) 100vw, 410px" /></figure>



<p>Users can rearrange columns by clicking the vertical three-dot menu in the top-right corner of the window. You can also shuffle the columns by dragging and dropping the column titles.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-21"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source Control page functions</mark></a>” for more information about the following settings and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="368" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page.jpg" alt=" Sources page" class="wp-image-163843" style="aspect-ratio:1.3900709219858156;object-fit:contain;width:720px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-300x204.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<p>The sources preview panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search:</strong> Enter the source <strong>PID or Name</strong> in the search bar to locate a source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="354" height="51" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Server-search-bar.png" alt="Route tab sources - search bar" class="wp-image-120263" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Server-search-bar.png 354w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Server-search-bar-300x43.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 354px) 100vw, 354px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(B) Status:</strong> Click the<strong> Status</strong> drop-down menu to display sources based on the source types you select in the drop-down menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="617" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Status-menu.jpg" alt="status menu" class="wp-image-163851" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Status-menu.jpg 617w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Status-menu-300x125.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 617px) 100vw, 617px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Bookmark: </strong>The <strong>Bookmark</strong> drop-down menu can display special arrangements for receivers, including bookmark categories and favorites created by the user.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> the bookmark menu is hidden from new users and users who have not previously set up a bookmark category.</p>
</blockquote>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To create a Bookmark category</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Command Center <strong>Settings</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="104" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-icon.jpg" alt="Command Center Settings icon" class="wp-image-163875" style="width:418px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-icon.jpg 536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-icon-300x58.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Bookmark</strong> tab, hover the mouse over Bookmark, and click the “<strong>+</strong>”.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="778" height="249" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Command-Center-Settings-Bookmark-tab.jpg" alt="Command Center Settings - Bookmark tab" class="wp-image-163883" style="width:559px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Command-Center-Settings-Bookmark-tab.jpg 778w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Command-Center-Settings-Bookmark-tab-300x96.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Command-Center-Settings-Bookmark-tab-768x246.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 778px) 100vw, 778px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>Create Bookmark </strong>window, enter a bookmark name and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="420" height="178" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark.jpg" alt="Create Bookmark window" class="wp-image-163891" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark.jpg 420w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your bookmark category displays below “Bookmark.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="458" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/create-bookmark-group-1024x458.png" alt="create bookmark group" class="wp-image-163898" style="width:612px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/create-bookmark-group-1024x458.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/create-bookmark-group-300x134.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/create-bookmark-group-768x343.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/create-bookmark-group.png 1423w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Bookmark</strong> menu will now appear.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="619" height="306" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu.jpg" alt="Bookmark menu" class="wp-image-163905" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu.jpg 619w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-300x148.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 619px) 100vw, 619px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After creating a bookmark category, users can apply a Favorite bookmark independently to a receiver by selecting the <strong>Bookmark icon</strong> on the <strong>Receivers</strong> page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="338" height="272" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-icon.jpg" alt="Bookmark icon" class="wp-image-163913" style="width:285px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-icon.jpg 338w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-icon-300x241.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To apply a Favorite bookmark, click the <strong>Bookmark icon</strong> to open the Bookmark pop-up window. Select <strong>Add to</strong>, click the <strong>Favorite</strong> checkbox, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-to-bookmark-category.jpg" alt="Add to bookmark category" class="wp-image-163930" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-to-bookmark-category.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-to-bookmark-category-300x158.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Add to new bookmark</strong> to create and add to an existing bookmark in your list, then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="307" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-to-a-new-bookmark.jpg" alt="Add to a new bookmark" class="wp-image-163937" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-to-a-new-bookmark.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-to-a-new-bookmark-300x189.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>



<p>To add a device to your bookmark refer to “To add a device to a bookmark.”</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Type: </strong>Click the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu to filter your sources based on type. The results displayed below the drop-down menu correlate to the selected checkboxes.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="363" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Type-menu-1.png" alt="Source panel - Type menu" class="wp-image-149584" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Type-menu-1.png 363w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Type-menu-1-257x300.png 257w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-21"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source Control page functions</mark></a>” for more information about the Type menu settings and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Filter:</strong> Click the drop-down menu to filter source previews based on <strong>Online First</strong>, <strong>Live First</strong>, or <strong>By Name</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="366" height="262" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/By-Name-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="By Name drop-down menu" class="wp-image-163922" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/By-Name-drop-down-menu.jpg 366w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/By-Name-drop-down-menu-300x215.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 366px) 100vw, 366px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-21"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source Control page functions</mark></a>” for more information about the Filter menu settings and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(F) Add external source: </strong>The plus + icon enables users to add an external source, such as a <strong>Generic External (Ext)</strong>, <strong>SMPTE2022</strong>, <strong>YouTube</strong>, <strong>G-Link</strong>, <strong>SRT</strong>, <strong>NDI</strong>, or<strong> Zixi</strong> source. The added source displays in the source panel with the other source thumbnails.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="External source drop-down menu" class="wp-image-163741" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.jpg 449w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu-300x224.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-35"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Adding an external source</mark></a>” for more information about adding external sources.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(G) (H) Page navigation:</strong> Click the <strong>right</strong> and<strong> left</strong> arrows to scan through multiple pages of sources, go to a specific page, or skip to the last page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="402" height="54" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Navigation-icons.png" alt="" class="wp-image-120702" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Navigation-icons.png 402w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Navigation-icons-300x40.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 402px) 100vw, 402px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-59"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source GPS Tracking and locations</mark></a>” for more information about page navigation.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(I) Source view options:</strong> These two icons will allow you to switch between a list view with a thumbnail or a video preview block. The default is the list with a thumbnail view. The list view will show you all of your filtered results and periodically update the preview thumbnail of the source’s content. It displays the source name and a status indicator to show if it is online, live, or offline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="391" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/source-window-galery-view.png" alt="source window gallery view" class="wp-image-120090" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/source-window-galery-view.png 391w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/source-window-galery-view-300x124.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 391px) 100vw, 391px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection.jpg" alt="Source view options - Block view selection" class="wp-image-163951" style="width:654px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(J) Geo Location icon:</strong> Click the <strong>pin</strong> icon to open a geographic map showing the physical locations of sources and receivers.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="447" height="68" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Geo-location-icon.png" alt="Geo location icon" class="wp-image-149602" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Geo-location-icon.png 447w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Geo-location-icon-300x46.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 447px) 100vw, 447px" /></figure>



<p>Hover the mouse over a map pin to display the name of a source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-locations-of-sources-and-receivers.jpg" alt="Geo locations of sources and receivers" class="wp-image-163959" style="width:582px;height:332px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-locations-of-sources-and-receivers.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-locations-of-sources-and-receivers-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Click on a map pin to open a window showing a still capture of the source’s content and status. Additionally, the receiver that the source is live with will display as a red pin on the map.</p>



<p>To exit the map, click the <strong>block</strong> view or <strong>List</strong> view icon.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="392" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-navigation-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Geo location navigation controls and functions" class="wp-image-163966" style="width:590px;height:342px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-navigation-controls-and-functions.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-navigation-controls-and-functions-300x175.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “Source GPS locations, tracking, and previews” for more information about using the Geo location feature for a single source or receiver.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(K) Geo location icon:</strong> Click the Tracking icon to track a Pack or TVU Anywhere device in real time or by history.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="62" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tracking-icon.jpg" alt="Tracking icon" class="wp-image-163973" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tracking-icon.jpg 441w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tracking-icon-300x42.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>User preferences</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="389" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences.jpg" alt="User preferences" class="wp-image-163944" style="object-fit:cover;width:577px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-300x217.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p>The Command Center&#8217;s main user preferences are located in the top-right corner of the user interface.</p>



<p>The user preference and main navigation panel include the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Setting icon:</strong> Click the Setting icon to change your settings.</p>



<p><strong>(B) What’s New icon “?”:</strong> Click the “?” icon to see the latest product changes.</p>



<p><strong>(C) User preferences:</strong> Click the user preference drop-down menu to choose a language and to log out of Command Center.</p>



<p>(<strong>D) Services navigation menu:</strong> Click the <strong>Waffle</strong> icon to access links to additional TVU Web services.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="858" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Services-navigation-menu.jpg" alt="Services navigation menu" class="wp-image-163982" style="width:264px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Services-navigation-menu.jpg 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Services-navigation-menu-148x300.jpg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Expanded Source Control panel</strong></h2>



<p>Click a preview thumbnail to open that source’s expanded Source Control panel. The source control window works in the same way as the expanded Receiver Control panel, with source details and metadata to the right of the preview.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="290" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-LIVE.jpg" alt="Expanded Source Control panel LIVE" class="wp-image-163990" style="object-fit:cover;width:754px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-LIVE.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-LIVE-300x129.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-21"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source Control page functions</mark></a>” for more information about using source controls and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Expanded source view</strong> &#8211; <strong>Receivers page</strong></h2>



<p>The sources in the Route tab look slightly different from the source views in the Receivers page. The receivers display as preview blocks. When you click a receiver preview, an expanded view of the source and a settings panel display the same information as the Sources control panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-expanded-view-details-and-metadata.jpg" alt="Receivers page expanded view details and metadata" class="wp-image-163997" style="object-fit:cover;width:672px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-expanded-view-details-and-metadata.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-expanded-view-details-and-metadata-300x221.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-24"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Expanded Source Control panel</mark></a>” for more information about using source controls and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Monitor tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Command Center Monitor tab replaces the Multi-view page. The Monitor tab provides users with the ability to watch a full-motion video of their Grid-related receivers that are currently live. Users can listen to the output audio, display individual full-screen windows, and use VoIP controls to communicate with each receiver’s respective TVU Pack. To remove a receiver from the Monitor view, hover your mouse over the preview and click the red “X.”</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="450" height="242" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/monitor-tab2.png" alt="Monitor tab" class="wp-image-144824" style="object-fit:cover;width:639px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/monitor-tab2.png 450w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/monitor-tab2-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 450px) 100vw, 450px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-44"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Monitor tab</mark></a>” for more information about using the Monitor tab operations.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Grid tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Grid tab allows users to request and share Grid sources.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU Grid services feature:</li>



<li>Self-service TVU Grid connects all TVU Grid entities regardless of station, group, affiliation, or location.</li>



<li>Grid availability of major Network news services over IP rather than satellite.</li>



<li>Search capability to help locate and take advantage of these services.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="373" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-tab.jpg" alt="Grid tab" class="wp-image-164029" style="object-fit:cover;width:654px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-tab.jpg 531w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-tab-300x211.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></figure>



<p>The Grid tab includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Find and control Grid sources you already have and don’t have access to.</li>



<li>Toggle between a thumbnail or map view to locate authorized and available Grid sources.</li>



<li>Filter your keyword search based on name, location, affiliation, and group.</li>



<li>Add Grid sources using a Grid Token code.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>My Requests:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>View all of your direct and Grid Token access requests.</li>



<li>Control Grid sources that you have been granted access to via Direct Request and Grid Token.</li>



<li>Manage your Direct Request and Grid Token access requests.</li>



<li>Add Grid sources using a Grid Token code.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>My Contact Details:</strong> Configure your contact details so you can communicate efficiently with others and receive activity notifications.</p>



<p><strong>(E) Schedule:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the Schedule tab to create a Grid source schedule by Month, Week, or Day.</li>



<li>Enter a title, date and time, reporter, and story slug directly in the calendar view.</li>



<li>Import a source event schedule from your local drive.</li>



<li>Download the slug information to your local drive.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>(E) +Add Grid Token:</strong> Create a grid token.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-45"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Grid tab</mark></a>” for more information about using the Grid tab operations.</p>
</blockquote>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Grid for Command Center Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> for detailed information about using this feature.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Token tab</strong></h2>



<p>Token is a feature accessible by clicking the Token tab in the TVU Command Center User Interface. The TVU Anywhere app integrates with the token feature, which allows an operator to automatically pair a receiver without TVU Support intervention.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab.jpg" alt="Token tab" class="wp-image-164037" style="width:712px;height:398px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Using the TVU Anywhere token feature requires a token license activation from TVU Support.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Anywhere Token Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> for detailed information about using this feature.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings</strong></h2>



<p>The Settings gear in the top-right main navigation allows users access to the following functional tab pages:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Preferences</li>



<li>Device</li>



<li>Account</li>



<li>External Source</li>



<li>Operation log</li>



<li>Bookmark</li>



<li>Social Account</li>



<li>Access APP</li>



<li>License Feature report</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Settings gear can be accessed from several other Command Center pages.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg" alt="Sources page" class="wp-image-164045" style="aspect-ratio:1.8638743455497382;width:707px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Click the <strong>Settings</strong> gear.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="80" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-gear-icon.jpg" alt="Settings gear icon" class="wp-image-164052" style="width:385px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-gear-icon.jpg 533w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-gear-icon-300x45.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></figure>



<p>The Preference page <strong>Preferences</strong> tab opens by default.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="359" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-page-Preferences-page-default.jpg" alt="Setting page - Preferences page default" class="wp-image-164060" style="width:705px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-page-Preferences-page-default.jpg 528w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-page-Preferences-page-default-300x204.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Preference:</strong> The <strong>Preference</strong> tab allows users to enable transmission confirmations, show Geo-location over thumbnails, and allow pop-up notifications for the Alert feature and when a transmission is live or stopped.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Device:</strong> The <strong>Device</strong> tab displays a list of authorized receivers, their status, and version. The device name can be renamed here by selecting the edit icon in the right column.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab.jpg" alt="Device tab" class="wp-image-164067" style="object-fit:cover;width:707px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C) Account:</strong> The<strong> Account</strong> tab allows the administrative account holder to create user-level accounts with and without SSO login credentials for their colleagues. The administrative account holder can set restrictions such as going live and stopping live, gaining access to specific receivers and sources, and gaining access to other features. In addition, the administrative account holder can assign a co-admin role by clicking the <strong>Account tab</strong> &gt; <strong>Role Management</strong> button. Refer to “Creating a new user or Co-Admin role” for more information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Account-tab.jpg" alt="Account tab" class="wp-image-164074" style="width:717px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Account-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Account-tab-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>External Source:</strong> The <strong>External Source</strong> tab displays a list of external source types by device name and URLs that have been accessed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="401" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab.jpg" alt="External source tab" class="wp-image-164081" style="width:721px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Operation Log:</strong> The <strong>Operation Log</strong> tab displays the user’s operational status and descriptions by date, time, and IP address.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab.jpg" alt="Operation log tab" class="wp-image-164089" style="width:719px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F) Bookmark:</strong> The <strong>Bookmark</strong> tab allows users to view, select, and bookmark a Device in the Relation Management window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-1.jpg" alt="Bookmark tab" class="wp-image-164104" style="width:720px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-1-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(G)</strong> <strong>Social Account:</strong> The <strong>Social Account</strong> tab allows users to configure Social Media CDN output accounts and lists the accounts they have configured. New accounts can be created by clicking the Plus “+” icon.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="401" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Social-account-tab.jpg" alt="Social account tab" class="wp-image-164111" style="width:730px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Social-account-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Social-account-tab-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(H)</strong> <strong>Access APP: </strong>The <strong>Access APP</strong> tab allows users to search by company, email, Appkey, or AppSecret. Users can also create an Access App by company name and activate or deactivate the White IP and API functionality. In addition, a Bearer Token can be supported or not supported.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="283" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab.jpg" alt="Access APP tab" class="wp-image-164118" style="width:735px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab-300x126.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="647" height="444" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-an-access-app-window.jpg" alt="Create an access app window" class="wp-image-164126" style="width:524px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-an-access-app-window.jpg 647w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-an-access-app-window-300x206.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 647px) 100vw, 647px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(I)</strong> <strong>Licensed Feature Report:</strong> The <strong>Licensed Feature</strong> Report tab provides a list of licensed feature owners, account, and their roles. The list can be filtered for a specific result.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab.jpg" alt="Licensed feature tab" class="wp-image-164134" style="width:745px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab-300x146.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Alert feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Alert feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Alert icon (mail) located at the bottom of the left panel on most pages provides support for TVU Analytics for full monitoring of data usage, including preset alerts for data usage thresholds. Click the <strong>Alert feature</strong> icon to open the Alert page, where the latest alerts can be viewed and new feature alerts can be composed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="171" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-icon.jpg" alt="Alert icon" class="wp-image-164142" style="width:757px;height:244px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-icon.jpg 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-icon-300x96.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="598" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-page-1024x598.jpg" alt="Alert page" class="wp-image-164292" style="width:764px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-page-1024x598.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-page-300x175.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-page-768x449.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-page.jpg 1248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	User settings, What&#8217;s new, preferences, and services menu</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>User settings, What&#8217;s new, preferences, and services menu</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="179" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-Whats-new-and-Services-menu-icons.jpg" alt="User preferences, What’s new, and Services menu icons" class="wp-image-164300" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-Whats-new-and-Services-menu-icons.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-Whats-new-and-Services-menu-icons-300x99.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Settings icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Settings</strong> icon drop-down menu to to configure your setting preferences.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>What&#8217;s New feature:</strong> The What’s new<strong> (?)</strong> icon opens an overview of the latest Command Center enhancements and features.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>User Preferences:</strong> Click the user preference drop-down menu to choose a <strong>language</strong> and to <strong>Sign out </strong>of Command Center.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="433" height="225" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-menu.png" alt="User preferences menu" class="wp-image-164307" style="width:366px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-menu.png 433w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-menu-300x156.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 433px) 100vw, 433px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Navigation menu icon:</strong> Click the<strong> Navigation menu icon</strong> to access links to additional TVU Web services.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="858" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Services-navigation-menu.jpg" alt="Services navigation menu" class="wp-image-163982" style="width:334px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Services-navigation-menu.jpg 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Services-navigation-menu-148x300.jpg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced operations &#8211; Routing operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Command Center receiver transmission &#8211; Going live</strong></h2>



<p>Taking your Command Center transmission live requires successfully signing into your Command Center account and performing advanced operations, which are explained in this section.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Command Center User Interface</strong></h2>



<p>This section describes the basic components of the TVU Command Center user interface. The user interface left panel has five operational tabs:</p>



<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>Route tab &#8211; </strong>The&nbsp;Route tab manages all transmissions. It displays paired receivers and available sources. The user can select one or more receivers and go live with available sources from this tab. Sources can be displayed by status, bookmark, type, and name, or which source was online first. The Setting page can be accessed by clicking the gear icon at</span> the top-right corner of the page.</p>



<p><strong>Monitor tab</strong> &#8211; The Multi-view page has been renamed Monitor. Integration of the TVU Multi-view feature is available to monitor more than six live video streams on a single monitor.</p>



<p><strong>Grid tab</strong> &#8211; The Grid tab enables the user complete control over all TVU Grid video content switching, routing, and distribution.</p>



<p><strong>Token tab &#8211;</strong> The Token tab is used for TVU Anywhere pairings. Using this feature, the operator performs automatic receiver pairing without the intervention of TVU Support.</p>



<p><strong>RPS One tab</strong> &#8211; Command center supports an RPS One 4-channel transmitter source. The RPS One tab allows users to enable Source Switch mode. Users can switch 1, 2, 3, or 4 on the touchscreen to output to a single receiver. All video formats and frame rates must be the same to use this function in Command Center.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Outputting each source to a unique receiver is not possible in this mode.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Route tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Command Center Route tab</strong></h2>



<p>After users successfully sign in to the TVU Command Center, they enter the Route tab’s Source page. Users will use the Route tab to perform all routing operations.</p>



<p>The Source page displays source thumbnails in the list view by default.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg" alt="Sources page" class="wp-image-164045" style="width:686px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>Taking your source live involves selecting a receiver and starting a live session with a video source, setting the correct bitrate and delay, and tuning your shot.</p>



<p>To select a receiver and take a source live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the <strong>Receivers</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="180" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection.jpg" alt="Receivers selection" class="wp-image-164316" style="aspect-ratio:3.085;object-fit:contain;width:522px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<p>The Receivers page opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="330" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-1.jpg" alt="Receivers page" class="wp-image-164324" style="aspect-ratio:1.5497512437810945;object-fit:contain;width:607px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-1.jpg 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-1-300x183.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the <strong>Status</strong> menu in the top navigation panel to filter your receiver options. The <strong>Status</strong> menu allows users to select and filter devices or video sources that display in the preview panel.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-25"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Receivers page Advanced functions</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> <strong>Control</strong> icon or the<strong> Advanced Control</strong> tab in the top navigation panel to select a receiver that is not displayed on the Receivers page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="333" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-icon-location.jpg" alt="Advanced Control icon location" class="wp-image-164332" style="width:292px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-icon-location.jpg 333w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-icon-location-300x241.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 333px) 100vw, 333px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="120" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab.png" alt="Advanced Control tab" class="wp-image-149678" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab.png 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="415" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page" class="wp-image-163524" style="object-fit:cover;width:698px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-300x185.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Receiver </strong>caret to select a different receiver.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="397" height="261" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receiver-menu.png" alt="Receiver menu" class="wp-image-149694" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receiver-menu.png 397w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receiver-menu-300x197.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 397px) 100vw, 397px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Receivers page advanced functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receivers page &#8211; Advanced and status functions</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="210" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Advanced-and-status-functions.jpg" alt="Receiver page - Advanced and status functions" class="wp-image-164341" style="object-fit:cover;width:590px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Advanced-and-status-functions.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Advanced-and-status-functions-300x117.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<p>The receiver page includes the following Advanced and Status functions:<br><strong>(A) Status menu selections:</strong> Filters your receiver options.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="295" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Status-menu.jpg" alt="Receiver page Status menu" class="wp-image-164349" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Status-menu.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Status-menu-300x184.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<p>Status selection descriptions are as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>All:</strong> Selecting the All checkbox automatically selects All of the status checkboxes.</li>



<li><strong>Available: </strong>Selecting only the Available checkbox will display all receivers that are online AND idle, which means that they are not live with any source but are ready to do so. Offline and Live receivers are excluded from the results.</li>



<li><strong>Live:</strong> Selecting only the Live checkbox will display receivers currently taking a source live. Online (idle) and offline receivers are excluded from the results.</li>



<li><strong>Offline:</strong> Selecting only the Offline checkbox will only show offline and unusable receivers. Take (Live) and online (idle) receivers will be excluded from the results.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>(B) Advanced icon:</strong> Opens the Advanced Control page.<br><strong>(C) Bookmark icon:</strong> Select the Bookmark icon to mark a source as a favorite and add it to your Bookmark list.<br><strong>Bookmark menu:</strong> Clicking the Bookmark menu and selecting Favorite will display Favorite sources a user has created.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="619" height="306" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1.jpg" alt="Bookmark  menu" class="wp-image-164357" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1.jpg 619w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1-300x148.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 619px) 100vw, 619px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Filter menu:</strong> Clicking the Sort by Name menu will arrange the displayed receivers by Online First, Live First, and By Name.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Sort-by-name-menu.jpg" alt="Receivers page - Sort by name menu" class="wp-image-164364" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Sort-by-name-menu.jpg 577w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Sort-by-name-menu-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Taking a source live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Taking a source live</strong></h2>



<p>There are three methods to take a source live:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>From the <strong>Source page</strong></li>



<li>From the <strong>Receivers page</strong></li>



<li>From the <strong>Advanced Control page</strong></li>
</ul>



<p>To take a source live from the <strong>Source page</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the<strong> Sources</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="410" height="161" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-1.png" alt="sources tab" class="wp-image-149711" style="object-fit:cover;width:611px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-1.png 410w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-1-300x118.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-1-407x161.png 407w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 410px) 100vw, 410px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Sources page, filter your selections using the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select a source, then use the drop-down menu in the <strong>Destination</strong> column to pair the receiver.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="291" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu.jpg" alt="sources page - Type menu" class="wp-image-164373" style="width:614px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu.jpg 582w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu-300x150.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="245" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-destination-selection.png" alt="Sources page destination selection" class="wp-image-149735" style="width:614px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-destination-selection.png 498w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-destination-selection-300x148.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Operation column, click the green<strong> Go Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="567" height="294" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Go-live-button.jpg" alt="sources page - Go live button" class="wp-image-164380" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Go-live-button.jpg 567w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Go-live-button-300x156.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 567px) 100vw, 567px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To view the source, click the source name to expand the source window. To stop the source, click the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="290" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-LIVE-1.jpg" alt="Expanded Source Control panel LIVE" class="wp-image-164388" style="width:692px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-LIVE-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-LIVE-1-300x129.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To take a source live from the <strong>Receivers</strong> page:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab and select the <strong>Receivers</strong> tab. In the Receiver page, enter a <strong>source name/PeerID</strong> in the source field or click the source field and make a selection from the drop-down menu to go live with.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="338" height="469" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source.jpg" alt="receivers tab - selecting a source" class="wp-image-164395" style="width:287px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source.jpg 338w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source-216x300.jpg 216w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green <strong>Take</strong> button to go live.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="335" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-page-taking-a-source-live.jpg" alt="receivers page - taking a source live" class="wp-image-164402" style="width:300px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-page-taking-a-source-live.jpg 335w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-page-taking-a-source-live-300x240.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 335px) 100vw, 335px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The live transmission is displayed on the Receivers page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="275" height="219" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-info-icon-1.jpg" alt="Expanded info icon" class="wp-image-164410" style="width:310px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p>To take a source live from the <strong>Advanced Control </strong>page:</p>



<ol start="1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then select the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="120" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab-1.png" alt="Advanced Control tab" class="wp-image-149763" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab-1.png 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab-1-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Advanced Control</strong> page opens. Click the <strong>source field</strong> and select a source from the <strong>source menu</strong>. Click the green <strong>Take</strong> button to go live. The live transmission is displayed in the expanded Receiver Control window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="637" height="378" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-and-take-a-source-live-Advanced-Control-page.jpg" alt="Select and take a source live - Advanced Control page" class="wp-image-164418" style="width:426px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-and-take-a-source-live-Advanced-Control-page.jpg 637w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-and-take-a-source-live-Advanced-Control-page-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 637px) 100vw, 637px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The live transmission audio is muted by default. To hear the live transmission audio, click the green <strong>Speaker</strong> icon in the lower right corner of the live stream preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="391" height="226" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg" alt="Speaker icon location" class="wp-image-164448" style="width:485px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Speaker-icon-location.jpg 391w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Speaker-icon-location-300x173.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 391px) 100vw, 391px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the live transmission, click the red <strong>Stop</strong> button above the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Exiting the Advanced Control page will not stop the live transmission.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you exit from the <strong>Advanced Control </strong>page before stopping a live transmission, you can stop the transmission by clicking the red <strong>Stop</strong> button on the <strong>Receivers </strong>page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="213" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-preview-when-live-1.jpg" alt="Source preview when live" class="wp-image-164426"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Route tab &#8211; Revceiver tab operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Route tab &#8211; Receiver tab operations</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then select the <strong>Receivers</strong> tab. Click the preview window on the <strong>Receiver</strong> page to expand the receiver panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="343" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1.jpg" alt="Expanded Receiver Control panel" class="wp-image-164434" style="width:660px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The version information details and transmission status display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="281" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-controls.jpg" alt="Expanded Receiver Control panel controls" class="wp-image-164441" style="width:661px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-controls.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-controls-300x157.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the “<strong>i</strong>” icon to display the receiver PID and version information.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Expanded-Receiver-panel-i-icon-2.png" alt="Expanded Receiver panel “i” icon " class="wp-image-149805" style="width:658px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Expanded-Receiver-panel-i-icon-2.png 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Expanded-Receiver-panel-i-icon-2-300x149.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Route tab &#8211; Advanced Control tab operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Route tab &#8211; Advanced Control tab operations</strong></h2>



<p>To open the <strong>Advanced Control </strong>page, click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then select the<strong> Advanced Control</strong> tab. Users can also click the <strong>Advanced icon</strong> of a receiver block on the <strong>Receivers</strong> page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="333" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-icon-location.jpg" alt="Advanced Control icon location" class="wp-image-164332" style="width:308px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-icon-location.jpg 333w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-icon-location-300x241.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 333px) 100vw, 333px" /></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="389" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-operations.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page operations" class="wp-image-164456" style="width:743px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-operations.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-operations-300x217.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page has the following indicators and advanced operations controls:</p>



<p><strong>(A) Search bar:</strong> Use the Search bar to locate a PID or source Name.<br><strong>(B) Alert: </strong>The Alert tab supports TVU Analytics for full monitoring of data usage, including pre-set alerts for data usage thresholds using the Alert feature.<br><strong>(C) Setting menu:</strong> Mouse over the Setting icon to open a drop-down style menu that shows available configuration options for your selected receiver.<br><strong>(D) Source selection name (above the preview) and Source panel drop-down menus:</strong> Use the menus to select a source you want to go live with.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Greyed out sources in the drop-down menu are offline and unavailable to use.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(E) Live, Record, and Transcriber tabs:</strong> These buttons control the content that displays below them. The live mode will show the individual modems for the transmitter and their current status. Record mode will show the console for managing recorded content on the selected transmitter. The Transcriber tab displays real-time speech to text transcribed content. This is a paid service and it becomes available when this feature is enabled.</p>



<p>Refer to “Live and record modes” for detailed information about recordings.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Mute icon:</strong> Mouse over the live video preview to reveal a mute button in the lower-right corner of the video preview window. Click the green <strong>Speaker</strong> icon to enable or disable audio output to your PC. This button does not affect the audio output of the stream.<br><strong>(G) Live (Take) and Stop button:</strong> After you have selected a source from the drop-down menu, click the green <strong>Take</strong> (Live) button to start receiving that source. It will then become a red Stop button. Click the <strong>Stop</strong> button to stop receiving the source.<br><strong>(H) Delay and Bitrate settings:</strong> Use the Delay and Bitrate sliders to control the bitrate and delay settings of a TVU Pack stream. Bitrate and delay settings are only available for TVU Pack streams.<br>Users do not have bitrate and delay setting sliders for Grid or External IP streams. The dynamic drop-down menu on the delay slider is specific to Grid only and determines whether you want to receive the stream at a fixed delay or use the dynamic delay that fluctuates in response to the Grid stream’s health. Using the dynamic delay for Grid is recommended.<br><strong>(I) Stream quality histogram:</strong> The stream quality histogram is a live-updating graph that displays the data throughput of the current transmission as the receiver receives it. Click the <strong>Setting</strong> drop-down menu above the histogram to change the scale of the graph. The setting option ranges from a maximum setting of 1.2 Mbp/s to 24 Mb/s. Clicking on the “quality” of the histogram opens a pop-up that allows for a searchable graph of the histogram. It is useful for looking into previous disruptions and can provide a clearer timestamp of any drops or transmission quality issues.<br><strong>(J) Receiver PID, version, and Time Remaining details:</strong> The Details panel displays the receiver’s PID and version. The Time Remaining indicator is above the Detail panel.<br><strong>(K) Setting icon:</strong> The setting icon in the top-right navigation offers options to change settings that affect other areas within Command Center. They include creating bookmark groups, adding external sources, adding user-level accounts, and locating individual hardware devices.<br><strong>(L) Source metrics:</strong> The source metrics represent the health and format of a source and its transmission. The Battery, error rate, and line quality will only populate for a TVU Pack transmission. The <strong>Video Input</strong> indicates if the pack’s input is SDI or HDMI. The<strong> Input format</strong> is the format of the source (not just for packs), and <strong>Output format</strong> is the SDI output video format of the receiver.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p></p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Receivers page &#8211; Using the Multi-Control button</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receivers page -Using the Multi-Control button</strong></h2>



<p>The Multi-Control dialog window allows the user to perform the following functions:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Select Receiver drop-down menu:</strong> Allows the user to select more than six receivers to control at once.</li>



<li><strong>Time Lock:</strong> Time Lock is only available when all selected receivers are live with a TVU Pack. Activate this to synchronize all receivers in the window with the same bitrate and delay within two frames. This is useful for multi-camera productions of a common subject. If you receive an error, contact support to update your receivers to the correct version to support this feature.</li>



<li><strong>Receiver block window: </strong>This function allows you to access receiver control windows. Any currently live video content will play in real-time in this receiver block.</li>



<li><strong>Bitrate and delay sliders:</strong> Bitrate and delay sliders are only available when the Time Lock feature checkbox is active. The Time Lock feature changes bitrate and delay settings for all receivers in the window.</li>



<li><strong>VoIP start button:</strong> Starts a VoIP call with a TVU Pack:</li>
</ul>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>VoIP</strong> start button (the green phone icon). Available TVU Packs to start a VoIP call, displayed in a small window.</li>



<li>Select the number of packs and click <strong>Start the call</strong> to begin communication from your local PC to the selected packs.</li>



<li>The call button will become red when a call is active. Click the <strong>red</strong> button to end the call.</li>
</ol>



<p>To open the Multi-Control window:</p>



<ol start="1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the<strong> Receivers</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="178" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-control-page.jpg" alt="Receiver control page" class="wp-image-164464" style="object-fit:cover;width:656px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-control-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-control-page-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Click the green <strong>Multi-Control</strong> button on the Receivers page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="496" height="224" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/multi-control-button.jpg" alt="multi-control button" class="wp-image-164472" style="object-fit:cover;width:606px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/multi-control-button.jpg 496w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/multi-control-button-300x135.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 496px) 100vw, 496px" /></figure>



<p>The Multi-Control window displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="416" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-window-functions.png" alt="Multi-control window functions" class="wp-image-149838" style="aspect-ratio:1.388586956521739;width:622px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-window-functions.png 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-window-functions-300x231.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<p>To add receivers to the Multi-Control window:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Select Receiver</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="306" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window-select-receiver-menu.jpg" alt="Multi-Control window select receiver menu" class="wp-image-164479" style="width:604px;height:300px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window-select-receiver-menu.jpg 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window-select-receiver-menu-300x172.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver checkboxes you want to add to your Multi-Control window.</li>



<li>Enter a source name or click the<strong> Source </strong>drop-down menu below the preview window to select and go live with a source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="349" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-source-selection-2.png" alt="Multi-Control source selection " class="wp-image-149854" style="object-fit:cover;width:608px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-source-selection-2.png 508w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-source-selection-2-300x206.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green <strong>Take</strong> button.</li>



<li>To stop the live source, click the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="655" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-Live-source.png" alt="Multi-Control Live source" class="wp-image-149863" style="width:611px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-Live-source.png 655w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-Live-source-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 655px) 100vw, 655px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Time Lock feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Time Lock feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Time Lock feature is only available when all selected receivers are live with a TVU transmitter.</p>



<p>Click the <strong>Time Lock</strong> checkbox to synchronize all receivers in the window with the same bitrate and delay within two frames. This feature is helpful for multi-camera productions of a common subject. If you receive an error, contact support to update your receivers to the correct version to support this feature.</p>



<p>The bitrate and delay sliders are only available when the Time Lock checkbox is active. Use the sliders to change the bitrate and delay settings for all receivers in the window.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Multi-Control preview video controls and functions</strong></h2>



<p>Each receiver you select will display in the Multi-Control window as a separate block. The sources associated with your receiver selection are selectable using the Source selection drop-down menu.</p>



<p>The Multi-control preview block has the following video controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="363" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-preview-window-2.png" alt="Multi-control preview window " class="wp-image-149872" style="width:405px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-preview-window-2.png 429w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-preview-window-2-300x254.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Receiver:</strong> This field displays the selected receiver from the receivers page.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Source selection drop-down menu: </strong>Click the drop-down menu to select a source to go live with. Then click the<strong> Take</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="535" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Multi-Control controls and functions" class="wp-image-164488" style="width:531px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-controls-and-functions.jpg 535w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-controls-and-functions-300x181.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 535px) 100vw, 535px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>System settings:</strong> Click the <strong>System</strong> <strong>Settings</strong> icon to open the Receiver Web Controls user interface page in a new tab.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Audio mute icon: </strong>Click the speaker icon to mute or unmute the audio. Note that this does not affect the video’s output audio.</p>



<p><strong>E)</strong> <strong>Receiver information icon:</strong> The receiver&#8217;s information icon &#8220;<strong>I</strong>&#8221; displays the battery status, video input, input format, and output format information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="391" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-icons-system-setttings-audio-mute-and-information.jpg" alt="Multi-Control icons - system setttings, audio mute, and information" class="wp-image-164495" style="width:312px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-icons-system-setttings-audio-mute-and-information.jpg 391w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-icons-system-setttings-audio-mute-and-information-300x256.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 391px) 100vw, 391px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F) Take/Stop button:</strong> Click the <strong>Take</strong> button to start the transmission. Click the <strong>Stop</strong> button to stop the transmission.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	IP Stream Output</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IP Streaming Output</strong></h2>



<p>Each encoder allows customers to configure six streams using the same stream profile.</p>



<p>To use the IP Streaming Output feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then select the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</li>



<li>Hover the mouse over the <strong>Setting</strong> icon and select<strong> IP Streaming Out</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="415" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-tab-setting-icon.png" alt="advanced control tab setting icon" class="wp-image-149889" style="object-fit:cover;width:427px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-tab-setting-icon.png 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-tab-setting-icon-300x286.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> IP Stream Out </strong>configuration screen displays.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To Add or edit an IP Stream Out profile, click <strong>Profile Management</strong>.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable one or multiple <strong>Encoder sliders</strong> to activate up to six external IP streaming encoders. Each encoder sends one stream.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Follow Receiver Live/Stop </strong>checkbox to choose whether you want the source to be the currently live source or take the receiver&#8217;s SDI input as the source.</li>



<li>To overlay a graphic logo onto your stream (PNG is the only accepted format), click the <strong>Logo</strong> checkbox and select a custom image.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="304" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IP-Stream-Out-configuration-screen.jpg" alt="IP Stream Out configuration screen" class="wp-image-164504" style="object-fit:cover;width:548px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IP-Stream-Out-configuration-screen.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IP-Stream-Out-configuration-screen-300x170.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Profile</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>To choose the stream you want to start and select the<strong> Output</strong> type. Multiple checkboxes can be selected.</li>



<li>When ready, enter your stream <strong>URL</strong> in the output field and click the green <strong>Start</strong> button to begin streaming.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">You can adjust the&nbsp;<strong>Main Level&nbsp;</strong>audio bars to adjust the stream&#8217;s audio level relative to the source, or to mute audio on certain channels.</span></li>



<li>To stop the stream, click the red<strong> Stop</strong> button and close the window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Route tab &#8211; Sources tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Route tab &#8211; Sources page</strong></h2>



<p>When you click the Route tab, the Sources page is selected by default. The Source Control page displays available source thumbnails in the list view. If desired, sources can also be viewed in large, medium, and small video preview blocks. These may include Grid, external, SMPTE2022, and YouTube sources. The Source Control page provides an extended view of your sources. The Status, Bookmark, Type, and Live First drop-down menus function as those on the Advanced Control page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg" alt="Sources page" class="wp-image-164045" style="width:724px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection.jpg" alt="Source view options - Block view selection" class="wp-image-163951" style="width:726px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Sources page functions</strong></h2>



<p>The Sources page displays in list view by default and includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="379" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Sources page controls and functions" class="wp-image-164514" style="aspect-ratio:1.484787018255578;object-fit:contain;width:758px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-controls-and-functions.jpg 532w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-controls-and-functions-300x214.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search:</strong> Enter the source <strong>PID</strong> or <strong>Name</strong> in the search bar and press enter to locate a source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="354" height="51" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Server-search-bar.png" alt="Route tab sources - search bar" class="wp-image-120263" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Server-search-bar.png 354w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Server-search-bar-300x43.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 354px) 100vw, 354px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(B) Status:</strong> Click the Status drop-down menu to display sources based on the source types you select in the drop-down menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="259" height="281" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/status-menu.png" alt="status menu" class="wp-image-120253"/></figure>



<p>Status menu selection descriptions are as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>All:</strong> When you check the All checkbox, it automatically selects all options in the drop-down menu without checking them separately.</li>



<li><strong>Available:</strong> When you check the Available checkbox, all available sources display.</li>



<li><strong>Online with no source:</strong> Choosing only the Online with no source checkbox will display all online sources with no active video source connected to it. When checked, sources are not currently live with any receiver on your account but are ready to do so. The Offline and Live (Take) sources are excluded from the results.</li>



<li><strong>Live:</strong> Choosing only the Live checkbox will display receivers currently taking a source live. Online (idle) and offline receivers are excluded from the results.</li>



<li><strong>Offline:</strong> Choosing only the Offline checkbox will show receivers that are offline and unusable. Take (Live), and online (idle) receivers will be excluded from the results.</li>



<li><strong>Ongoing event:</strong> Display events that are always live.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Status menu checkbox color indicators are: Green = Online (Idle), Red = Live (Take), Grey = Offline</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(C) Bookmark:</strong> The Bookmark drop-down menu allows a user to define specific arrangements of sources to display.</p>



<p>There is one difference between the bookmark drop-down menu on the Sources page and the Receivers page; the Sources bookmark drop-down menu includes a default group called Token. Using the bookmark checkbox (with the All and Unclassified boxes unchecked) will display only those sources added using the Token tool. These will typically be mobile devices using the TVU Anywhere app.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="619" height="306" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1.jpg" alt="Bookmark menu" class="wp-image-164357" style="object-fit:cover;width:504px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1.jpg 619w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1-300x148.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 619px) 100vw, 619px" /></figure>



<p>Alternative arrangements of sources can be displayed using the Bookmark drop-down menu. The user creates these by utilizing the Bookmark tool in the Settings menu. </p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-43"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Settings page</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(D) Type:</strong> Click the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu to display your sources based on type. The results displayed below the drop-down menu correlate to the checkboxes that are selected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="291" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu-1.jpg" alt="sources page - Type menu" class="wp-image-164530" style="object-fit:cover;width:514px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu-1.jpg 582w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu-1-300x150.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></figure>



<p>Type menu selection descriptions are as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>All:</strong> Displays All source types.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Pack:</strong> Displays TVU hardware transmitters.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Anywhere:</strong> Displays mobile devices using the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li><strong>Grid-Pack:</strong> Displays a re-encode of a partner’s TVU Pack or TVU Anywhere transmission from their receiver.</li>



<li><strong>Grid-SDI:</strong> Displays an encode of a partner’s in-house content fed to their receiver’s SDI input.</li>



<li><strong>Ext:</strong> Displays external IP sources, such as YouTube or IP cameras.</li>



<li><strong>Grid via Token:</strong> Displays Grid sources that have been added to your account temporarily by the Token service.</li>



<li><strong>Global Grid:</strong> Displays Grid sources only made available by participating in Global Grid.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>(E) Source filter:</strong> Click the <strong>Source filter</strong> drop-down to filter, select, and display the following source views:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="271" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-filter-menu.jpg" alt="Sources page - filter menu" class="wp-image-164538" style="width:497px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-filter-menu.jpg 677w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-filter-menu-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Online first:</strong> Displays sources that are online (idle) and online with no source first.<br><strong>Live first:</strong> Displays sources that are currently live with a receiver first.<br>B<strong>y name:</strong> Displays source results in alphabetical order.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Add external source:</strong> Click the plus “<strong>+</strong>” icon to add an external source to the sources panel.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding an external source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding an external source</strong></h2>



<p>The plus &#8220;<strong>+&#8221;</strong> icon enables users to add an external source, such as a YouTube video or an IP camera. The added source displays in the source panel with the other source thumbnails.</p>



<p>To add a new external source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the plus “+” icon in the Source Control window to add an external source to the sources panel. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="730" height="243" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-plus-icon.jpg" alt="sources page - plus icon" class="wp-image-164546" style="width:532px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-plus-icon.jpg 730w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-plus-icon-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 730px) 100vw, 730px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Add External Source window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-medium is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="214" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-add-external-source-window-300x214.jpg" alt="sources page - add external source window" class="wp-image-164554" style="width:390px;height:273px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-add-external-source-window-300x214.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-add-external-source-window.jpg 546w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu and make a selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="353" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu-1.png" alt="add external source selection menu" class="wp-image-120199" style="width:389px;height:269px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu-1.png 510w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu-1-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the source URL.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong> or<strong> description</strong> of the source. Then, click<strong> Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(G) Page navigation:</strong> Click these buttons to flip through multiple pages of sources, go to a specific page, or skip to the last page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="74" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Page-navigation.png" alt="page navigation" class="wp-image-137612" style="aspect-ratio:8.10204081632653;object-fit:cover;width:544px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Page-navigation.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Page-navigation-300x41.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(H) Source view options:</strong> These two icons will allow you to switch between thumbnail and list view. The thumbnail view is the default, and this view will show you all of your results with a periodically updating preview window of the source’s content, the source name, and a status indicator to show if it is online, live, or offline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="74" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Source-view-options.png" alt="source view options" class="wp-image-137621" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Source-view-options.png 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Source-view-options-300x41.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p>By default, sources are displayed in list view with thumbnail previews, along with the source name and status, these previews update periodically.</p>



<p>To locate a source or change the source views:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> List view</strong> icon to view your sources in a list view.</li>



<li>To view your sources by source thumbnail, click the <strong>Thumbnail</strong> icon.</li>



<li>To locate the physical location of a source, click the <strong>Geo-location</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(I)</strong> <strong>Geo location icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Pin</strong> icon to open a geographic map with pins showing the physical location of all available sources and receivers.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to ”<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-59"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source GPS locations, tracking, and previews</mark></a>&#8221; for more information about using the thumbnail and list views.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="82" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Geo-location-icon.png" alt="geo location" class="wp-image-137629" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Geo-location-icon.png 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Geo-location-icon-300x46.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(J)</strong> <strong>Tracking icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Tracking</strong> icon to track a device by mode and device.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="82" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Tracking-icon.png" alt="tracking icon" class="wp-image-137637" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Tracking-icon.png 536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Tracking-icon-300x46.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(K) Receiver Selection menu:</strong> This is the receiver you select when taking a source live.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-59"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source GPS locations, tracking, and previews</mark></a>” for more information about using the Geo location feature for a single source or receiver.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Taking a source live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Taking a source live</strong></h2>



<p>To take a source live from the Sources page:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the <strong>Receiver selection</strong> drop-down menu, and select a receiver.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-Receiver-selection-drop-down-menu.png" alt="Sources page - Receiver selection drop-down menu" class="wp-image-149981" style="width:604px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-Receiver-selection-drop-down-menu.png 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-Receiver-selection-drop-down-menu-300x86.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Go Live</strong> button in the Operation column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="291" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-window-receiver-go-live.png" alt="Source window receiver go live" class="wp-image-120163" style="width:608px;height:332px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-window-receiver-go-live.png 533w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-window-receiver-go-live-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the transmission, click the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="115" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-control-page-stop-button.png" alt="Source control page - stop button" class="wp-image-120154" style="object-fit:cover;width:612px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-control-page-stop-button.png 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-control-page-stop-button-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Expanded Source Control panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Expanded Source Control panel</strong></h2>



<p>The sources behave differently than the Expanded view on the Receivers page. When you click a source thumbnail on the Sources page, an expanded view of the source and a settings panel is displayed, as shown below.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The following image is taken from the Sources page, which has the settings gear that opens a Pack source’s WEB UI. The gear does not show for grid sources or in the Receivers tab.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="276" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-controls-details-and-metadata.jpg" alt="Source controls, details, and metadata" class="wp-image-164563" style="aspect-ratio:1.6716791979949874;width:685px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-controls-details-and-metadata.jpg 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-controls-details-and-metadata-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<p>The expanded source pop-up window includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A) Audio levels:</strong> This view displays up to 8 audio levels.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Mute icon:</strong> Click the speaker icon to mute the audio output to Command Center. This will not affect the actual audio output of the source to your receiver.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Control settings:</strong> Delay and bitrate settings.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Select button:</strong> Click the <strong>Select</strong> drop-down menu to change the pack’s bitrate and delay settings using preset modes. TVU provides five preset modes: Interview, Normal, Fast, Moving, SD (Standard Definition), and Tape Feed.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Details panel:</strong> Source (input) type, format, (line) quality, error rate, and battery life of the pack are displayed in the Details panel. A new IP address section will display the IP address of your Ethernet and WiFi interfaces. Finally, a new section for metadata about the transmission is available.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Route tab &#8211; Receivers page functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Route tab &#8211; Receivers tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Receivers page offers a similar experience to the Sources page, except that each thumbnail represents a receiver instead of a source. Thumbnails on this page only show video when that receiver is live with a source, and that video is presented as a periodically updated frame. The <strong>Receivers</strong> tab offers a view that allows simultaneous control over multiple receivers (receivers) simultaneously.</p>



<p>To open the Receivers page, select the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then click the <strong>Receivers</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="179" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection-1.jpg" alt="Receivers selection" class="wp-image-164586" style="width:589px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection-1.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection-1-300x110.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receivers page controls and functions</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="180" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-controls-and-functions-2.jpg" alt="Receivers page controls and functions" class="wp-image-164578" style="object-fit:cover;width:718px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-controls-and-functions-2.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-controls-and-functions-2-300x99.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<p>The Receivers page offers a view that allows simultaneous control over multiple receivers. This page also includes the following checkboxes for controls and functions located in the main navigation:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search:</strong> Enter the source <strong>Video or Destination</strong> in the search bar and press <strong>Enter</strong> to locate a source.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Status menu: </strong>The status drop-down menu includes a series of checkboxes. The <strong>All</strong>,<strong> Live</strong>, <strong>Available</strong>, and <strong>Offline</strong> checkboxes will function the same as in the other tabs.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Bookmark menu:</strong> A new Favorite checkbox can be added to this menu along with All and Unclassified.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> the bookmark menu is hidden from new users and users who have not previously set up a bookmark category. Refer to &#8220;To create a Bookmark category&#8221; for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(D) By Name: </strong>If you select this menu, results will be shown in the order of <strong>Live first</strong>, <strong>Online First</strong>, and <strong>By Name</strong>.</p>



<p><strong>(E) Multi-Control button:</strong> Opens the Multi-Control window.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Page navigation:</strong> Click the navigation buttons to browse through multiple pages of sources, go to a specific page, or skip to the last page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="47" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receivers-page-Page-navigation.png" alt="Receivers page - Page navigation" class="wp-image-150029" style="width:393px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receivers-page-Page-navigation.png 324w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receivers-page-Page-navigation-300x44.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(G) Page views:</strong> Large, medium, or small thumbnail views.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="445" height="259" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-control-thumbnail-view-menu.jpg" alt="Multi-control thumbnail view menu" class="wp-image-164596" style="width:487px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-control-thumbnail-view-menu.jpg 445w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-control-thumbnail-view-menu-300x175.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 445px) 100vw, 445px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Receiver Control block controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receiver block controls</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Receiver block controls: </strong>The receiver thumbnail will have elements that should already be familiar to you, such as the receiver name, source selection drop-down, and the Take (Live) button. A new addition to the source thumbnail block is the Enter Memo text box and the Bookmark icon. Click the<strong> Bookmark</strong> icon to <strong>Add to</strong> or <strong>Add</strong> a new bookmark.</p>



<p>The source block controls and functions (when idle) are described as follows:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="378" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-block-controls-when-idle.jpg" alt="Receiver block controls when idle" class="wp-image-164604" style="width:300px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-block-controls-when-idle.jpg 393w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-block-controls-when-idle-300x289.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Receiver name:</strong> Your selected receiver name displays in this field.<br><strong>(B) Memo text box:</strong> The user can enter custom information about the receiver thumbnail in the memo text box. Click the memo box to activate the text cursor. Then, customize the thumbnail description.<br><strong>(C) Source selection drop-down menu:</strong> Click the source field to open the drop-down menu and select a source to go live with.<br><strong>(D) Advanced icon:</strong> Click the Advanced icon to open the Advanced Control page. This icon can appear when live.</p>



<p>The source block controls and functions (when Live) are described as follows:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="347" height="276" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Receiver-block-controls-when-live.jpg" alt="Receivers page - Receiver block controls (when live)" class="wp-image-164611" style="width:371px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Receiver-block-controls-when-live.jpg 347w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Receiver-block-controls-when-live-300x239.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 347px) 100vw, 347px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Source status indicator:</strong> The Source indicator displays “Live” when the source is live.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Receiver name:</strong> Your selected receiver name displays in this field.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Source selection drop-down menu:</strong> Click the <strong>Source</strong> field to open the drop-down menu and select a source to go live with.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="338" height="469" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source-1.jpg" alt="receivers tab - selecting a source" class="wp-image-164619" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source-1.jpg 338w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source-1-216x300.jpg 216w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> Click the <strong>Expand info</strong> icon to open the source settings status overlay.<br><strong>(E) VoIP icon:</strong> Starts a VoIP call with a TVU Pack.<br><strong>(F) Publish icon: </strong>Click the <strong>publish</strong> icon to publish your output video stream to a website type of your choice.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="275" height="219" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-info-icon-1.jpg" alt="Expanded info icon" class="wp-image-164410"/></figure>



<p><strong>(G) Expanded receiver panel:</strong> Click the <strong>source preview thumbnail</strong> to open the expanded version of the receiver thumbnail. In this view, you will see live moving video. You will also have a mute button in the bottom-right corner of the expanded live video window. The control panel allows you to adjust bitrate, delay, VBR/CBR, and dynamic or fixed delay.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1520" height="684" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Live-preview-panel.png" alt="Live preview panel" class="wp-image-149410" style="width:695px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Live-preview-panel.png 1520w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Live-preview-panel-300x135.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Live-preview-panel-1024x461.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Live-preview-panel-768x346.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1520px) 100vw, 1520px" /></figure>



<p>Click the “i” icon to open the receiver status panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receiver-status-panel-I-icon.png" alt="Receiver status panel “I” icon" class="wp-image-150054" style="width:696px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receiver-status-panel-I-icon.png 536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receiver-status-panel-I-icon-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Going live with a source</strong></h2>



<p>To go live with a source from the Receivers page:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Receiver thumbnail</strong> block. The expanded information displays below the thumbnail, similar to the <strong>Sources</strong> page.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Source</strong> drop-down menu in the&nbsp;Receiver thumbnail block and select a source. Then, click the<strong> Take</strong> button to go live with that source. Click the preview block to open the expanded receiver view to monitor the live transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="343" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1.jpg" alt="Expanded Receiver Control panel" class="wp-image-164434" style="width:710px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the thumbnail again to close the window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Publishing a video stream to social media</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Publishing a video stream to social media</strong></h2>



<p>You can publish your video stream to a social media site when your transmitter source is live on the <strong>Receivers</strong> page. To set up a social media source refer to “Social Account tab.”</p>



<p>To publish your source to a social media site:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Publish</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="439" height="140" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Publish-icon.jpg" alt="Publish icon" class="wp-image-164628" style="aspect-ratio:3.051851851851852;width:307px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Publish-icon.jpg 439w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Publish-icon-300x96.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 439px) 100vw, 439px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Output Video Stream overlay is displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="299" height="235" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-video-stream.png" alt="output video stream" class="wp-image-137691"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> at the bottom of the window.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>social media name</strong> or <strong>Othe</strong>r output from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="309" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Publish-icon-adding-an-Output.png" alt="Publish icon adding an Output" class="wp-image-145243" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Publish-icon-adding-an-Output.png 309w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Publish-icon-adding-an-Output-300x249.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the pop-up window, enter the required information for your selection.</li>



<li>Make a selection from the <strong>Website Type</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="291" height="234" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Publish-icon-adding-a-website-type.png" alt="Publish icon adding a website type" class="wp-image-145252"/></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Go Live</strong> button to publish.</li>



<li>To stop your video stream, click the <strong>Stop</strong> button, then click the <strong>X</strong> to close the window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Control page</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced Control page</strong></h2>



<p>To select a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the <strong>Receivers </strong>tab in the top navigation panel.</li>



<li>Click on an available receiver name to display source results corresponding to your receiver selection as source thumbnails.</li>



<li>Users can access the Advanced Control page from the Receivers page by clicking the <strong>Advanced</strong> icon in a source block or by clicking the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="464" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/advanced-control-tab.jpg" alt="advanced control tab" class="wp-image-164637" style="object-fit:cover;width:656px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/advanced-control-tab.jpg 464w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/advanced-control-tab-300x105.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 464px) 100vw, 464px" /></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page displays the selected receiver and its sources, along with any available sources associated with that receiver. The Advanced Control page includes the following six main control panels:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="332" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Main-control-panels-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Main control panels 2" class="wp-image-164645" style="object-fit:cover;width:660px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Main-control-panels-2.jpg 449w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Main-control-panels-2-300x222.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search bar:</strong> Search for a source name or PeerID</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Source panel thumbnails: </strong>This section contains all available sources for the selected receiver along with filtering and search options.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Live, Record, and Transcriber tabs:</strong> These tabs control the content that is displayed below them. Live mode will show the individual modems for the transmitter and their current status. Record mode will show the console for managing recorded content on the selected transmitter. When Transcriber is enabled, operators can use the real-time speech-to-text transcribing service.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Live preview and Take/Stop button:</strong> This section contains the live preview window and a drop-down menu for selecting a source to take live. The <strong>Take / Stop</strong> button, used for starting and stopping a transmission, is also located here.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Control panel:</strong> This section contains options for editing the bitrate and delay of a transmission as well as data related to the current status of the transmission such as, quality, error rate, video format, and IFB / VoIP status. You can also find the receiver PID in this section.</p>



<p><strong>(F)</strong> <strong>Setting gear:</strong> Mouse over the setting gear to expand a drop-down menu that shows available configuration options for your selected receiver.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="419" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png" alt="setting menu" class="wp-image-137556" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png 243w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1-174x300.png 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 243px) 100vw, 243px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(G) Quality histogram:</strong> Clicking the “quality” of the histogram opens a pop-up that lets you search the histogram. It is useful for investigating previous disruptions and can provide clearer timestamps for any drops or transmission quality issues.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="373" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window-1024x373.png" alt="Quality histogram pop-up window" class="wp-image-164691" style="width:456px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window-1024x373.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window-300x109.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window-768x280.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window-1536x560.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window.png 1871w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>There are drop-down calendars to select the beginning date and time, and the ending date and time. The default time frame for bringing into view is 30 minutes; this can be adjusted to up to 4 hours. The search can go back in time about 5 days.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="357" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view-1024x357.png" alt="Quality histogram longer search view" class="wp-image-164698" style="width:458px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view-1024x357.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view-300x105.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view-768x268.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view-1536x536.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view.png 1875w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(H) Modem monitoring and status:</strong> This panel displays the transmitter’s modem histograms and current status.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source selection panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a source</strong></h2>



<p>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then click the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</p>



<p>The source selection panel is located in the left panel of the Advanced Control page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="302" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Source-panel-location.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Source panel location" class="wp-image-164705" style="width:704px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Source-panel-location.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Source-panel-location-300x168.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p>The Source panel menu displays TVU Pack, TVU Grid, G-Link, Local SDI, TVU Anywhere, and External sources.</p>



<p>To select a source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the source panel, click on the desired live source <strong>thumbnail</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="389" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Source-selected.png" alt="Source panel - Source selected" class="wp-image-150089" style="width:454px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Source-selected.png 370w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Source-selected-285x300.png 285w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Source-selected-71x75.png 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After the source is selected, a red box will frame the thumbnail image.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Selecting a transmitter that has a video preview will start a live session.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The source is displayed in the preview window. If the live source was previously activated and then stopped, the thumbnail will continue to display, framed in red. To take the source live again, click the <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source status indicators</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source status indicators</strong></h2>



<p>The source thumbnails will display using one of the following status indicators:</p>



<p>This thumbnail indicates that the video source is offline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="116" height="90" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/thumb-1.jpg" alt="offline" class="wp-image-164714"/></figure>



<p>This thumbnail indicates that the remote source is powered and connected, but no video input is detected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="113" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/thumb-2.jpg" alt="remote source is powered only" class="wp-image-164722"/></figure>



<p>This thumbnail indicates that the video source is online and live video is detected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="117" height="91" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/thumb-3.jpg" alt="video source online" class="wp-image-164729"/></figure>



<p>This thumbnail indicates that the video is a generic external source. Other available external sources include SMPTE, YouTube, and SRT, each with its respective thumbnail icon.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="114" height="95" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/thumb-4.jpg" alt="EXT source" class="wp-image-164736" style="aspect-ratio:1.0078740157480315;object-fit:contain;width:121px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Source video feed thumbnail:</strong> When a source is selected and live, the thumbnail is framed with a red box around the thumbnail image.</p>



<p>This thumbnail indicates that the video source is selected and taken live.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="262" height="142" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-video-feed-thumbnail.jpg" alt="Source video feed thumbnail" class="wp-image-164744"/></figure>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Source information:</strong> Mouse over the thumbnail to display the source information. When a transmitter is online, its name will appear below the thumbnail.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="216" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-info-dialog.jpg" alt="Source info dialog" class="wp-image-164751" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-info-dialog.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-info-dialog-300x121.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Search bar: </strong>The operator can search for available input sources by name.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="141" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Source-panel-search-field.png" alt="source panel search field" class="wp-image-145381" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Source-panel-search-field.png 429w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Source-panel-search-field-300x99.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>IFB indicator (VoIP predecessor):</strong> The Interruptible Feedback (IFB) feature used in older model transmitters allows your news operations center to speak directly to a TVU transmitter in the ﬁeld. The IFB option includes a mixer/preamp. The mixer has a USB port for connecting to your receiver and an XLR and 1/4 in. port for plugging in a microphone.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="123" height="80" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IFB-indicator-VoIP-predecessor.jpg" alt="IFB indicator" class="wp-image-164766" style="width:210px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>IFB:</strong> To turn on IFB, click “<strong>IFB</strong>” below the thumbnail. When IFB is on, the background color turns red.</p>



<p>To turn off IFB, click “<strong>IFB</strong>” below the thumbnail. When IFB is off, the background color turns green.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>VoIP indicator:</strong> The VoIP function provides a two-way, higher-quality communication than IFB. Click the VoIP (phone icon) under the live preview to use VoIP. When enabled, the VoIP background color turns from green to flashing red to solid red. VoIP is enabled automatically when a live transmission starts.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="250" height="157" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/VoIP-indicator.jpg" alt="VoIP indicator" class="wp-image-164759" style="width:232px;height:auto"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>The VoIP/IFB status also displays in the diagnostics “Status” panel on the left side of the interface.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Additionally, if a TVU transmitter has a VoIP or IFB function, only IFB will automatically become enabled when going live.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the Advanced Operations section for “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/?preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-32"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">IFB indicator feature</mark></a>” and the “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/?preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-33"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">VoIP indicator feature</mark></a>” for detailed information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(F) View by thumbnail or list:</strong> These features allow the operator to display all of the TVU transmitters and their status in a graphic thumbnail or in a list.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="401" height="140" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/thumbnail-or-list-view.png" alt="thumbnail or list view" class="wp-image-145405" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/thumbnail-or-list-view.png 401w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/thumbnail-or-list-view-300x105.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /></figure>



<p>Located below the search field in the Source panel are three drop-down menus: the Status, Type, and Bookmark menu. These menus have the following functions:</p>



<p><strong>(G)</strong> Click the <strong>Status</strong> drop-down menu below the “Search” bar to select and display any source by Live, Online, or Offline status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="437" height="131" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Status-menu.png" alt="status menu" class="wp-image-145413" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Status-menu.png 437w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Status-menu-300x90.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 437px) 100vw, 437px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(H)</strong> Click the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu below the “Search” bar to select and display any source by type.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="409" height="107" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Type-menu.png" alt="type menu" class="wp-image-145421" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Type-menu.png 409w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Type-menu-300x78.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Type-menu-407x107.png 407w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 409px) 100vw, 409px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(I) </strong>After creating a bookmark category, the Bookmark menu will be displayed. An operator can also choose source types to display by their status by clicking the <strong>Bookmark</strong> drop-down menu below the “Search” bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="426" height="159" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/bookmark-menu-2.png" alt="bookmark drop-down menu" class="wp-image-145429" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/bookmark-menu-2.png 426w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/bookmark-menu-2-300x112.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 426px) 100vw, 426px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(J)</strong> An operator can also filter displayed source types by their status by clicking the Filter drop-down menu below the “Search” bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="402" height="122" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/online-first-menu.png" alt="online first menu" class="wp-image-145437" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/online-first-menu.png 402w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/online-first-menu-300x91.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 402px) 100vw, 402px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(K)</strong> In addition, an operator can click the Plus “+” to choose an external source. Generic External, SMPTE, YouTube, G-Link, SRT, NDI, and Zixi are available external sources.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="468" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.png" alt="External source drop-down menu" class="wp-image-150097" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.png 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/External-source-drop-down-menu-300x289.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Taking a shot live</strong></h2>



<p>To take the shot live, open the Advanced Control page and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> thumbnail</strong> in the source panel to start a live session with a source not already framed with a red box.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Live</strong> button to start a live session with a source framed with a red box.</li>



<li>Set the bitrate, delay, and VBR/CBR settings.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay</strong></h2>



<p>The two primary controls that affect the quality and latency of a live shot are the bitrate and delay sliders.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="211" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Advanced-control-tab-bitrate-and-delay.png" alt="Advanced control tab bitrate and delay" class="wp-image-119865"/></figure>



<p>To set or edit the bitrate and delay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Delay:</strong> To configure the live shot latency, manually adjust the slider or enter a value in the input box (the maximum delay is 50 seconds by default) and press <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>This value is always stable and will not change during the transmission unless it is manually adjusted.<br>Delays as low as 0.5 seconds should be routinely achievable in good bandwidth conditions. Lower delays are related to the amount of bandwidth consumed for error correction, so higher delays of 4 to 10 seconds are recommended for non-latency-sensitive transmissions.</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Bitrate:</strong> Use the slider to select a value, or enter it manually into the input box and press <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>A higher value will increase the encoding quality and transmission throughput of the pack (subject to bandwidth availability) to a maximum threshold of 10 Mbps. Bitrates above 5 Mbps should not be required except for fast or high-motion videos, such as sports videos.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The encoding bitrate can be increased for certain specialized applications. Contact Support for details. Changes to the bitrate slider can be made during a live transmission without interrupting the shot.</p>
</blockquote>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Adjusting the Delay setting during a live transmission will interrupt the video while the stream rebuffers.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Click the <strong>Select</strong> drop-down menu to view user-definable presets. Depending on your news-gathering environment, you can define the following preset bitrates and latencies:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Presets can be adjusted. Contact support for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>User 1 &amp; User 2:</strong> These are user-definable presets. To program them, users right-click the preset they want to define. They can then name the preset, change the bitrate, manually set latency, or check Set Current, saving the current latency setting to that preset. Once finished, they Press Apply to the program.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting VBR vs. CBR</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU system uses SmartVBR™ adaptive encoding technology to maximize the reliability of the live transmission. The encoder detects the available bandwidth and adjusts the encoding bitrate up to the maximum value set on the slider. If the SmartVBR detects a drop in available bandwidth, it will decrease the encoding resolution to keep the video stable and smooth.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Variable bitrate (VBR) mode</strong></h2>



<p>VBR is the default setting and should be used under most circumstances. Click the VBR drop-down menu above the bitrate slider to select or change the setting.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Constant bitrate (CBR) mode</strong></h2>



<p>In some circumstances, turning off the VBR logic and forcing the transmission to CBR mode may be desirable. The encoding will be locked to the configured CBR mode bitrate regardless of available bandwidth. The most common application for this setting is with IP satellite systems with fixed bandwidth.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Tuning a shot</strong></h2>



<p>In a live interactive environment with ample bandwidth, the normal operation would combine a high bitrate with a low delay for a smooth, stable transmission. If the bandwidth is constrained and the transmission is not stable at the configured settings, the operator has two primary controls to affect the transmission:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Increase the delay of the transmission. An increase in delay reduces the error-correction overhead required for stability. A reduction in overhead frees up more available bandwidth for video quality. The delay can be increased from 0.5-second steps up to 10 seconds.</li>



<li>A stepped increase of 0.5 seconds to a maximum of 10 seconds should be attempted.</li>



<li>If the transmission is especially delay-sensitive or the conditions are very challenging, bitrate reductions should be performed in steps of approximately 500 Kbps until stability is achieved.</li>
</ul>



<p>Combining these two controls should allow the operator to routinely and reliably manage video streams from challenging environments.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When transmitting a very low movement or still setting, the pack will adjust and use less data until movement is reintroduced. This is normal behavior.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	IFB indicator feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IFB indicator feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Interruptible Feedback (IFB) feature (used with early model transmitters) allows your news operations center to speak directly to a TVU transmitter in the ﬁeld without needing telephone contact. The IFB option includes a mixer/preamp. The mixer has a USB port for connecting to your receiver, an XLR, and 1/4-inch ports for plugging in a microphone.</p>



<p>On the TVU transmitter, connect a standard set of headphones to the 3.5 mm audio jack on the unit.</p>



<p>To use the IFB feature, click the<strong> IFB indicator</strong> until it turns red. The IFB on/off status is also indicated in the “Status” panel on the right side of the interface. Additionally, if a TVU transmitter has an IFB function, the IFB is automatically turned on when that transmitter goes live. Once the live transmission is stopped, the IFB function is turned off.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="116" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/VoIP-and-IFB-indicators-LINUX.png" alt="VoIP and IFB indicators" class="wp-image-164774" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/VoIP-and-IFB-indicators-LINUX.png 461w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/VoIP-and-IFB-indicators-LINUX-300x75.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /></figure>



<p>The five indicator colors displayed in “IFB indicators” are defined as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"><strong>Red</strong></mark>: The IFB function is in use.</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>Green</strong></mark>: The IFB function is available but not in use.</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-light-green-cyan-color"><strong>Green-Gray</strong></mark>: Either the transmitter is live with another receiver or using the IFB function with another receiver.</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-cyan-bluish-gray-color"><strong>Gray</strong></mark>: The IFB Function is not available for this transmitter.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	VoIP indicator feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP indicator feature</strong></h2>



<p><strong>VoIP indicator:</strong> The VoIP function provides a two-way, higher-quality communication than IFB. Click the VoIP indicator under the live preview to enable VoIP. When enabled, the VoIP background color turns from green to flashing red to solid red. VoIP is automatically enabled when starting a live transmission and disabled manually by pressing the button.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For VS3500/VS3550 hardware models, an external audio box is required to support XLR audio input/output.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="93" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/no-video-capture-LINUX.png" alt="no video capture LINUX" class="wp-image-164783" style="width:auto;height:122px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/no-video-capture-LINUX.png 93w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/no-video-capture-LINUX-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 93px) 100vw, 93px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The VoIP/IFB status also displays in the diagnostics “Status” panel on the right side of the interface.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="84" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/VoIP-and-status-indicators.png" alt="VoIP and status indicators" class="wp-image-119838" style="width:464px;height:107px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/VoIP-and-status-indicators.png 364w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/VoIP-and-status-indicators-300x69.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /></figure>



<p>Additionally, if a TVU transmitter has a VoIP or IFB function, both IFB and VoIP will automatically become enabled when going live.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Using the IS+ feature</strong></h2>



<p>IS+ is an advanced version of TVU Networks’ Inverse StatMux technology. With superior forward error correction technology, IS+ also has a higher throughput than the standard Inverse StatMux under the same conditions. Additionally, with IS+, file transfers are between 2x and 4x faster than standard Inverse StatMux. This solution enables TVU transmitters to deliver resilient, HD, professional broadcast-quality pictures in even the most challenging wireless environments.</p>



<p>Once IS+ has been installed on a TVU transmitter, “(IS+)” will appear at the end of the PID when you mouse over the source thumbnail, as shown in “IS+ location” below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="270" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IS-location.jpg" alt="IS+ location" class="wp-image-164790" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IS-location.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IS-location-300x151.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Grid source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Grid source</strong></h2>



<p>To view the available Grid sources, click the<strong> Status</strong> menu and select a status. Click the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu and select Grid-pack.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="372" height="425" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/type-menu-grid-sources.png" alt="type menu grid sources" class="wp-image-150105" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/type-menu-grid-sources.png 372w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/type-menu-grid-sources-263x300.png 263w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding an external source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding an external source</strong></h2>



<p>To add an external source to the receiver Web UI, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the plus &#8220;<strong>+</strong>&#8221; icon next to the <strong>Status</strong> drop-down menu. The external source pop-up window displays.</li>



<li>Select an external source from the pop-up window to be added. The four supported formats are:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Generic External Source</li>



<li>SMPTE2022 Source</li>



<li>YouTube Source</li>



<li>G-Link Source</li>



<li>SRT Source</li>



<li>NDI Source</li>



<li>Zixi Source</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="376" height="394" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-external-source-selection.png" alt="advanced control external source selection" class="wp-image-150122" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-external-source-selection.png 376w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-external-source-selection-286x300.png 286w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-external-source-selection-71x75.png 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 376px) 100vw, 376px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A pop-up window displays each external selection. Enter a <strong>Type</strong> and the appropriate information as follows:</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="352" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-window.png" alt="add external source window" class="wp-image-119802" style="width:432px;height:303px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-window.png 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-window-300x210.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="238" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-smpt-source.png" alt="add external smpt source" class="wp-image-119793" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-smpt-source.png 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-smpt-source-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="438" height="249" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-srt-source.png" alt="add external srt source" class="wp-image-119784" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-srt-source.png 438w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-srt-source-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 438px) 100vw, 438px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="235" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-youtube-source.png" alt="add external youtube source" class="wp-image-119775" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-youtube-source.png 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-youtube-source-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="440" height="252" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-glink-source.png" alt="add external glink source" class="wp-image-119766" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-glink-source.png 440w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-glink-source-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 440px) 100vw, 440px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="365" height="202" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/NDI-source.png" alt="NDI Source" class="wp-image-137776" style="width:438px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/NDI-source.png 365w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/NDI-source-300x166.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 365px) 100vw, 365px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="368" height="202" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Zixi-source.png" alt="Zixi source" class="wp-image-137784" style="width:442px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Zixi-source.png 368w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Zixi-source-300x165.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 368px) 100vw, 368px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When finished, click <strong>Save</strong>. A thumbnail icon of the added source will display as a selection in the source menu.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Data transmission monitor panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data transmission monitor panel</strong></h2>



<p>The data transmission monitor panel is located below the preview panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="298" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Data transmission monitor panel" class="wp-image-164798" style="width:715px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Data-transmission-monitor-panel-300x166.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<p>The data transmission monitor panel includes visual modem histograms with the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="240" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modem-histogram-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Modem histogram controls and functions" class="wp-image-164806" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modem-histogram-controls-and-functions.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modem-histogram-controls-and-functions-300x134.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Data transmission monitor panel (Live tab):</strong> This panel displays all data connections&#8217; current number and status. The connection status appears as green, red, yellow, or gray.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Check box: </strong>There is a check box and status bar associated with each card. The check box enables or disables a data connection. If unchecked, it will not be used to pass data. If the box is checked (default), the connection will be used to pass data.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Monitor histogram:</strong> Displays status, throughput, and the IP address of each modem.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Connection mode and connection strength indicator:</strong> The connection mode is displayed next to the connection strength, indicated with three bars.</p>



<p><strong>(E) Configuration menu:</strong> This modem configuration icon connects to the pack&#8217;s WEB UI.</p>



<p><strong>(F)</strong> <strong>Reset:</strong> This feature provides a full-power reset for a modem. It is used when the modem can no longer connect or is experiencing a problem. Click the <strong>Reset</strong> icon to force the modem to power cycle and reset.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Connection name and status: </strong>Individual read-out panels show each active card&#8217;s carrier name (when available). The slot number of each datacard is indicated in front of the carrier name. To retrieve the IP Address of a datacard, mouse over the name of that datacard. <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">You can enter your preferred name if a name is not automatically provided and displayed</span>. However, this will reset upon reboot.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="201" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Connection-name-and-status-2.jpg" alt="Connection name and status 2" class="wp-image-164813" style="width:344px;height:251px"/></figure>



<p><strong>(H)</strong> <strong>Scale:</strong> The Scale drop-down menu allows the operator to set the scale for the histogram. When the scale is changed, it will affect all of the histograms displayed. Selection settings are 1.2 Mbps, 2.4 Mbps, 6 Mbps, 12 Mbps, 24 Mbps, 30 Mbps, 50 Mbps, 100 Mbps, 120 Mbps, 150 Mbps, 180 Mbps, and 200 Mbps.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="284" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="Histogram Scale drop-down menu" class="wp-image-164820" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu.jpg 466w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu-300x183.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(I) Filter Slot:</strong> Use the Filter Slot menu to select which slots you want to display in the data transmission panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Filter-Slot-menu.jpg" alt="Filter Slot menu" class="wp-image-164827" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Filter-Slot-menu.jpg 477w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Filter-Slot-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(J) Slot Modes:</strong> Use the Slot Modes drop-down menu to select a Transmission type for your slots.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="253" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Slot-Modes-menu.jpg" alt="Slot Modes menu" class="wp-image-164834" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Slot-Modes-menu.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Slot-Modes-menu-300x150.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(K)</strong> <strong>Mode selection tabs: </strong>The data transmission panel has up to three mode selection tabs:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Live:</strong> The Live mode is the primary interface used during a Live transmission. When this tab is selected, the status of each of the data card network connections will be displayed.</li>



<li><strong>Record:</strong> The Record mode displays the store and forward interface to preview, download, and manage TVU Transmitter stored footage and files transferred via Auto Sync. This interface can also access files transferred via FTP.</li>



<li><strong>Transcriber:</strong> The Transcriber tab also displays if the Transcriber feature is enabled. When enabled, the speech-to-text transcription is displayed.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="179" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections.jpg" alt="Data transmission panel Mode selections" class="wp-image-164841" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Command Center File based workflows</mark></a></em>” for information about the record function.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Live and Record modes</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live and record modes</strong></h2>



<p>Live and record modes are located in the data transmission panel.</p>



<p>The <strong>Live</strong> and <strong>Record</strong> tabs control the content displayed for each histogram. The live mode will show the individual modems for the transmitter and their current status. Record mode will show the console for managing recorded content on the selected transmitter.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Refer to “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Command Center File based workflows</mark></a></em>” for information about Live and record operations.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Working with data cards</strong></h2>



<p>The Live, Record, and Transcriber tabs for the data transmission monitor panel are shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="417" height="106" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections-1.jpg" alt="Data transmission panel Mode selections" class="wp-image-164848" style="width:484px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections-1.jpg 417w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections-1-300x76.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 417px) 100vw, 417px" /></figure>



<p>In the <strong>Live tab</strong>, the checkboxes associated with each data connection status bar enable or disable the data connection. The box is enabled (checked) by default.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>check box</strong> to select and use the data connection. If the box is unchecked, the card will not pass data.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a datacard is installed, the carrier name and the slot number displays next to the check box.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="336" height="215" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Modem-check-box.png" alt="Modem check box" class="wp-image-119703" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Modem-check-box.png 336w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Modem-check-box-300x192.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the scale of the modem histogram, click the <strong>Auto</strong> drop-down menu at the top right to display the value menu. Then, click to select a desired maximum value.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Changing the value will affect all modem histograms.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="395" height="255" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu-1.jpg" alt="Histogram Scale drop-down menu" class="wp-image-164856" style="width:458px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu-1.jpg 395w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu-1-300x194.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To retrieve the IP address of a data card, hover over the data card field name.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="224" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/datacard-name-and-IP-LINUX.png" alt="datacard name and IP LINUX" class="wp-image-119685" style="width:336px;height:231px"/></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If there appears to be no name associated with the card, you can enter your name, which is displayed as <em>&lt;name&gt;</em>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The name change will reset itself upon a reboot.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The color indicators displayed within the carrier name panel indicate the following status:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">Red</mark>:</strong> Not connected but dialing</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Green</mark>:</strong> Connected and passing traffic</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-amber-color">Yellow</mark>:</strong> Connected but not passing traffic</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-cyan-bluish-gray-color">Gray</mark>:</strong> Disconnected or unplugged</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Manual modem configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual modem configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To manually configure a transmitter’s modems, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the source panel, click the desired source thumbnail. When selected, the source is framed with a red box.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="105" height="102" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/live-icon.jpg" alt="live icon" class="wp-image-164865" style="width:auto;height:130px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/live-icon.jpg 105w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/live-icon-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 105px) 100vw, 105px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To configure the modem, click the<strong> Setting </strong>&#8220;gear&#8221; icon above the source histogram.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="187" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Connection-name-and-status-1.jpg" alt="histogram" class="wp-image-164881" style="width:301px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>System Status</strong> page opens in a new window. Click the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="601" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/System-Status-page-1024x601.png" alt="System Status page" class="wp-image-164873" style="width:530px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/System-Status-page-1024x601.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/System-Status-page-300x176.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/System-Status-page-768x451.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/System-Status-page.png 1043w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modems</strong> panel opens. Select the <strong>Auto </strong>radio button. To save your configuration changes, click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="601" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-1024x601.png" alt="modems panel" class="wp-image-164888" style="width:548px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-1024x601.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-300x176.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-768x451.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel.png 1043w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The modem configuration on the pack is accessible in the modem option in the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU One Models FHD and 4K Software User Guide</mark></a></em> Advance configuration page.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="235" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Select-modem-option.png" alt="Select modem option" class="wp-image-119658" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Select-modem-option.png 434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Select-modem-option-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual carrier selection when roaming</strong></h2>



<p>To manually select which carrier a modem will roam on:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable the <strong>Roaming</strong> slider. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="612" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel.png" alt="modems panel" class="wp-image-164888" style="width:523px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel.png 1043w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-300x176.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-1024x601.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-768x451.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manual</strong> radio button at the bottom of the Modem configuration screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="567" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/manual-modem-configuration.png" alt="manual modem configuration" class="wp-image-164896" style="width:523px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/manual-modem-configuration.png 796w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/manual-modem-configuration-300x214.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/manual-modem-configuration-768x547.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Scan </strong> button. The roaming modem will automatically generate a list of available carriers.</li>



<li>Click to select a desired <strong>Carrier</strong>, then, Click <strong>Apply</strong> to confirm your selection.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting menu</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting menu</strong></h2>



<p>The Setting &#8220;gear&#8221; icon is located in the bottom-left corner of the Advanced Controls page. Click the <strong>Setting</strong> icon to open the Advanced setting menu and select your available settings.</p>



<p>The controls and functions in this menu are as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Basic Setting</li>



<li>File Browser</li>



<li>Feature Control</li>



<li>Grid encoder</li>



<li>GLink encoder</li>



<li>Transcriber</li>



<li>SDI output setting</li>



<li>IP Stream Out</li>



<li>Locate all Pack Position</li>



<li>Set location</li>



<li>IP and Port Mapping</li>



<li>Token Service</li>



<li>Restart Service</li>



<li>Reboot Device</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-43"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Settings page</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="419" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png" alt="setting menu" class="wp-image-137556" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png 243w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1-174x300.png 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 243px) 100vw, 243px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Video preview panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video preview window</strong></h2>



<p>The video preview window shows the live video output state or the offline state screens. The preview window has audio control capability. When a video is live, the operator can mute or unmute the audio to the live video by clicking the speaker icon in the bottom right corner of the preview window.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The audio button only affects the audio output to your Web browser. It does not affect the SDI output to your receiver.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="514" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Video-preview-window.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Video preview window" class="wp-image-164904" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Video-preview-window.jpg 514w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Video-preview-window-300x187.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px" /></figure>



<p>When a source is live, the video preview displays in the preview window, and the red <strong>Stop</strong> button displays. To stop the transmission, click the red<strong> Stop</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="216" height="144" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-output-state.png" alt="Advanced Control tab - Video preview output state" class="wp-image-119613" style="width:324px;height:216px"/></figure>



<p>When a source is not live, the video preview displays the following TVU slate, and the green<strong> Take</strong> button displays.</p>



<p><strong>Take/Stop button:</strong> The Take/Stop button allows the operator to stop or restart a live transmission from a selected source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="478" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state-1.jpg" alt="Advanced Control tab - Video preview offline state" class="wp-image-164911" style="width:339px;height:231px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state-1.jpg 478w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state-1-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 478px) 100vw, 478px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting panel controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting panel controls</strong></h2>



<p>The setting panel <strong>Delay</strong>, <strong>Bitrate</strong>, <strong>Adaptive Delay</strong>, and <strong>VBR/CBR </strong>controls are located below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-location.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Control setting panel location" class="wp-image-164918" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-location.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-location-300x188.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p>The setting panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="349" height="271" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-functions.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Control setting panel functions" class="wp-image-164926" style="object-fit:cover;width:324px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-functions.jpg 349w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-functions-300x233.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Delay control: </strong>Set your desired latency and then the maximum bitrate you would like to utilize. When in “Live” mode, the error rate and picture quality will automatically adjust based on the desired latency and the available bandwidth to produce the highest quality picture.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Bitrate control:</strong> The TVU receiver has a smart VBR scaling system. This means that the unit will automatically adjust the bitrate to output the best quality picture based on the desired latency. To effectively take advantage of the smart VBR scaling system, set your desired latency and then set the maximum bitrate you would like to utilize.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Adaptive delay control (Dynamic/fixed) for Grid only:</strong> Controls the dynamic buffering feature of Grid. When set to dynamic mode (recommended), the receiver will automatically increase the stream buffer to ensure stable transmission. This selection maximizes stream stability but at the potential cost of increasing the delay/latency. The Fixed mode will lock the Grid stream to a specific delay but will allow errors if the setting is too aggressive. It is recommended that dynamic mode is normally utilized. Where fixed mode is enabled, the operator should pay extra attention to the stream stability with their given setting.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>VBR/CBR: </strong>The TVU receiver has a smart VBR scaling system.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-31"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay</mark></a>” for more information about VBR/CBR.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="279" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Mode-selection-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Mode selection menu" class="wp-image-164933" style="width:340px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Mode-selection-menu.jpg 415w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Mode-selection-menu-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E) Preset selection menu (operational):</strong> Click the <strong>Select </strong>drop-down menu to view user-definable presets.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Presets can be adjusted, contact support for more information.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Status panel diagnostics</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Status panel diagnostics</strong></h2>



<p>The Status panel has many vertically designed indicators designed to help an operator make quality and troubleshooting decisions. Additional information such as error rate, line quality, and a quality histogram that depicts the total transmission encoding bitrate over a period. The histogram’s scale can be changed by selecting a different display option on the drop-down menu. The status of the transmitter’s batteries is also displayed.</p>



<p>The Status panel and histogram locations are shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-1.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Status and Diagnostics panel" class="wp-image-164941" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-1.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p>The Status panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-controls.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Status and Diagnostics panel controls" class="wp-image-164948" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-controls.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-controls-300x182.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Input and output formats:</strong> “Input” displays the video input format of the transmitter. “Output” displays the receiver output setting.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The receiver output format follows the input format. When the Input Match feature within Feature Control is enabled.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The TVU Pack input and receiver output should match. The receiver software is not intended to convert or adjust the resolution. In the event of a mismatch, the receiver will attempt a format conversion, but this may result in a loss of video quality and the removal of closed captions from the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>IFB status:</strong> The IFB status and the IFB Signal visually display. The IFB signal has a strength meter that depicts the input level of the IFB.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>VoIP status:</strong> The VoIP Signal has a strength meter that depicts the input level.</p>



<p>(D) <strong>Quality histogram/Quality link:</strong> The quality histogram below the Quality link displays a 5-minute aggregate histogram of the live transmission.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings page</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings page</strong></h2>



<p>The <strong>Settings</strong> &#8220;gear&#8221; icon in the top-right navigation offers options to change settings that affect other areas within Command Center. They include creating bookmark groups, adding external sources, adding user-level accounts, and locating individual hardware devices.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="80" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-gear-icon.jpg" alt="Settings gear icon" class="wp-image-164052" style="width:365px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-gear-icon.jpg 533w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-gear-icon-300x45.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></figure>



<p>There are nine tabs in the top navigation on the Settings page. The first tab that is opened by default when clicking the setting icon is the<strong> Preferences</strong> tab.</p>



<p>The Setting page has the following features and controls:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="375" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Command-Center-user-settings-page.jpg" alt="Command Center user settings page" class="wp-image-164955" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Command-Center-user-settings-page.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Command-Center-user-settings-page-300x209.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Preference:</strong> The Preference tab allows users to enable notification confirmations for starting and stopping a live transmission and to show Geo-location over thumbnails.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Device:</strong> The Device tab in the Setting window allows a user to view available paired receivers and source data and the option to rename a device.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab-1.jpg" alt="Device tab" class="wp-image-164962" style="width:563px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab-1-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To use the Device tab functions, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Device</strong> tab. The Device window displays.</li>



<li>To locate a specific device, enter the<strong> PID</strong> or <strong>Name</strong> in the search bar and press<strong> Enter</strong>.</li>



<li>To display Bookmarked devices, click the<strong> Bookmark</strong> drop-down menu and make a selection.</li>



<li>To display a device by type, click the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu and make a selection.</li>



<li>To display a device by location, click the<strong> Location</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>To rename a device, click <strong>Edit</strong> in the right column, rename the device, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1013" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-device-name-window-1.png" alt="Edit device name window" class="wp-image-119521" style="aspect-ratio:3.972826086956522;width:571px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-device-name-window-1.png 1013w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-device-name-window-1-300x76.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-device-name-window-1-768x194.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1013px) 100vw, 1013px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Account:</strong> The Account tab in the Setting window allows you (the administrative account holder) to create a Co-Admin or user-level account for your colleagues. It is highly recommended that you do this, as the administrator account has unrestricted power over all devices and sources in your Command Center. You can set restrictions such as going live and stopping live, gaining access to specific receivers and sources, and gaining access to other features. TVU discourages sharing the administrator account credentials with others.</p>



<p>To create a new Sub-level user account with an SSO login, refer to “Setting up a Sub-User level account SSO login method”. To modify an existing user who prefers an SSO login, refer to Steps 5 and 6.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Creating a new user or Co-Admin role</strong></h2>



<p>Account owners can create a new user-level role or a Co-admin role.</p>



<p>Please use real e-mail addresses. Refer to the account creation window below, which offers access customization.</p>



<p>To create a user-level account, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Account </strong>tab &gt; <strong>Plus</strong> icon &#8220;+.&#8221;</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="385" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon.png" alt="Setting page -  Account tab Plus icon" class="wp-image-145568" style="width:597px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon.png 894w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon-300x129.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon-768x331.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>User Creation</strong> window is displayed.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>valid email address</strong>, <strong>First</strong> and<strong> Last name</strong>, <strong>Password</strong>, <strong>Role</strong>, and select the corresponding checkbox permissions.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="542" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window.png" alt="User creation window" class="wp-image-145577" style="width:504px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window.png 545w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-300x298.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-150x150.png 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>



<li>After you create an account, the new account email displays in the account tab list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="571" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-tab-list-1-1024x571.png" alt="Account tab list" class="wp-image-145585" style="object-fit:cover;width:506px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-tab-list-1-1024x571.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-tab-list-1-300x167.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-tab-list-1-768x428.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-tab-list-1-1536x856.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-tab-list-1.png 1634w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click an email address in the list. The <strong>Relation Management</strong> window opens. Note that User name and status fields are displayed at the top of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="990" height="577" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management.png" alt="Relation management window" class="wp-image-145593" style="aspect-ratio:1.7862232779097387;width:509px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management.png 990w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management-300x175.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management-768x448.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 990px) 100vw, 990px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Available Device column, enter the receiver <strong>PID</strong> into the search field.</li>



<li>Select the device(s) you would like your user to have access to and click the<strong> Add</strong> or <strong>Add All</strong> button to move your selection(s) into the Binding Device column.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Save</strong> button when finished.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>New role modifications</strong></h2>



<p>The modify, deactivate, or delete a new sub-user role:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To modify a new role, click the Account tab. Click the <strong>Modify Permission</strong>, <strong>Deactivate</strong>, or <strong>Delete</strong> in the Operation column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="213" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-new-user-mod.png" alt="Account new user mod" class="wp-image-145602" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-new-user-mod.png 444w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-new-user-mod-300x144.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the email address in the <strong>Account tab</strong> to open the <strong>Relation Management</strong> window to modify pairings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="990" height="577" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management.png" alt="Relation management window" class="wp-image-145593" style="width:524px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management.png 990w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management-300x175.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management-768x448.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 990px) 100vw, 990px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong> when finished.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up a Sub-User level account SSO login method</strong></h2>



<p>When the Administrative account holder creates a new user-level account, and the user prefers using an SSO login, there is no need to set a TVU password. An optional SSO login method can be configured.</p>



<p>To configure a Sub-user level SSO login:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Setting</strong> icon &gt; <strong>Account</strong> tab and click the Plus “<strong>+</strong>” icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="385" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon.png" alt="Setting page - Account tab Plus icon" class="wp-image-145568" style="width:533px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon.png 894w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon-300x129.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon-768x331.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The User Creation window is displayed.</li>



<li>Enter the new user’s <strong>email</strong>, <strong>first</strong> and<strong> last name</strong>, and <strong>Role</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="542" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window.png" alt="User creation window" class="wp-image-145577" style="width:459px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window.png 545w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-300x298.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-150x150.png 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the SSO checkbox, the desired <strong>Permissions</strong>, and click<strong> Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="546" height="543" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod.png" alt="User creation mod" class="wp-image-145610" style="width:468px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod.png 546w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod-300x298.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod-150x150.png 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 546px) 100vw, 546px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Modify an existing user-level account for SSO login, locate the user in the Account list and click the <strong>Modify Permission</strong> link.</li>



<li>The Modify Permission window is displayed. Select the <strong>SSO</strong> checkbox and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="472" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Modify-permissions.png" alt="Modify permissions" class="wp-image-140473" style="width:472px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Modify-permissions.png 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Modify-permissions-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>External source: </strong>The External source tab in the Settings window allows users to add external sources such as YouTube, EXT, and SMPTE2022 sources to their source list.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="401" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab-1.jpg" alt="External source tab" class="wp-image-164970" style="width:559px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To create an external source, Click the <strong>External Source</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Enter your receiver’s <strong>PID</strong> or <strong>Name</strong> in the search field. Then, click the plus &#8220;+&#8221; icon. The Add External Source window opens.</li>



<li>Select the Type of source from the<strong> Type</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>URL</strong> if required and enter a <strong>Name</strong>, then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>



<li>The external source is displayed in the External Source list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="353" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu.png" alt="add external source selection menu" class="wp-image-119485" style="width:384px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu.png 510w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Operation log:</strong> The Operation Log tab lists a user’s Command Center activity. The activity can be filtered by date, operation type, and email.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab-1.jpg" alt="Operation log tab" class="wp-image-164977" style="width:569px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F)</strong> <strong>Bookmark:</strong> The Bookmark tab in the Setting window allows a user to create and share bookmarks for devices and sources (also referred to as category bookmarks) that are configured in the Relation Management window. The device and source groups you create are available in the bookmark menus on other Command Center tabs.</p>



<p>For example, you could create and share a group of receivers and sources that are meant only for a particular team with a Command Center account within your organization.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-2.jpg" alt="Bookmark tab" class="wp-image-164984" style="width:586px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-2.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-2-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To add a device to a bookmark</strong></h2>



<p>To create a bookmark category and add a device to the bookmark:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Bookmark</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Hover over <strong>My Bookmark</strong>. Click the plus &#8220;<strong>+</strong>&#8221; icon to create a new bookmark category. The Create Bookmark window will then display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="134" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-Create-Bookmark-Plus-.jpg" alt="Bookmark tab - Create Bookmark Plus +" class="wp-image-164992" style="width:420px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-Create-Bookmark-Plus-.jpg 529w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-Create-Bookmark-Plus--300x76.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>Create Bookmark</strong> pop-up window, enter a <strong>Bookmark name</strong> and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="420" height="178" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark-1.jpg" alt="Create bookmark" class="wp-image-165000" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark-1.jpg 420w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark-1-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your bookmark name from the bookmark panel to add a device to your bookmark, then click the <strong>Add Device</strong> button.</li>



<li>The Relation Management window opens. Note that the selected bookmark name is displayed at the top of the Relation Management window.</li>



<li>Enter the Available device<strong> PID</strong> or <strong>Name</strong> in the search field. The Available Device column displays a list of available devices. You can also filter your devices by clicking the Filter drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select an available device name to add to the Binding device column. Click the <strong>Add</strong> or <strong>Add All</strong> button to move the device(s) to the Binding Device column.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Save</strong> to save your entries.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="829" height="554" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/bookmarks-relation-management-window.png" alt="bookmarks relation management window" class="wp-image-145650" style="aspect-ratio:1.786697247706422;width:571px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/bookmarks-relation-management-window.png 829w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/bookmarks-relation-management-window-300x200.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/bookmarks-relation-management-window-768x513.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your bound device displays in the Bookmark list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="566" height="175" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/bookmark-binding-device-list.jpg" alt="bookmark binding device list" class="wp-image-165008" style="width:438px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/bookmark-binding-device-list.jpg 566w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/bookmark-binding-device-list-300x93.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 566px) 100vw, 566px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a device in the bound device list to <strong>Duplicate</strong> to another device, <strong>Move</strong>, <strong>Remove</strong> devices from the bookmark, or <strong>Add</strong> another device to a bookmark.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="103" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/device-options.jpg" alt="device options" class="wp-image-165015" style="width:427px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/device-options.jpg 591w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/device-options-300x52.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(G)</strong> <strong>Social Account:</strong> The Social Account tab allows users to quickly and easily transmit to a supported CDN such as Facebook and YouTube. Only receivers that are currently live with a source display in the Live Video screen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="859" height="389" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-social-media-account.png" alt="Add social media account" class="wp-image-165023" style="object-fit:cover;width:564px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-social-media-account.png 859w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-social-media-account-300x136.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-social-media-account-768x348.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 859px) 100vw, 859px" /></figure>



<p>There are two sharing methods available:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the <strong>Publish</strong> button on a live receiver’s thumbnail using a saved Social Media account in the <strong>Social Account</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Use the<strong> Facebook Share Directly</strong> button on one of your live receiver thumbnails.</li>
</ul>



<p>The Social Account tab has the following features and controls:</p>



<p><strong>Live video sources</strong></p>



<p>To enable the Video preview functions:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To share with other CDNs besides Facebook, add your social media account, click the <strong>Social Account </strong>tab and the plus &#8220;+&#8221; icon, and follow the instructions.</li>



<li>After you add your account, return to the Live Video preview and click the <strong>Publish</strong> button on the thumbnail of the receiver you would like to share.</li>



<li>Select the account you want to use and click the <strong>Share</strong> button to begin sharing.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Stop</strong> button to stop sharing.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>Social Account tab</strong></p>



<p>To share with Facebook, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add your Facebook account via the Social Account tab, then use the Facebook Share Directly button on the live receiver thumbnail you want to share.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Authenticate</strong> radio button. The Output Setting window opens.</li>



<li>Add your desired details. Then, click <strong>Go Live</strong> to start sharing.</li>



<li>To stop sharing, click the <strong>Publish</strong> button on the receiver’s thumbnail and click <strong>Stop</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(H)</strong> <strong>Access APP: </strong>The Access App tab functionality allows users to set up an API access app by company name.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="283" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab-1.jpg" alt="Access APP tab" class="wp-image-165030" style="object-fit:cover;width:602px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab-1-300x126.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To set up an API Access App:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Access App</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Company Name</strong> in the field to verify any existing accounts.</li>



<li>Click the plus &#8220;+&#8221; icon in the Access App tab. The Create an Access window opens.</li>



<li>Enter the company name and select the activation method radio buttons.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="347" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Create-access-app.png" alt="create access app window" class="wp-image-144929" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Create-access-app.png 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Create-access-app-300x207.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(I)</strong> <strong>Licensed Feature Report:</strong> The Licensed Feature Report tab allows a user to filter and view Command Center licensed features by device, Account, Role, and Owner email address.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="480" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-report-tab-1024x480.jpg" alt="Licensed feature report tab" class="wp-image-165038" style="width:633px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-report-tab-1024x480.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-report-tab-300x141.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-report-tab-768x360.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-report-tab.jpg 1462w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>To use the Command Center Licensed Feature Report, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Licenced Feature Report</strong> tab. The Licensed Feature Report window displays.</li>



<li>Use the Drop-down menu to select Command Center tab access.</li>



<li>Click the calendar icons to select a date range. Then, click the <strong>Filter</strong> button.</li>



<li>To review an activation time by account, click the<strong> account name</strong> in the list.</li>



<li>The Account activation setting window opens.</li>



<li>When finished, click<strong> Ok</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab-1.jpg" alt="Licensed feature tab" class="wp-image-165045" style="width:644px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab-1-300x146.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Monitor tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Monitor tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Monitor tab allows users to watch a full-motion video of their receivers that are currently live. Users can listen to the output audio, full-screen individual windows, and use VoIP controls to communicate with each receiver’s respective TVU Pack.</p>



<p>The Multi-view tab includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Receiver selection drop-down:</strong> Clicking here will open a menu of available live receivers By <strong>Chosen order</strong>, <strong>By Name</strong>, or <strong>By Status</strong> to add to the multi-view windows. There is also the option to add a bookmark group of receivers from the <strong>Bookmark</strong> drop-down menu. To create and display your own Bookmarks, set them up in the <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Bookmark</strong> tab.</p>



<p><strong>(B) VoIP start button:</strong> Clicking the VoIP start button (the green phone icon) opens a small window displaying available TVU Packs to start a VoIP call. Select the number of packs and click “Start the call” to begin communication from your local PC to the selected packs. The call button will become red when a call is active. Click the red button to end the call.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>View selections:</strong> You can increase the number of available windows by selecting one of these viewing option icons. There is a maximum of 25 windows. A full-screen button is also present that will collapse the Command Center navigation bar when selected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="221" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Receiver-filtering-menu.jpg" alt="Monitor tab functions - Receiver filtering menu" class="wp-image-165052" style="width:544px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Receiver-filtering-menu.jpg 529w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Receiver-filtering-menu-300x125.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="223" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Bookmark-receiver-selection-menu.jpg" alt="Monitor tab functions - Bookmark receiver selection menu" class="wp-image-165060" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Bookmark-receiver-selection-menu.jpg 531w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Bookmark-receiver-selection-menu-300x126.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Audio meter, Show Info, and Page Never Times Out sliders</strong>: Enable the Audio meter to listen to audio and <strong>Show Info</strong> slider to show the preview transmission details. Enable the <strong>Page Never Times Out</strong> slider to monitor live transmissions without timing out.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="197" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-controls.jpg" alt="Monitor tab controls" class="wp-image-165067" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-controls.jpg 532w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-controls-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Grid tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Grid tab</strong></h2>



<p>The new TVU Grid for Command Center features form part of a three-tiered service that allows TVU Command Center account owners to access and manage Grid sources outside of their traditional organizational boundaries. This new Grid service uses the expanded Command Center user interface to search for, request, and go live with these sources.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-tab-1.jpg" alt="Grid tab" class="wp-image-165075" style="width:592px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-tab-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Grid for Command Center QSUG</mark></a></em> for more information.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Token tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Token tab</strong></h2>



<p>Token is a feature accessible within the TVU Command Center User Interface. The TVU Anywhere app integrates with the token feature, which allows an operator to perform automatic receiver pairing without the intervention of TVU Support.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab-1.jpg" alt="Token tab" class="wp-image-165082" style="aspect-ratio:1.9022556390977443;width:595px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To use the TVU Anywhere token feature, it requires a token license activation from TVU Support.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Anywhere Token Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> for detailed information about using this feature with TVU Anywhere.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The <em><a href="https://guides.tvunetworks.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TVU Anywhere Token Quick Start guide</a></em> provides instructions to complete the following tasks:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Activating the TVU Command Center token feature</li>



<li>Creating a TVU Anywhere token</li>



<li>Accepting a token using the TVU Anywhere app</li>



<li>Editing device information</li>



<li>Delete or deny a token</li>



<li>Creating a hotspot connection to a TVU Pack</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Grid Token Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> for detailed information about using the Grid Token feature.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Grid Token Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> provides instructions to complete the following tasks:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Activating the TVU Command Center token feature</li>



<li>Creating a Grid token</li>



<li>Editing token information</li>



<li>Pairing the Grid source tokens</li>



<li>User request for Token acceptance</li>



<li>Accepting a token using the Command Center UI</li>



<li>Editing device information</li>



<li>Delete or deny a token</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced configuration settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Linux receiver settings</strong></h2>



<p>The Advanced Control page Settings drop-down menu in the bottom-left of the Advanced Control page displays the following General and Basic configuration setting selections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="419" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png" alt="setting menu" class="wp-image-137556" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png 243w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1-174x300.png 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 243px) 100vw, 243px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General</strong></h2>



<p>The General setting window allows users to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a time zone.</li>



<li>Enable Custom NTP service. When enabled, the Time Lock feature will become disabled.</li>



<li>Configure Microphone and speaker devices.</li>



<li>Enable VoIP to start with live.</li>



<li>Enable a prompt warning when stopping a live transmission.</li>



<li>When using the Progressive download feature, choose to auto-convert recorded streams to MOV, MXF, and MP4 formats.</li>



<li>Enable a default for delay and bitrate settings.</li>



<li>Configure the Eternal source buffer size.</li>



<li>Choose a Video Feedback resolution and rate.</li>



<li>Enable Switch Live on Hold to Standby.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="565" height="546" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Settings-General.png" alt="Settings General" class="wp-image-145734" style="aspect-ratio:1.0359712230215827;width:434px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Settings-General.png 565w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Settings-General-300x290.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 565px) 100vw, 565px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Basic setting &#8211; Network IP and port mapping</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Basic setting</strong> &#8211;<strong> Network IP and port mapping</strong></h2>



<p>To review the Network IP and port mapping settings, click the <strong>Settings gear</strong> and select <strong>Basic Setting</strong>. The TVU Networks Setup page displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1008" height="441" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/General-settings.png" alt="general settings" class="wp-image-137815" style="aspect-ratio:1.8316582914572865;width:608px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/General-settings.png 1008w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/General-settings-300x131.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/General-settings-768x336.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1008px) 100vw, 1008px" /></figure>



<p>The TVU Network Setup page has the following controls.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="371" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/TVU-Network-Setup-Web-Control.png" alt="TVU Network Setup - Web Control" class="wp-image-145742" style="object-fit:cover;width:609px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/TVU-Network-Setup-Web-Control.png 709w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/TVU-Network-Setup-Web-Control-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></figure>



<p>The TVU Network Setup page contains the following configurable panels:</p>



<p><strong>(A) Home button</strong> &#8211; Opens the TVU WebR page</p>



<p><strong>(B) Network settings</strong></p>



<p><strong>(C) DNS settings</strong></p>



<p><strong>(D) Web Control </strong>&#8211; Displays PIDs</p>



<p><strong>(E) System settings</strong> &#8211; Restart Service, Factory Reset, Restart System, Update firmware, and Shut Down controls.</p>



<p>Click the<strong> Home </strong>button in the top right corner of the interface to access links from the Receiver interface page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="543" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page-1024x543.png" alt="Receiver landing page" class="wp-image-119339" style="aspect-ratio:1.8895027624309393;width:596px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page-1024x543.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page-300x159.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page-768x408.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page-1536x815.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page.png 1632w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>The Receiver interface page includes the following links:</p>



<p>Web Control<br>Network Setup<br>File Browser<br>Migration<br>Port Test<br>Security Update (beta)<br>Service Control</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the “<em>TVU Server Hardware Setup User Guide, Models VS3100, VS3200, VS3250, VS3500, and VS3500 &#8211; Linux</em>” for hardware set up and configuration instructions.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Feature Control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Feature Control</strong></h2>



<p>Many features in the Feature Control menu must be enabled before they can be used. To access the Feature Control menu and enable features, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab and <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab.</li>



<li>From the <strong>Receivers</strong> page, click the <strong>Advanced</strong> icon.</li>



<li>To open the Feature Control settings dialog, click the <strong>Settings gear</strong> in the bottom-left panel and select <strong>Feature Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="165" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu.png" alt="feature control setting" class="wp-image-119192" style="width:225px;height:221px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu.png 165w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 165px) 100vw, 165px" /></figure>



<p>The Feature Control dialog displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="585" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control.jpg" alt="feature control" class="wp-image-165090" style="aspect-ratio:0.8273244781783681;object-fit:cover;width:351px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control-248x300.jpg 248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the slider to the right to enable a feature, or move the slider to the left to disable a feature.</li>



<li>Restart the receiver software for changes to take place.</li>
</ol>



<p>Feature Control settings are as follows. These features may be enabled or disabled in the Feature Control window:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Auto Download:</strong> Enable the <strong>Auto Download</strong> feature if you want a live session to download automatically after the session stops.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Live </strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>Resume:</strong>&nbsp;This feature automatically resumes the last live source when</span> the receiver shuts down.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Record: </strong>When Auto Record is enabled, live transmissions from the receiver are recorded to local storage.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Sync:</strong> Auto Sync is a high-speed file transfer feature that automatically pushes the files from the transmitter to the receiver using ISX.
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>There are two Auto Sync methods you can use to send files to the TVU receiver automatically:
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>You can perform Auto Sync by inserting a USB stick into the transmitter.</li>



<li>You can use the TVU transmitter wireless hotspot feature to transfer files directly to the TVU transmitter for upload.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>



<li><strong>Booking Service: </strong>TVU Booking Service is a simple scheduling solution designed to help broadcasters better manage multiple streams within their IP video workflow within the Grid ecosystem.</li>



<li><strong>External Source Receiving</strong>: When enabled, this feature allows the operator to connect to external video sources, including YouTube, by using an IP address or URL.</li>



<li><strong>Global Grid:</strong> TVU Grid’s web-based, easy-to-use interface grants control over all TVU servers by request.</li>



<li><strong>IP Streaming Output:</strong> The live video transmission is encoded into an IP format and can be sent to six remote locations.</li>



<li><strong>Input match:</strong> The receiver SDI output will be converted to match the source input resolution setting.</li>



<li><strong>Live Encoder Support:</strong> The Live Encoder support controls one function.
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enabling the operation of the Command Center Share function when used in conjunction with a social media account.</li>
</ul>
</li>



<li><strong>Local SDI:</strong> The operator can view SDI input as a local source.</li>



<li><strong>Remote File Storage: </strong>Use the Remote File Storage to push downloaded files to external FTP receivers.</li>



<li><strong>SDI to IP:</strong> Enables an SDI input for IP streaming output.</li>



<li><strong>TVU G-Link Encoder:</strong> The TVU G-Link encoder feature slider enables the G-Link encoder on the transceiver.</li>



<li><strong>TVUG-Link Receiving:</strong> The G-Link decoder feature enables the TVU transceiver to receive the encoding of a G-Link enabled TVU transceiver.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Transcriber:</strong> TVU Transcriber is a real-time speech-to-text transcribing service. For detailed information, refer to the TVU Transcriber Feature Guide.</li>



<li><strong>TVUGrid Encoder:</strong> Enable the encoding of a TVU pack or local SDI stream to Grid.</li>



<li><strong>TVUGrid Receiving:</strong> Set to receive Grid feeds.</li>



<li><strong>TVUMe Receiving:</strong> TVUMe allows news organizations to connect with video content providers and freelancers worldwide to exchange live and recorded content.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Pack Receiving</strong>: Enable TVU Pack Receiving to allow the encoding of the pack stream or local SDI stream to Grid.</li>



<li><strong>Time Lock: </strong>The Time Lock feature enables multiple TVU One’s to synchronize with other receivers at the same set latency.</li>



<li><strong>Token Service:</strong> The Token Service allows users to create and share Grid and TVU Anywhere Tokens.</li>



<li><strong>Video Feedback:</strong> This option enables the remote video feedback function, encoding content at the receiver and sending it to field equipment for remote monitoring.</li>



<li><strong>Vision Tag</strong>: Used to enable/disable live MediaMind AI facial and location recognition.</li>



<li><strong>Web File Support:</strong> Enables ENPS integration functions.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Grid Encoder</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Grid Encoder</strong></h2>



<p>To view the Grid Encoder feature, ensure the feature is enabled in the Feature Control window. Then, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Settings</strong> menu and select <strong>Grid Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="378" height="205" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/grid-encoder.png" alt="Grid encoder" class="wp-image-119330" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/grid-encoder.png 378w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/grid-encoder-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></figure>



<p>The Grid Encoder dialog window displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="601" height="505" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-encoder.jpg" alt="Grid encoder" class="wp-image-165097" style="width:438px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-encoder.jpg 601w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-encoder-300x252.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 601px) 100vw, 601px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Source</strong> drop-down menu to select which source type you want available on output 1.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Output 2 will always use the SDI input as its source.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="603" height="506" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-Encoder-Source-and-CODEC-menus.jpg" alt="Grid Encoder Source and CODEC menus" class="wp-image-165104" style="width:452px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-Encoder-Source-and-CODEC-menus.jpg 603w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-Encoder-Source-and-CODEC-menus-300x252.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 603px) 100vw, 603px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When finished, close the window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	G-Link Encoder</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>G-Link Encoder</strong></h2>



<p>TVU G-Link encoder feature slider enables the G-Link encoder on the transceiver. G-Link Encoder allows users to configure their video’s bitrate so that G-Link can select a codec.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU G link software feature user guide</mark></a></em> for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To configure the GLink source, open the <strong>Settings</strong> menu and select <strong>GLink Encoder.</strong></li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="260" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/glink-encoder.png" alt="glink encoder" class="wp-image-119293" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/glink-encoder.png 377w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/glink-encoder-300x207.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /></figure>



<p>The GLink Encoder window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="810" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-glink-encoder-window.png" alt="setting glink encoder window" class="wp-image-119284" style="aspect-ratio:1.279109589041096;width:487px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-glink-encoder-window.png 810w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-glink-encoder-window-300x234.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-glink-encoder-window-768x600.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 810px) 100vw, 810px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Output 1 panel, select a source from the Source drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Make a <strong>CODEC</strong> selection.</li>



<li>Set the<strong> Bitrate</strong> and enter a <strong>Port </strong>number.</li>



<li>In the Output 2 panel, select a <strong>CODEC</strong>.</li>



<li>Set the <strong>Bitrate</strong> and enter a<strong> Port</strong> number.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	SDI Output settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SDI Output settings</strong></h2>



<p>SDI settings can be configured for single or dual-output receivers. To access the SDI Output settings dialog, click<strong> Settings</strong> and select <strong>SDI Output Setting</strong>.</p>



<p>The SDI Output Setting window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="462" height="594" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-SDI-output-setting-window.png" alt="setting SDI output setting window" class="wp-image-119275" style="width:394px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-SDI-output-setting-window.png 462w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-SDI-output-setting-window-233x300.png 233w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 462px) 100vw, 462px" /></figure>



<p>SDI Output settings overview:</p>



<p><strong>On: </strong>Enable SDI Output.<br><strong>Card ID:</strong> When enabled, use the Card ID drop-down to select either 1 or 2 for the SDI output.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the card ID is set to 1, then the video output will be the center BNC connector. If the card ID is set to 2, then the video output will be the far right connector.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-medium is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="104" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/TX3200v4-Transceiver-Back-panel-300x104.png" alt="TX3200v4 Transceiver Back panel" class="wp-image-119266" style="width:397px;height:138px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/TX3200v4-Transceiver-Back-panel-300x104.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/TX3200v4-Transceiver-Back-panel-768x265.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/TX3200v4-Transceiver-Back-panel.png 999w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “Dual output receiver configurations”.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Output Format:</strong> Use the Output format drop-down menu to select a resolution for your video output.</li>



<li><strong>3G-SDI formats:</strong> Choose a format. Select SMPTE Level A or SMPTE Level B from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li><strong>Custom logo:</strong> To add a logo to your SDI output, check the Custom logo checkbox, enter the X and Y offset positions, click the Plus &#8220;+&#8221; to add a logo, and follow the prompts.</li>



<li><strong>Aspect: </strong>Select an aspect ratio from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li><strong>Last Frame: </strong>Select Logo from the Last Frame drop-down to output the TVU slate screen. Select Last Frame to repeat the last frame or select Black for no image.</li>



<li><strong>Last Frame lasts for N seconds:</strong> Enter a value for the “Last Frame” selection to display.</li>



<li><strong>Audio Channels: </strong>Use the Audio Channels drop-down to select 2, 8, or 16 audio channels.</li>



<li><strong>Output -12 db audio while standing by (checkbox):</strong> Click the check box to enable a 12 dB audio output along with the TVU slate. When the box is unchecked, the 12 dB audio output is disabled, and the TVU slate is only enabled.</li>



<li><strong>Stay on the last frame during transmission interruption (checkbox)</strong>: Click this checkbox to enable the “Last Frame” and “Last Frame to last for N seconds” settings in the event of a transmission interruption.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> In the event of any changes made to the SDI Output setting dialog, you are prompted to restart the receiver for settings to take effect.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Dual output receiver configurations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Dual output receiver configurations</strong></h2>



<p>With a dual-receiver configuration, an operator can access each receiver by completing the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Web Control drop-down menu and select a receiver from the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="311" height="138" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dual-output-menu.png" alt="dual output menu" class="wp-image-137831" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dual-output-menu.png 311w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dual-output-menu-300x133.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /></figure>



<p>Log in to the TVU receiver UI.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="540" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Login-screen-1024x540.jpg" alt="Login screen" class="wp-image-119248" style="aspect-ratio:1.9026315789473685;width:486px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Login-screen-1024x540.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Login-screen-300x158.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Login-screen-768x405.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Login-screen.jpg 1198w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	IP and Port mapping</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IP and Port Mapping</strong></h2>



<p>The IP and Port Mapping setting enables users to add a receiver IP and configure the port mapping.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To configure a receiver IP, click the<strong> Settings</strong> menu and select <strong>IP and Port Mapping</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>The IP and Port Mapping window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="704" height="463" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-IP-and-port-mapping.png" alt="setting IP and port mapping" class="wp-image-119238" style="width:538px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-IP-and-port-mapping.png 704w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-IP-and-port-mapping-300x197.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 704px) 100vw, 704px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> to add a Receiver IP to Slot 2.</li>



<li>Fill in the appropriate fields and click<strong> Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="541" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/IP-and-port-mapping-add.png" alt="IP and port mapping add window" class="wp-image-119229" style="width:542px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/IP-and-port-mapping-add.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/IP-and-port-mapping-add-300x260.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Token Service</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Token Service</strong></h2>



<p>The Token Service allows users to create and share Grid and TVU Anywhere sources that they own by creating Tokens.</p>



<p>To Create Tokens:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Settings menu and select <strong>Token Service</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/token-service.png" alt="Token service" class="wp-image-119220" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/token-service.png 377w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/token-service-300x131.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /></figure>



<p>The Token Service page displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="774" height="556" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-window.png" alt="setting token service window" class="wp-image-119211" style="width:563px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-window.png 774w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-window-300x216.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-window-768x552.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 774px) 100vw, 774px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Create a new Token tab and enter a <strong>Receiver Name</strong> and <strong>Receiver ID</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Get IP</strong> button to obtain the Receiver IP.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Receiver Time Span</strong>.</li>



<li>To add a second receiver, Click the Plus &#8220;+&#8221; button, and enter the <strong>IP addres</strong>s and <strong>Time Span</strong> in the provided fields.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Receiver Email</strong>, <strong>Transmitter Name</strong>, <strong>Transmitter PID</strong>, and<strong> Transmitter Email</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Create</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the Set a Token tab, Enter the <strong>Token information</strong> and click the<strong> Set Token</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="771" height="464" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-set-token.png" alt="setting token service set token" class="wp-image-119202" style="width:577px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-set-token.png 771w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-set-token-300x181.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-set-token-768x462.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Auto Download feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto Download feature</strong></h2>



<p>To enable the Auto Download feature, complete the following steps from the Advanced Control page:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Settings</strong> menu and select<strong> Feature Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="165" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu.png" alt="feature control setting" class="wp-image-119192" style="width:222px;height:218px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu.png 165w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 165px) 100vw, 165px" /></figure>



<p>The Feature Control settings menu displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="585" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control.jpg" alt="feature control" class="wp-image-165090" style="aspect-ratio:0.8275193798449613;width:355px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control-248x300.jpg 248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable this feature, drag the <strong>Auto Download</strong> slider to the right until it turns green.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Apply and Restart Now</strong> button.</li>



<li>Close the Feature Control window and refresh the screen.</li>



<li>To ensure that Auto download has been enabled, open the <strong>Settings</strong> menu. The Auto download displays as a selection. Click <strong>Auto download</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="335" height="414" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-control-tab-settings-auto-download-menu.png" alt="Auto download menu" class="wp-image-119183" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-control-tab-settings-auto-download-menu.png 335w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-control-tab-settings-auto-download-menu-243x300.png 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 335px) 100vw, 335px" /></figure>



<p>The Auto Download pop-up dialog displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="166" height="75" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Auto-download-LINUX.png" alt="Auto download Linux" class="wp-image-119156" style="width:245px;height:111px"/></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable Auto Download and close the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Progressive Download feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Progressive Download feature</strong></h2>



<p>If the TVU receiver is available, the TVU transmitter can automatically trigger the immediate upload of a mirror image of a high-resolution clip from its SSD to the TVU receiver by pressing the camcorder’s record button. The TVU receiver will display the download process.</p>



<p>To use the Progressive Download feature, complete the following steps from the Advanced Control tab:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To access the Progressive Download dialog, open the <strong>Settings</strong> menu and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="382" height="240" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/General.png" alt="General" class="wp-image-119147" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/General.png 382w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/General-300x188.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 382px) 100vw, 382px" /></figure>



<p>The General pop-up dialog displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="562" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Progressive-Download-dialog.jpg" alt="Progressive Download dialog" class="wp-image-165113" style="aspect-ratio:0.9382716049382716;width:422px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Progressive-Download-dialog.jpg 562w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Progressive-Download-dialog-289x300.jpg 289w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Progressive-Download-dialog-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 562px) 100vw, 562px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Progressive Download panel, click the <strong>Auto-Convert to drop-down</strong> menu to select from three conversion options for the mirror image.</li>



<li>When finished, click <strong>Apply</strong> and click the<strong> X</strong> to close the window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Locate All pack positions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Locate All Pack Positions</strong></h2>



<p>Locate All pack positions dialog displays the location of all live TVU Packs using GPS.</p>



<p>To view pack positions, open the <strong>Settings</strong> menu and select <strong>Locate All Pack Positions</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="373" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Locate-Pack-Position.png" alt="Locate pack position" class="wp-image-119127" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Locate-Pack-Position.png 373w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Locate-Pack-Position-300x121.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 373px) 100vw, 373px" /></figure>



<p>The GPS location window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-locations-of-sources-and-receivers.jpg" alt="Geo locations of sources and receivers" class="wp-image-163959" style="width:587px;height:335px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-locations-of-sources-and-receivers.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-locations-of-sources-and-receivers-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Use your mouse to hover over the location pin to display the TVU Packs’ PID.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="392" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-navigation-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Geo location navigation controls and functions" class="wp-image-163966" style="width:582px;height:337px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-navigation-controls-and-functions.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-navigation-controls-and-functions-300x175.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>In order to improve the location accuracy, make sure the TVU Pack is connected to a WiFi card.</li>



<li>If there is no real-time GPS data for a TVU transmitter, cache GPS data will be used for that TVU transmitter, and the location pin displays red.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source GPS Tracking and locations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source GPS locations, tracking, and previews</strong></h2>



<p>From the Source Control window, in the top-right navigation panel, the geographic location of the transmitted video and tracking information are available.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To locate the physical location of a source, click the <strong>geo-location</strong> pin icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="233" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-and-tracking-icons.jpg" alt="Geo location and tracking icons" class="wp-image-165121" style="width:auto;height:149px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-and-tracking-icons.jpg 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-and-tracking-icons-300x129.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Track a device by mode, click the <strong>Tracking</strong> icon. The Tracking window opens. Select a Tracking mode.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="264" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/tracking-mode.png" alt="Tracking mode" class="wp-image-119089" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/tracking-mode.png 461w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/tracking-mode-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a Device.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="447" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Tracking-device.png" alt="Tracking device" class="wp-image-119079" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Tracking-device.png 466w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Tracking-device-300x288.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong> to display your results.</li>
</ol>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p>© Copyright 2025 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Command Center User Guide Rev G EN 11-2025</p>



<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/">TVU Command Center User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to add an HLS output in TVU Channel</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-hls-output-tvu-channel/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 06 Oct 2023 13:32:10 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=69654</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to use the Go Live button to configure your channel to an HLS live stream output and take your channel to “Air”</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-hls-output-tvu-channel/">How to add an HLS output in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/How-To-Add-An-HLS-Output-In-Tvu-Channel-A-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<p class="has-black-color has-text-color"><a href="/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</mark></a> makes it simple for anyone to take a channel to “Air” and output to an HLS live stream.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">To add an HLS output destination:</h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add an output destination, click the <strong>Go Live</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="81" height="27" class="wp-image-69576" style="width: 81px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Go-live-button.png" alt=""> button.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="17" class="wp-image-58418" style="width: 41px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Add_button_grn-2.png" alt=""> to list possible output options, from social media to professional broadcast formats.</li>



<li>If you want to stream over HTTP connections using the HLS protocol, choose the <strong>HLS</strong> option.</li>



<li>Enter a name for this output, such as “Output_via_HLS”</li>



<li>Set the <strong>Video Resolution</strong> for this output. A higher resolution improves quality but increases network traffic.</li>



<li>Set the <strong>Bitrate</strong> for your output. The bitrate determines how much networking capacity you are dedicating to the output. A higher bitrate increases network traffic but improves quality.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p></p>
<cite><strong>Note:</strong> if you are unsure about bitrate/quality requirements, we recommend using the default setting to provide good picture quality for most HD content.</cite></blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/How-To-Add-An-HLS-Output-In-Tvu-Channel-B-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<p></p>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="7">
<li><strong>GOP Size</strong> is an advanced setting, and we recommend you do not modify the default settings unless you have an in-depth knowledge of HLS encoding.</li>



<li><strong>Chunk Size</strong> is a parameter that should be a multiple of the GOP Size.</li>



<li><strong>Slice Count</strong> is an advanced setting, and we recommend you do not modify the default settings unless you have an in-depth knowledge of HLS encoding.</li>



<li>Click<strong> </strong>the<strong> <strong>Save</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="23" class="wp-image-57013" style="width: 57px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Save_button_grn.png" alt=""> </strong>button to finish creating this new HLS output destination. You can click the <strong>Save and</strong> <strong>Go Live</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="29" class="wp-image-69658" style="width: 160px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Dave-and-Go-live-HLS-button.png" alt=""> button to save it and immediately make this output active. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TVU-Channel-Go-Live-Output-to-HLS-steps-10-plus.mp4"></video></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="10">
<li>Move the <strong>slider</strong> to the right when your HLS media displays in the output pop-up window to activate your new HLS output destination.</li>



<li>To change the settings on this output, click on the three-dot icon (…) and click <strong>Settings</strong>. Change the settings as needed and<strong> Save</strong> your changes.</li>



<li>To deactivate this output destination, click the <strong>slider</strong> to the left. It will turn gray to indicate it is deactivated.</li>



<li>To delete this output destination, click the <strong>slider</strong> to the left to deactivate it. Then click on the three-dot icon (…) and select <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>Take me to more <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-schedule-a-program-in-tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">How-to&#8217;s for Channel</mark></a>.</p>



<div class="wp-block-columns is-layout-flex wp-container-core-columns-is-layout-1 wp-block-columns-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<section class="faq-contact-section">
                    <div class="container">
                                                    <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <div class="img-holder">
                                        <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Have-a-question-e1591188787935.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                    </div>
                                                                                                    <h3>Have a question?</h3>
                                                                <p>Check our FAQ page</p>
                                                                    <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/faqs-support/" target="_self" rel="noopener">Go to FAQs</a>
                                                            </div>
                                                                            <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/Contact-us-e1591188701459-2.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                                                                                    <h3>Can&#8217;t find what you need?</h3>
                                                                                                    <p>We&#8217;re here 24/7</p>
                                                                 <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/contact-us/" target="_self" rel="noopener">
                                        Contact us                                    </a>
                                                            </div>
                                            </div>
                </section>
</div>
</div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">W<strong>atch our YouTube Tutorials</strong></h3>



<p> Watch&nbsp;<a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL-qrMFVCKpdcnbR3psv1i6s5hrGssKgnQ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">product tutorials</span></a>&nbsp;for all TVU products on our YouTube channel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About TVU Channel</strong></h3>



<p><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</span></a> is a cloud streaming service created by TVU Networks that completely revolutionizes creating, managing, operating, and monetizing a 24/7 digital channel. Using cellular bonding and low latency features, broadcasters &amp; producers alike can manage remote productions and multi-camera live streaming with ease. Our zero infrastructure environment has massively reduced the time, cost, and complexity of creating custom channels. In addition to creating new content channels, many broadcasters use Channel as a backup for their television stations Master Control.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-hls-output-tvu-channel/">How to add an HLS output in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to add an ISSP output in TVU Channel</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-issp-output-tvu-channel/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 06 Oct 2023 12:21:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=69656</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to use the Go Live button to take a channel to “Air” and output to an internet stream using the ISSP protocol.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-issp-output-tvu-channel/">How to add an ISSP output in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/How-To-Add-An-ISSP-Output-In-Tvu-Channel-1-1-1-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<p class="has-black-color has-text-color"><a href="/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</mark></a> makes it simple for anyone to take a channel to “Air” and output to an internet stream using the ISSP protocol.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">To add an ISSP output:</h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add an output destination, click the <strong>Go Live</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="81" height="27" class="wp-image-69576" style="width: 81px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Go-live-button.png" alt=""> button.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="17" class="wp-image-58418" style="width: 41px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Add_button_grn-2.png" alt=""> to list possible output options, from social media to professional broadcast formats.</li>



<li>If you want to create an internet stream using the ISSP protocol, choose the<strong> ISSP</strong> option.</li>



<li>Enter a descriptive <strong>Name</strong> for this output, such as “Output_via_ISSP”</li>



<li>Set the video <strong>Resolution</strong> for this output. A higher resolution improves quality but increases network traffic.</li>



<li>Set the <strong>Bitrate</strong> for your output. The bitrate determines how much networking capacity you are dedicating to the output. A higher bitrate increases network traffic but improves quality.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/How-To-Add-An-ISSP-Output-In-Tvu-Channel-2-1-1-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="7">
<li>Select a <strong>GOP Size</strong>.</li>



<li>Under <strong>Stream Type</strong>, select <strong>Program feed</strong> if you want all overlays (such as text crawls) to be included in the output, or select <strong>Clean feed</strong> if you only want the source video as the output.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Share Access TVU Services</strong> checkbox to enable this service (optional).</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="23" class="wp-image-57013" style="width: 57px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Save_button_grn.png" alt=""> button to finish creating this new ISSP output destination. You can also click the <strong>Save and Go Live</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="29" class="wp-image-69658" style="width: 160px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Dave-and-Go-live-HLS-button.png" alt=""> button to save it and immediately make this output active.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TVU-Channel-Go-Live-Output-to-ISSP-steps-9-plus.mp4"></video></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="11">
<li>Move the <strong>slider</strong> to the right when your ISSP media displays in the output pop-up window to activate your new ISSP output destination.</li>



<li>To copy your stream link, click on the three-dot icon (…) and click <strong>Copy link</strong>.</li>



<li>To change the settings on this output, click on the three-dot icon (…) and click <strong>Settings</strong>. Change the settings as needed and <strong>Save</strong> your changes.</li>



<li>To deactivate this output destination, click the <strong>slider</strong> to the left. It will turn gray to indicate it is deactivated.</li>



<li>To delete this output destination, click the <strong>slider</strong> to the left to deactivate it. Then click on the three-dot icon (…) and select <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>Take me to more <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-schedule-a-program-in-tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">How-to&#8217;s for Channel</mark></a>.</p>



<div class="wp-block-columns is-layout-flex wp-container-core-columns-is-layout-2 wp-block-columns-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<section class="faq-contact-section">
                    <div class="container">
                                                    <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <div class="img-holder">
                                        <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Have-a-question-e1591188787935.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                    </div>
                                                                                                    <h3>Have a question?</h3>
                                                                <p>Check our FAQ page</p>
                                                                    <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/faqs-support/" target="_self" rel="noopener">Go to FAQs</a>
                                                            </div>
                                                                            <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/Contact-us-e1591188701459-2.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                                                                                    <h3>Can&#8217;t find what you need?</h3>
                                                                                                    <p>We&#8217;re here 24/7</p>
                                                                 <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/contact-us/" target="_self" rel="noopener">
                                        Contact us                                    </a>
                                                            </div>
                                            </div>
                </section>
</div>
</div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">W<strong>atch our YouTube Tutorials</strong></h3>



<p> Watch&nbsp;<a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL-qrMFVCKpdcnbR3psv1i6s5hrGssKgnQ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">product tutorials</span></a>&nbsp;for all TVU products on our YouTube channel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About TVU Channel</strong></h3>



<p><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</span></a> is a cloud streaming service created by TVU Networks that completely revolutionizes creating, managing, operating, and monetizing a 24/7 digital channel. Using cellular bonding and low latency features, broadcasters &amp; producers alike can manage remote productions and multi-camera live streaming with ease. Our zero infrastructure environment has massively reduced the time, cost, and complexity of creating custom channels. In addition to creating new content channels, many broadcasters use Channel as a backup for their television stations Master Control.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-issp-output-tvu-channel/">How to add an ISSP output in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to add an SRT output in TVU Channel</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-srt-output-tvu-channel/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2023 19:04:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=69657</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to use the Go Live button to take a channel to “Air” and output your channel to an SRT stream in TVU Channel.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-srt-output-tvu-channel/">How to add an SRT output in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/How-To-Add-An-SRT-Output-In-TVU-Channel-1-1-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<p class="has-black-color has-text-color"><a href="/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</mark></a> makes it simple for anyone to take a channel to “Air” and output your channel to an SRT stream.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">To add an SRT output:</h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add an output destination, click the <strong>Go Live</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="81" height="27" class="wp-image-69576" style="width: 81px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Go-live-button.png" alt=""> button.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="21" class="wp-image-58418" style="width: 51px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Add_button_grn-2.png" alt=""> to list possible output options, from social media to professional broadcast formats.</li>



<li>Choose the<strong> SRT</strong> option.</li>



<li>Type in a descriptive<strong> Name</strong> for the output, such as “Output_via_SRT”</li>



<li>Set the video <strong>Resolution</strong> for this output. A higher resolution improves quality but increases network traffic.</li>



<li>Set the<strong> Bitrate</strong> for your output. The bitrate determines how much networking capacity you are dedicating to the output. A higher bitrate increases network traffic but improves quality.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>GOP Size</strong>.</li>



<li>You have three options with SRT streams for communicating with your receiver:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>When<strong> Caller</strong> mode is selected, the stream is initiated by the encoder and connects to a specific hostname and port number with the receiving side in Listener mode.</li>



<li>When<strong> Listener</strong> mode is selected, the stream is initiated from the receiving side, and the receiver is in Caller mode.</li>



<li>When<strong> Rendezvous</strong> is selected, it allows the encoder and receiver to negotiate together to establish an SRT session via the same port number on each side.</li>
</ul>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="9">
<li>If you have selected Caller or Rendezvous mode, enter a <strong>Hostname</strong> for the destination receiver.</li>



<li>For all modes, enter a <strong>Port</strong> number for the destination receiver.</li>



<li><strong>Latency</strong> and signal delay are advanced settings, and we recommend you do not modify the default settings unless you have an in-depth knowledge of Latency and signal delay.</li>



<li>The <strong>Packet Size</strong> field is an advanced setting, and we recommend you do not modify the default settings unless you have an in-depth knowledge of Packet Size.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Stream ID</strong> (optional).</li>



<li>Enter any <strong>Advanced Parameters</strong> (optional).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/How-To-Add-An-SRT-Output-In-TVU-Channel-2-1-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="15">
<li>Select a three-letter <strong>Language Code</strong> in the drop-down menu to identify the main language spoken/displayed in the feed.</li>



<li>Click the checkbox to Share<strong> Across TVU Services</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="23" class="wp-image-57013" style="width: 57px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Save_button_grn.png" alt=""> button to finish creating this new SRT output destination. You can also click the <strong>Save and Go Live</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="29" class="wp-image-69658" style="width: 160px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Dave-and-Go-live-HLS-button.png" alt=""> button to save it and immediately make this output active.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TVU-Channel-Go-Live-Output-to-SRT-steps-14-plus.mp4"></video></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="18">
<li>Move the <strong>slider</strong> to the right when your SRT media displays in the output pop-up window to activate your new SRT output destination.</li>



<li>To change the settings on this output, click on the three-dot icon (…) and click <strong>Settings</strong>. Change the settings as needed and<strong> Save</strong> your changes.</li>



<li>To deactivate this output destination, click the <strong>slider</strong> to the left. It will turn gray to indicate it is deactivated.</li>



<li>To delete this output destination, click the <strong>slider</strong> to the left to deactivate it. Then click on the three-dot icon (…) and select <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>Take me to more <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-schedule-a-program-in-tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">How-to&#8217;s for Channel</mark></a>.</p>



<div class="wp-block-columns is-layout-flex wp-container-core-columns-is-layout-3 wp-block-columns-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<section class="faq-contact-section">
                    <div class="container">
                                                    <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <div class="img-holder">
                                        <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Have-a-question-e1591188787935.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                    </div>
                                                                                                    <h3>Have a question?</h3>
                                                                <p>Check our FAQ page</p>
                                                                    <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/faqs-support/" target="_self" rel="noopener">Go to FAQs</a>
                                                            </div>
                                                                            <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/Contact-us-e1591188701459-2.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                                                                                    <h3>Can&#8217;t find what you need?</h3>
                                                                                                    <p>We&#8217;re here 24/7</p>
                                                                 <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/contact-us/" target="_self" rel="noopener">
                                        Contact us                                    </a>
                                                            </div>
                                            </div>
                </section>
</div>
</div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">W<strong>atch our YouTube Tutorials</strong></h3>



<p> Watch&nbsp;<a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL-qrMFVCKpdcnbR3psv1i6s5hrGssKgnQ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">product tutorials</span></a>&nbsp;for all TVU products on our YouTube channel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About TVU Channel</strong></h3>



<p><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</span></a> is a cloud streaming service created by TVU Networks that completely revolutionizes creating, managing, operating, and monetizing a 24/7 digital channel. Using cellular bonding and low latency features, broadcasters &amp; producers alike can manage remote productions and multi-camera live streaming with ease. Our zero infrastructure environment has massively reduced the time, cost, and complexity of creating custom channels. In addition to creating new content channels, many broadcasters use Channel as a backup for their television stations Master Control.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-srt-output-tvu-channel/">How to add an SRT output in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to go live with HLS to VLC in TVU Channel</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-go-live-with-hls-to-vlc-tvu-channel-copy/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2023 17:47:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=69732</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to take your channel live with HLS to VLC. Use your imported media in TVU Channel to walk you through the process.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-go-live-with-hls-to-vlc-tvu-channel-copy/">How to go live with HLS to VLC in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/How-To-Go-Live-With-HLS-To-VLC-In-Tvu-Channel-1-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<p class="has-black-color has-text-color"><a href="/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</mark></a> makes it simple for anyone to take your channel live with HLS to VLC. Use your imported media in TVU Channel to walk you through the process.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">To go live with HLS to VLC:</h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Playout window, click the <strong>Media</strong> tab, drag your media to the playout schedule below the red line, and click the <strong>Take Next</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="39" class="wp-image-57907" style="width: 77px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Take_next_button.png" alt=""> button.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Go Live</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="81" height="27" class="wp-image-69576" style="width: 81px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Go-live-button.png" alt=""> button.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+ Add </strong><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="17" class="wp-image-58418" style="width: 41px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Add_button_grn-2.png" alt=""> and select HLS. The HLS Settings window opens.</li>



<li>Enter an <strong>Output Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Set the video <strong>Resolution</strong> for this output. A higher resolution improves quality but increases network traffic.</li>



<li>Set the <strong>Bitrate</strong> for your output. The bitrate determines how much networking capacity you are dedicating to the output. A higher bitrate increases network traffic but improves quality.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>GOP size</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Chunk size</strong> (set to a multiple of the GOP size).</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Slick Count</strong>.</li>



<li>Type in an <strong>Index</strong> entry (Optional).</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Stream Type</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the checkbox if you want to <strong>Share Accross TVU Services</strong>. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/How-To-Go-Live-With-HLS-To-VLC-In-Tvu-Channel-2-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="13">
<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="23" class="wp-image-57013" style="width: 57px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Save_button_grn.png" alt=""> button to finish creating this new HLS output destination. You can also click the <strong>Save and Go Live</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="27" class="wp-image-69658" style="width: 150px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Dave-and-Go-live-HLS-button.png" alt=""> button to save it and immediately make this output active.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TVU-Channel-HLS-to-VLC-video-3.mp4"></video></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="14">
<li>The <strong>Push success</strong> message displays.</li>



<li>In the top right pop-up window, wait for the HLS <strong>slider</strong> to turn green.</li>



<li>Click the HLS Settings icon “…” and select <strong>Copy link</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TVU-Channel-HLS-to-VLC-video-4.mp4"></video></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="17">
<li>Open the VLC media player App.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Media</strong> &gt; <strong>Open Network Stream</strong>.</li>



<li>In the Open Media window Network tab, paste the copied URL, then click <strong>Play</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>Take me to more <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-schedule-a-program-in-tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">How-to&#8217;s for Channel</mark></a>.</p>



<div class="wp-block-columns is-layout-flex wp-container-core-columns-is-layout-4 wp-block-columns-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<section class="faq-contact-section">
                    <div class="container">
                                                    <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <div class="img-holder">
                                        <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Have-a-question-e1591188787935.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                    </div>
                                                                                                    <h3>Have a question?</h3>
                                                                <p>Check our FAQ page</p>
                                                                    <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/faqs-support/" target="_self" rel="noopener">Go to FAQs</a>
                                                            </div>
                                                                            <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/Contact-us-e1591188701459-2.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                                                                                    <h3>Can&#8217;t find what you need?</h3>
                                                                                                    <p>We&#8217;re here 24/7</p>
                                                                 <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/contact-us/" target="_self" rel="noopener">
                                        Contact us                                    </a>
                                                            </div>
                                            </div>
                </section>
</div>
</div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">W<strong>atch our YouTube Tutorials</strong></h3>



<p> Watch&nbsp;<a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL-qrMFVCKpdcnbR3psv1i6s5hrGssKgnQ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">product tutorials</span></a>&nbsp;for all TVU products on our YouTube channel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About TVU Channel</strong></h3>



<p><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</span></a> is a cloud streaming service created by TVU Networks that completely revolutionizes creating, managing, operating, and monetizing a 24/7 digital channel. Using cellular bonding and low latency features, broadcasters &amp; producers alike can manage remote productions and multi-camera live streaming with ease. Our zero infrastructure environment has massively reduced the time, cost, and complexity of creating custom channels. In addition to creating new content channels, many broadcasters use Channel as a backup for their television stations Master Control.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-go-live-with-hls-to-vlc-tvu-channel-copy/">How to go live with HLS to VLC in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to show, hide, create, and delete folders in TVU Channel</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-show-hide-create-and-delete-folders-tvu-channel/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2023 12:03:33 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=69731</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to show, hide, create, and delete folders that display in the media tab folder list.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-show-hide-create-and-delete-folders-tvu-channel/">How to show, hide, create, and delete folders in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/How-To-Show-And-Hide-Folders-In-Tvu-Channel-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<p class="has-black-color has-text-color"><a href="/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</mark></a> makes it simple for anyone to manage folders. You can show or hide program folders, create new folders, and delete unwanted folders that display in the media tab folder list.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">To show and hide folders:</h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list" type="1">
<li>In the Workbench User Interface, hover your mouse over the top-right corner of the program window.</li>



<li>Click the program Settings icon “…” and select <strong>Settings</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Advanced </strong>and select <strong>Media folders, </strong>and expand the menu.</li>



<li>Select the folders you want to show in the Media tab. A green checkmark will appear for each folder selected. To hide a folder, deselect it in the Media folders menu.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Save</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Show-New-Folders-In-Tvu-Channel-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="6">
<li>Hover your mouse over the program window and click the program.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Media</strong> tab; your selected folders display in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Adding-And-Deleting-New-Folders-In-Tvu-Channel-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">To create new folders:</h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over the program window, click the program Settings icon “…” and select <strong>Enable</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Click the program to enter TVU Channel.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Media</strong> tab, then click the <strong>Add folder</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="32" height="29" class="wp-image-70419" style="width: 32px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Add-folder-icon.png" alt=""> icon.</li>



<li>Enter a name for a new folder in the Add folder pop-up window, then click the <strong>Add</strong> button. Your new folder displays in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">To delete folders:</h3>



<p><strong>Important note:</strong> Deleting folders removes them from your TVU Cloud storage.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Media</strong> tab, then select the folder you would like to delete.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Trash</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="27" class="wp-image-69219" style="width: 24px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/trash-icon.png" alt=""> icon.</li>



<li>Click <strong>OK</strong> to confirm.</li>
</ol>



<p>Take me to more <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-schedule-a-program-in-tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">How-to&#8217;s for Channel</mark></a>.</p>



<div class="wp-block-columns is-layout-flex wp-container-core-columns-is-layout-5 wp-block-columns-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<section class="faq-contact-section">
                    <div class="container">
                                                    <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <div class="img-holder">
                                        <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Have-a-question-e1591188787935.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                    </div>
                                                                                                    <h3>Have a question?</h3>
                                                                <p>Check our FAQ page</p>
                                                                    <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/faqs-support/" target="_self" rel="noopener">Go to FAQs</a>
                                                            </div>
                                                                            <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/Contact-us-e1591188701459-2.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                                                                                    <h3>Can&#8217;t find what you need?</h3>
                                                                                                    <p>We&#8217;re here 24/7</p>
                                                                 <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/contact-us/" target="_self" rel="noopener">
                                        Contact us                                    </a>
                                                            </div>
                                            </div>
                </section>
</div>
</div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">W<strong>atch our YouTube Tutorials</strong></h3>



<p> Watch&nbsp;<a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL-qrMFVCKpdcnbR3psv1i6s5hrGssKgnQ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">product tutorials</span></a>&nbsp;for all TVU products on our YouTube channel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About TVU Channel</strong></h3>



<p><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</span></a> is a cloud streaming service created by TVU Networks that completely revolutionizes creating, managing, operating, and monetizing a 24/7 digital channel. Using cellular bonding and low latency features, broadcasters &amp; producers alike can manage remote productions and multi-camera live streaming with ease. Our zero infrastructure environment has massively reduced the time, cost, and complexity of creating custom channels. In addition to creating new content channels, many broadcasters use Channel as a backup for their television stations Master Control.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-show-hide-create-and-delete-folders-tvu-channel/">How to show, hide, create, and delete folders in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to add an RTMP output in TVU Channel</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-rtmp-output-tvu-channel/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 17:24:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-issp-output-tvu-channel-copy/</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to use the Go Live button to take a channel to “Air” and output to an internet stream using the RTMP  protocol.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-rtmp-output-tvu-channel/">How to add an RTMP output in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/Tvu-Channel-Go-Live-Output-To-Rtmp-Video-1-1-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<p class="has-black-color has-text-color"><a href="/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</mark></a> makes it simple for anyone to take a channel to “Air” and output to an internet stream using the RTMP protocol.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">To output your TVU Channel to RTMP:</h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add an output destination, click the <strong>Go Live</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="81" height="27" class="wp-image-69576" style="width: 81px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Go-live-button.png" alt=""> button.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="17" class="wp-image-58418" style="width: 41px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Add_button_grn-2.png" alt=""> to list possible output options, from social media to professional broadcast formats.</li>



<li>Choose the <strong>RTMP(S) </strong>option.</li>



<li>Enter a descriptive <strong>Name</strong> for this output, such as “Output_via_RTMP”.</li>



<li>Type in the IP <strong>Output Address</strong> of the destination receiver.</li>



<li>Set the video <strong>Resolution</strong> for this output. A higher resolution improves quality but increases network traffic.</li>



<li>Set the <strong>Bitrate</strong> for your output. The bitrate determines how much networking capacity you are dedicating to the output. A higher bitrate increases network traffic but improves quality.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>GOP size</strong> and <strong>Stream type</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="23" class="wp-image-57013" style="width: 57px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Save_button_grn.png" alt=""> button to finish creating this new RTMP output destination.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/TVU-Channel-Go-Live-Output-to-RTMP-video-2.mp4"></video></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="10">
<li>Move the <strong>slider</strong> to the right when your RTMP media displays in the output pop-up window to activate your new output destination.</li>



<li>To change the settings on this output, click on the three-dot icon (…) and click <strong>Settings</strong>. Change the settings as needed and <strong>Save</strong> your changes.</li>



<li>To deactivate this output destination, click the <strong>slider</strong> to the left. It will turn gray to indicate it is deactivated.</li>



<li>To delete this output destination, click the <strong>slider</strong> to the left to deactivate it. Then click on the three-dot icon (…) and select <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>Take me to more <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-schedule-a-program-in-tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">How-to&#8217;s for Channel</mark></a>.</p>



<div class="wp-block-columns is-layout-flex wp-container-core-columns-is-layout-6 wp-block-columns-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<section class="faq-contact-section">
                    <div class="container">
                                                    <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <div class="img-holder">
                                        <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Have-a-question-e1591188787935.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                    </div>
                                                                                                    <h3>Have a question?</h3>
                                                                <p>Check our FAQ page</p>
                                                                    <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/faqs-support/" target="_self" rel="noopener">Go to FAQs</a>
                                                            </div>
                                                                            <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/Contact-us-e1591188701459-2.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                                                                                    <h3>Can&#8217;t find what you need?</h3>
                                                                                                    <p>We&#8217;re here 24/7</p>
                                                                 <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/contact-us/" target="_self" rel="noopener">
                                        Contact us                                    </a>
                                                            </div>
                                            </div>
                </section>
</div>
</div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">W<strong>atch our YouTube Tutorials</strong></h3>



<p> Watch&nbsp;<a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL-qrMFVCKpdcnbR3psv1i6s5hrGssKgnQ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">product tutorials</span></a>&nbsp;for all TVU products on our YouTube channel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About TVU Channel</strong></h3>



<p><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</span></a> is a cloud streaming service created by TVU Networks that completely revolutionizes creating, managing, operating, and monetizing a 24/7 digital channel. Using cellular bonding and low latency features, broadcasters &amp; producers alike can manage remote productions and multi-camera live streaming with ease. Our zero infrastructure environment has massively reduced the time, cost, and complexity of creating custom channels. In addition to creating new content channels, many broadcasters use Channel as a backup for their television stations Master Control.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-rtmp-output-tvu-channel/">How to add an RTMP output in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to add a UDP output in TVU Channel</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-udp-output-in-tvu-channel/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 02 Oct 2023 18:25:13 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=71125</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to use the Go Live button to take a channel to “Air” and output your live video stream using the UDP protocol.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-udp-output-in-tvu-channel/">How to add a UDP output in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Tvu-Channel-Go-Live-Output-To-Udp-Video-1-1-1.mp4"></video></figure>



<p class="has-black-color has-text-color"><a href="/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</mark></a> makes it simple for anyone to take a channel to “Air&#8221; and output your live video stream using the UDP protocol.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">To output your TVU Channel to UDP:</h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add an output destination, click the <strong>Go Live</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="81" height="27" class="wp-image-69576" style="width: 81px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Go-live-button.png" alt=""> button.</li>



<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="17" class="wp-image-58418" style="width: 41px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Add_button_grn-2.png" alt=""> to list possible output options, from social media to professional broadcast formats.</li>



<li>Choose the<strong> UDP</strong> option.</li>



<li>Enter a descriptive <strong>Name</strong> for this output, such as “Output_via_UDP.”</li>



<li>Type in the IP <strong>Output Address</strong> of the destination receiver</li>



<li>Set the video <strong>Resolution</strong> for this output. A higher resolution improves quality but increases network traffic.</li>



<li>Set the <strong>Bitrate</strong> for your output. The bitrate determines how much networking capacity you are dedicating to the output. A higher bitrate increases network traffic but improves quality.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>GOP size</strong> and <strong>Stream Type</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="23" class="wp-image-57013" style="width: 57px;" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Save_button_grn.png" alt=""> button to finish creating this new UDP output destination.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video autoplay controls loop muted src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/TVU-Channel-Go-Live-Output-to-UDP-video-2.mp4"></video></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list" start="10">
<li>Move the <strong>slider</strong> to the right when your UDP media displays in the output pop-up window to activate your new UDP output destination.</li>



<li>To change the settings on this output, click on the three-dot icon (…) and click <strong>Settings</strong>. Change the settings as needed and <strong>Save</strong> your changes.</li>



<li>To deactivate this output destination, click the <strong>slider</strong> to the left. It will turn gray to indicate it is deactivated.</li>



<li>To delete this output destination, click the <strong>slider</strong> to the left to deactivate it. Then click on the three-dot icon (…) and select <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>Take me to more <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-schedule-a-program-in-tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">How-to&#8217;s for Channel</mark></a>.</p>



<div class="wp-block-columns is-layout-flex wp-container-core-columns-is-layout-7 wp-block-columns-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<section class="faq-contact-section">
                    <div class="container">
                                                    <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <div class="img-holder">
                                        <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Have-a-question-e1591188787935.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                    </div>
                                                                                                    <h3>Have a question?</h3>
                                                                <p>Check our FAQ page</p>
                                                                    <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/faqs-support/" target="_self" rel="noopener">Go to FAQs</a>
                                                            </div>
                                                                            <div class="content-item" align="center">
                                                                    <img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/Contact-us-e1591188701459-2.png" height="215" alt="FAQ TVU Networks- 24/7 live broadcast and streaming support">
                                                                                                    <h3>Can&#8217;t find what you need?</h3>
                                                                                                    <p>We&#8217;re here 24/7</p>
                                                                 <a class="btn btn-primary" href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/contact-us/" target="_self" rel="noopener">
                                        Contact us                                    </a>
                                                            </div>
                                            </div>
                </section>
</div>
</div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">W<strong>atch our YouTube Tutorials</strong></h3>



<p> Watch&nbsp;<a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL-qrMFVCKpdcnbR3psv1i6s5hrGssKgnQ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">product tutorials</span></a>&nbsp;for all TVU products on our YouTube channel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About TVU Channel</strong></h3>



<p><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-channel/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><span class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Channel</span></a> is a cloud streaming service created by TVU Networks that completely revolutionizes creating, managing, operating, and monetizing a 24/7 digital channel. Using cellular bonding and low latency features, broadcasters &amp; producers alike can manage remote productions and multi-camera live streaming with ease. Our zero infrastructure environment has massively reduced the time, cost, and complexity of creating custom channels. In addition to creating new content channels, many broadcasters use Channel as a backup for their television stations Master Control.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/how-to-add-an-udp-output-in-tvu-channel/">How to add a UDP output in TVU Channel</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
